Home

PIONEERPOS G24-L Network Card User Manual

Contents

1. lt Parameter gt Description lt n gt Sets displays the CSSI result code presentation status This value must be specified 0 Disable default 1 Enable lt m gt Sets displays the CSSU result code presentation status This value is optional but cannot be specified without lt n gt 0 Disable default 1 Enable Table 3 27 CSSI Notification Values Value Description G24 L Support 0 Unconditional call forwarding is Yes active 1 Some conditional call forwarding Yes is active 2 Call has been forwarded Yes 3 Call is waiting Yes GSM only 4 CUG call lt index gt is present Yes 5 Outgoing calls are barred Yes 6 Incoming calls are barred Yes 7 CLIR suppression rejected Yes 8 Call has been deflected No Table 3 28 CSSU Notification Values Value Description G24 L Support 0 This is a forwarded call Yes mobile terminated call setup 1 CUG call lt index gt is present Yes mobile terminated call setup 2 Call has been put on hold during Yes a voice call 3 Call has been retrieved during a Yes voice call 4 Multiparty call has been entered Yes during a voice call April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 51 Call Control Table 3 28 CSSU Notification Values Cont Value Description G24 L Support 5 Call on hold has been released Yes during a voic
2. 1 3 288 xiv G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 List of Tables 3 206 3 207 3 208 3 209 3 210 3 211 3 212 1 MIPCONF Parameters 3 290 MPING Command 3 293 MPING Unsolicited Response 3 295 MPINGSTAT Unsolicited Response 3 297 MSDNS 1 3 299 MIPCEE Parameters 14 Ree eR RC RR RU RC REL ob UR acs 3 302 Filtering Error Codes and 4 3 303 AJ Commands Alphabetical a ee 1 April 15 2008 G24 L Commands Reference Manual XV List of Tables xvi G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Preface Note All references to G24 L also apply to G24 LC except where otherwise noted Manual Scope This manual introduces the G24 L AT commands and describes how software developers can use these commands to communicate with the G24 L device and to create software applications that communicate with the G24 L using these commands Note The integrator should read the corresponding SW release notes for the G24 L version he
3. 3 4 beatae e ane e aoc o Ne VO EON 3 7 D Parameters 0 eer raa hrs 3 12 D gt Parameters 122 LES ex Sere ene Reb nae onsen 3 13 IDL Parameters c ie ier vu me Ree ede Ree CR ao RE RE ih 3 14 CRC Parameters sc v spe UR Ve bbe a bones 3 18 BH IEP Parameters E e Ui 3 20 XCGWA Parameters 2222 2 3 22 actuate cutee EE 3 24 CHLD Actions According to Call State and 3 25 HACC BGs Parameters s oec se ee eh eer or tenon NE 3 28 CEIR Parameter S 3 30 SO BST N M A E Re 3 32 FESNS Parameters 3 35 Mapping Table V 34 e e bre bue EE TEE a nce EIER ERE 3 36 EUER NEUE E 2202 P dci 3 38 XC PAS Parameters ay ee ty EU UEM DU RM eke Men ELEM EM DEL RES 3 39 oou ace el acter bare EM ER SM 3 41 FMCS EParameters m eoe Mem Re iene 3 43 FEAOC Parameters M oto VUE UE 3 44 CACM Parameters nace neee esa E nme 3 46 IF CAMNT Parameters oe 3 47 CPUC Param
4. AT Command Description Page amp D This command determines how the G24 L responds when the DTR Page 3 138 Data Terminal Ready status is changed from ON to OFF during the online data state MCWAKE This command displays reports on the status of the GPRS GSM Page 3 139 coverage MGGIND This command configures the service indicator on pin 49 of the 70 Page 3 140 pin connector to be GPRS or GSM CFUN This command shuts down the phone functionality of smart phones Page 3 141 and PDAs with phone capabilities ICF This command determines the local serial port start stop Page 3 142 asynchronous character framing used by the DCE when accepting DTE commands and transmitting information text and result codes S97 This command indicates whether an antenna is physically connected Page 3 143 to the G24 L RF connector MRST This command enables customer software to perform a hard reset to Page 3 143 the G24 L unit MIOC This command defines the G24 L 8 GPIO pins data value Page 3 144 MIOD This command defines the G24 L 8 GPIO pins configuration Page 3 147 MMAD This command reads and monitors digital value from a specified Page 3 149 ADC MPCMC This command defines whether the PCM clock is generated Page 3 153 continuously or not when module is in digital audio mode Audio Basic Audio Setup Commands CRSL This command handles the selection of the incoming call ringer and P
5. 47 3 233 3 154 CGQMIN Parameters 3 235 3 155 CGOREO Parameters dude 3 237 3 156 CGATT Parameters 3 238 3 157 CGADDR 3 239 3 158 MGEER Parameters 1 3 241 3 159 D 99 Parameters aer RE CREARE nds 3 243 3 160 CGPRS 1 3 244 3 161 CGACT Parameters el xS REO RON 3 245 3 162 STK Mechanisms 0 4 3 247 3 163 MTKR P rametets i cee Xx ak dela ex ed Roue SEU D RS 3 248 3 164 Profile Structure Byte 1 3 248 3 165 Profile Structure Byte 2 1 3 249 3 166 Profile Structure Byte 3 Proactive 5 3 249 3 167 Profile Structure Byte 4 Proactive 5 3 250 3 168 Profile Structure Byte 5 Event driven 3 250 3 169 Profile Structure Byte 6 Event driven information
6. lt Parameter gt Description oa Message origination address lt scts gt Service center time stamp lt toda gt Type of origination address lt fo gt First octet of the SM lt pid gt Protocol Identifier lt dcs gt Data Coding Scheme sca Service Center Address lt tosca gt Type of Service Center Address lt data gt Message contents lt alpha gt Alpha ID of message lt length gt In PDU mode Size of message in octets excluding SMSC data In TEXT mode number of characters included in the lt data gt lt pdu gt Message header and contents in PDU mode format See description in CMGR MMGR Read Message on page 3 94 After sending a CMT unsolicited response to the TE the G LITE will expect a CNMA new message acknowledgement from the TE within a predefined timeout of 60 seconds The G LITE will not send another CMT and CDS CDSI unsolicited responses to the TE before the previous SMS was one is acknowledged If the CMT is acknowledged within the timeout the new SM is not saved in the message storage If the CMT is not acknowledged and the timeout has expired the new SM is saved in the message storage and CNMI parameter mt and ds are set to 0 Example AT CNMI 2 OK AT CSDH 1 OK AT CMSS 142 054565034 send to myself CMSS 74 OK CMT 972544565034 04 11 04 09 48 36 08 145 4 0 0 97254120032 145 3 ABC AT CNMA OK
7. 3 76 CMGF Message 1 3 77 CSCA Service Center Address 3 78 CSMP Set Text Mode 3 79 CSDH Show Text Mode 3 81 CNMI New Message Indications to Terminal 3 82 New Message 3 84 CMTI Unsolicited Response New SMS DELIVER Receipt Indication 3 86 CMT Unsolicited Response New SMS DELIVER 3 86 CDSI Unsolicited Response New SMS STATUS REPORT Indication 3 88 CDS Unsolicited Response New SMS STATUS REPORT 3 88 GCMGL MMGL List Messages ema ess per ere ER EY ER are eee 3 89 XCMGR MMGR Read Message 222225225529 rate Ra tc E 3 94 MMAR Motorola Mark As Read 3 101 CMSS Send Message From 3 101 CMGW Write Message to Memory 3 103 CMGD Delete Message 22 2 Ee Siete heehee fein bide Rush reus 3 108 CGSMS Select Service for MO SMS 3 109 Send SM to NetWOEK
8. 1 3 s esti Gas qu mote DEO ERU ope due dep testa beue pU 1 3 Features and Benefits VERE REUS ARES PETENS PERO SOR a Reed 1 3 Technical Description eir ANE E EET EPA ER 1 3 Profile Download spere errie e eiea rS PIS SRI e ou SEMA MUS RUNS EOS OR 1 3 Data Transfer into the 5 2 1 1 1 3 setup Idle Mode Text si kage PRESS ERE ERE 1 4 Menu Selections e gash nacido eae A 1 4 Call Control by SIM ehh t xh ee er oed es 1 4 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual i Table of Contents TCP UDP IP Connection iie eee eb ee eet EP e betes besa bb ask hee 1 5 OVERVICW oi nesirRenerestbbkekrevdesvepk ee Gua bond s bk open i iic epe een 1 5 Levine 1 5 lbid TT 1 6 Features and Benefits oio suce d HR pur 1 7 Technical Description nsectetur Pedes 1 8 Punipd es 1 8 OVEEVIOW 11 ect epe ee D Reb ch ptc RR pa Ce AR REC UR LR 1 8 Features and Benefits iios tese eee deeb ee aes 1 8 Technical Description Guide Bk Re doe 1 9 Short Message Serv
9. lt Parameter gt Description Source IP IP of the source Source Port Port of the source Socket ID 1 2 3 4 Number of valid sockets Left Size of received Data still left in protocol stack Data Data string received with 0 F hexadecimal digits String ends with a lt CR gt Example MIPRUDP 172 16 3 135 222 2 0 44444444 MIPRTCP Receive Data from TCP Protocol Stack This unsolicited event is sent by the G24 L to the terminal when data is received from the TCP protocol stack Set Command Event MIPRTCP lt socket ID gt lt Left gt lt Data gt April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 287 GPRS The following table shows the MIPRTCP parameters Table 3 204 MIPRTCP Parameters lt Parameter gt Description Socket ID 1 2 3 4 Number of valid sockets Left Size of received Data still left in protocol stack Data Data string received with 0 F hexadecimal digits String ends with a lt CR gt Example MIPRTCP 3 0 7171 MIPSTAT Status Report This unsolicited event is sent to the terminal indicating a change in status Currently there are two possible sources of failure a broken logical connection or a broken physical connection Syntax MIPSTAT lt socket_ID gt lt n gt lt number_of_acknowledged_bytes gt The following table shows the MIPSTAT parameters Table 3 205 MIPSTAT Parameters lt Parameter gt Des
10. Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set ATX lt value gt OK The Set command sets the result code or and call progress monitoring control CME ERROR lt err gt Read ATX lt current value gt Test The Test command for X is not defined by ITU and therefore is not supported by the G24 L The G24 L returns an error The following table shows the X parameters Table 3 130 X Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt value gt 0 CONNECT result code given upon entering online data state Dial tone detection Disabled Busy detection Disabled 1 CONNECT lt text gt result code given upon entering online data state Dial tone detection Disabled Busy detection Disabled 2 CONNECT lt text gt result code given upon entering online data state Dial tone detection Enabled Busy detection Disabled 3 CONNECT lt text gt result code given upon entering online data state Dial tone detection Disabled Busy detection Enabled 4 CONNECT lt text gt result code given upon entering online data state Dial tone detection Enabled Busy detection Enabled The default value is 0 Example ATX 000 OK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 193 Modem Configuration and Profile S Bit Map Registers This command reads writes values of the S registers The G24 L supports this command for various S values according to off
11. erences 3 158 SCEVE I oudspeaker Volume serce errire enoue 3 159 CMUT Mute Unmute Currently Active Microphone 3 160 S04 SIGECOME zik eoe Roche Giga ceeds Uer rre ROUTER ORC S RUE EUR 3 161 S96 Echo Canceling oo cos cakes loea eges detto oec rea RR Rec 3 162 Advanced Audio Setup Commands 3 163 XMAPATH Audio Path scelere RE Rabe 3 163 MAVOL Volume Setting 3 166 MAMUT Input Devices Mute 3 168 MAFEAT Features Selection 3 169 General Audio Commands 0 cee cece cence etn eee n 3 170 MADIGITAL Analog Digital Audio 5 3 170 CALM Alert Sound 3 171 MMICG Microphone Gain 3 172 CRIT Ring Type Selection sese cete eens oboe be RES 3 173 EV PD Tone D rat teer YN UR RU er S EN RH er dey WR 3 175 VTS Command Specific Tone 3 176 ACCESS IK 3 177 Access Control Commands 3 177
12. EE 3 284 MIPPUSH Push Data into Protocol Stack 3 285 MIPFLUSH Flush Data from 3 286 MIPRUDP Receive Data from UDP Protocol Stack 3 287 MIPRTCP Receive Data from TCP Protocol 3 287 MIPSTAT Status ee es bid eee ee 3 288 MIPXOEE Flow Control Xoff RR RR en RE 3 288 MIPXONElow Control aste RERO 3 289 MIPCONF Configure Internal TCP IP stack 3 289 MPING Start Ping Execution ICMP 3 292 MPINGSTAT Status Update for MPING 3 296 3S MSDNS SetDNSIP Address secet ie ne E E 3 299 MIPCFF Control Filtering Feature for Incoming TCP Connection 3 301 Compatible ek E tee Se Cae ie ee he ee 3 304 IGNORED Compatible Only Commands 3 304 Chapter 4 Using the 4 1 Setting Up the G24 L Power On and Initial 4 1 Recommended G24 L Initialization after 4 3 RS232 Lanes Setup erect exe Rec er ue ed ueber ge dae eere sgt 4 4 Test G24 L Communication
13. n UR M PRO LR 3 34 CSNS Single Numbering Call 3 34 MDC Selection of Desired Message to Be Displayed Upon Connection of a Voice Call 3 36 CTFR1 Divert an Incoming Call When User Busy 3 37 MVC Motorola Vocoders Configuration 3 38 Call Status Messages iiie eem e RR LE e ee eee beck ee bed bcos ew seh 3 39 CPAS Phone Activity Status 3 39 SCECC Tast Current Calls cece ie ccs ee PR Ve RR ak UR i ee 3 40 MCST Call Status 3 42 Call Advice of Charge Commands 3 44 CAOC Advice of Charge 1 3 44 CACM Accumulated Call 3 46 CAMM Accumulated Call Meter 3 47 CPUC Price per Unit and Currency Table 3 48 CR Service Reporting 3 49 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual iii Table of Contents Supplementary Services teehee nee bd b PER etwas 3 50 CSSN Supplementary Service 3 50 CUSD Unstruct
14. 3 151 xii G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 List of Tables 3 99 3 100 3 101 3 102 3 103 3 104 3 105 3 106 3 107 3 108 3 109 3 110 3 111 3 112 3 113 3 114 3 115 3 116 3 117 3 118 3 119 3 120 3 121 3 122 3 123 3 124 3 125 3 126 3 127 3 128 3 129 3 130 3 131 3 132 3 133 3 134 3 135 3 136 3 137 3 138 3 139 3 140 3 141 3 142 3 143 3 144 3 145 3 146 3 147 3 148 3 149 3 150 3 151 3 152 XMPCMC Parameters edens REI RISUS EQ bd 3 154 Basic and Advanced Audio Modes Comparison 3 156 Parameters isi el es EE EY ra odores etus eq rette 3 159 CLVL 3 160 3 CMUT Parameters 2 lu LIS ERR SERRE GM ex ee ener dub dood Reps 3 160 ATS94 and ATS96 3 161 SOA Paranietets ev EYE Re 3 162 ATS96 and ATS94 3 162 596 Parameters ec bU BM RERO UE 3 163 c UH ttn ah E eM Rd LER EU LEM 3 165 Parameters 3 167 MAMUT Parameters 3 168 MAFEAT Parameters 3 169 ENTA DIGLEA TAP arametens 3 170 ae AMP arametersen Osee
15. Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set CMER lt mode gt OK The Set command lt keyp gt lt disp gt or enables disables an external lt ind gt lt bfr gt accessory to receive event TOME ERROR lt er reports from the G24 L In some cases this is used to track the user activity for redisplay on a vehicle system or to perform accessory spe cific menu operations Read CMER CMER The Read command queries lt mode gt lt keyp gt lt disp gt lt ind gt lt bfr gt the current settings for the OK AT CMER command or CME ERROR lt err gt Test CMER CMER list of supported The Test command returns lt mode gt s list of supported the possible mode lt keyp gt s list of supported lt keyp gt lt disp gt lt ind gt and lt disp gt s list of supported bfr values lt ind gt s list of supported lt bfr gt s The following table shows the CMER parameters Table 3 148 CMER Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt mode gt Controls the processing of unsolicited result codes specified within this command 0 Buffer unsolicited result codes in G24 L lt keyp gt Reserved for future implementation lt disp gt Reserved for future implementation lt ind gt 0 No indicator events reporting 1 Indicator event CIEV lt ind gt lt value gt lt ind gt shows the indicator order number and lt value gt is new value of indi
16. Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set CAMM lt acm OK The Set command sets the max gt lt passwd gt CME ERROR lt err gt accumulated call meter maximum value SIM PIN2 is required The value that is set remains after a power cycle Note This command is activated if Advice of Charge is supported by the network Read CAMM CAMM lt acmmax gt The Read command displays the CME ERROR lt err gt Current value of ACMmax Test CAMM OK The Test command indicates whether the CAMM command is functioning The following table shows the CAMM parameters Table 3 23 CAMM Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt acmmax gt Accumulated call meter maximum value similar to CCM Refer to CAOC Advice of Charge page 3 44 lt ccm gt String type three bytes of the current call meter value in hexadecimal format for example 00001E indicates a decimal value of 30 Value is given in home units bytes are similarly coded as the ACMmax value in the SIM Range is from 00001 to FFFFFF 0 Disables ACMmax default lt passwd gt SIM PIN2 password Maximum string length is 8 characters If this value is exceeded the command terminates in an error If PIN2 is incorrect CME ERROR incorrect password is displayed Example AT CAMM OK AT CAMMS FFFFFF 2222 OK AT CAMM CAMM FFFFFF OK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference
17. eos RE Ra ned pvp 3 203 S102 1 3 204 Command parameters osese isse sme es Rubr me eke e Rer dae e 3 205 MSCTS Parameters 7 7 3 206 CMEE Parameters 2222 Rer REI e Ri RR ERO 3 207 FOME EOTS gant eie e tu e e bete et eee dake eased ck 3 208 FEMS ETOCS se oce ete eee tes uad eu UR L trs 3 210 XS TK ETOS eeano ue CR RO ERR ERR a CR ee eee 3 211 CEER P rameters 2 re Uere eae dd decere 3 214 CRSM Parameters 3 217 SEW Parameters reta ace x bete ERR dire n Waddie See vata Gone 3 222 Profile 3 222 amp Y Parameters ose Ree Reb Reis b EU X ibus be 3 224 CMER Parameters 1 2 2 3 225 Parameters cn Wie chee te 3 226 CIND Parameters 1 3 227 XCIEV Parameters 1 llc Rex e ex ure ue 3 229 CGCLASS 1 3 231 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual xiii List of Tables 3 153 CGDCONT Parameters
18. Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set MIPSEND ERROR Data in the lt Socket Or MIPSEND ID gt lt Data gt 4MIPSEND Socket ID gt lt Status gt lt Free Commands limited Size gt to 80 characters 160 in coded form lt Status gt 0 Success 1 Socket is flowed off Read MIPSEND MIPSEND lt Socket ID gt lt Free Size gt gt lt Socket ID gt lt Free Size gt lt CR gt lt LF gt For all ACTIVE sockets Test MIPSEND ERROR The following table shows the MIPSEND parameters Table 3 200 MIPSEND Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt socket ID gt 1 2 3 4 Number of valid socket lt Free Size gt Free space in current buffer Free size is calculated from the 1372 0 lt Free Size lt 1372 lt Data gt User data string is sent encoded with 0 F hexadecimal digits String ends with a lt CR gt 3 284 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Example Socket 4 was not opened using MIPOPEN AT command AT MIPSEND 4 4444 ERROR AT MIPSEND 1 4444 MIPSEND 1 1370 OK AT MIPSEND ERROR AT MIPSEND MIPSEND 1 1372 MIPSEND 2 1372 OK 1372 2 chars DD 1370 Sockets 1 and 2 were opened using MIPOPEN AT command Sockets 1 and 2 were opened using MIPOPEN AT command MIPPUSH Push Data into Protocol Stack This command causes the G24 L to push the data accumulated in its accumulating
19. 3 135 amp K RTS CIS Flow Control hee bokeh Rote 3 135 amp C Circuit 109 Behavior eve bse det Seen BIDEN 3 136 amp IDCircuit 0S Behlaviope E 3 138 MCWAKE GPRS COVerage s RRL AERE En EE 3 139 MGGIND GSM GPRS Service 3 140 CFUN Shut Down Phone 3 141 HICE DFE DCE Character Framing cee cock ee ecb goes RR egies 3 142 ATS97 Antenna Diagnostics 222 2225 eee wees ceva ee 3 143 Pertorm Hard Reset ec ur Rete 3 143 MIOC Motorola O Contisure oe ee ieee ieee lease ET 3 144 MIOD Moola I O Define res acs ue TT RE ess by gus des ace 3 147 MMAD Query and Monitor ADC 3 149 MPCMC Continuous PCM 3 153 Audio SAO ED Hila 3 155 COPS ero te eu a 3 155 Audio Setups SEAT 3 156 Basic Audio eere ene reri 24 c Rec 3 157 Advanced Audio Setup 99 ecco B ee Meese 3 157 General Audio Commands M erte aerie ee ee ee N 3 158 85 2 22 22222 222 2 2 6 3 158 CallbRingerbevele
20. ete eet debe ied gobo estes back 4 26 Call Control PP 4 26 Send DTME iss ee eee ER egies hee hee eee eae EE 4 27 Latin ChiBrowser stc Urt ea eh US RR Ue Il RR UR KURSE i 4 27 Setup Event 4 28 PCPP mper RR E ERE RAE 4 29 TCP Data Transfer Example 22552256 bie REIS SEMIS 4 29 Multi point Data Transfer Example 1 4 29 and Xon Example a ete bees beet eee ee eee hide heen 4 30 Error in Reopening a Valid Socket 0 050 cee we RR REI meme RE 4 31 xni TS 4 32 Scenarios for Setting Up Handset Mode or Handsfree Mode 4 32 Handset Mode GREE CM ee wee 4 32 Handsfree Mode se cecene eorn avis tery bia 4 32 52 ee 5 1 cic 5 1 Appendix AS Reference A 1 AT Commands Alphabetical 4 A 1 Gharaetes Set Table CS1 GSM gt UCS 2 Ree A 17 Chatactemset Table CS2 ASCH lt gt 22 A 21 Giiatacter Set Table CS3 UCS 2 lt gt UTF 8 Say oo ee ET A 21 Ghiaracter Set Tabl
21. April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 179 Access Example AT CPIN OK AT CLCK SC 71 lt correct PIN gt Not case sensitive OK The facility is enabled by the CLCK command Refer to CLCK Facility Lock on page 3 184 AT CPIN CPIN SIM PIN OK AT CPIN lt correct PIN gt OK AT CPIN CPIN READY OK The status of the SIM is still enabled but the PIN is READY for this session The SIM is enabled per session After power up SIM must be unlocked again by using the CLCK command The following case shows an example of three unsuccessful attempts at entering the PIN AT CPIN CPIN SIM PIN OK AT CPIN lt wrong pin gt CME ERROR incorrect password AT CPIN lt wrong pin gt CME ERROR incorrect password AT CPIN lt wrong pin gt CME ERROR SIM PUK required AT CPIN CPIN SIM PUK PIN is blocked The PUK is needed for unblocking OK AT CPIN lt PUK gt lt NEW Enter PUK and new PIN OK AT CLCK FD 1 lt wrong PIN2 gt CME ERROR incorrect password AT CLCK FD 1 lt wrong PIN2 gt CME ERROR incorrect password AT CLCK FD 1 lt wrong PIN2 gt CME ERROR SIM PUK2 required AT CPIN CPIN SIM PUK2 PIN2 is blocked The PUK2 is needed for unlocking OK AT CPIN lt PUK2 gt lt NEW PIN2 gt Enter PUK2 and new PIN2 OK 3 180 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Comman
22. Example AT CIMI CIMI 314566320021400 CFSN Read Manufacturing Serial Number This command is used to query the manufacturing serial number Command Response Action AT CFSN CFSN lt Motorola Serial Number gt Example AT CFSN CFSN GLMMA000000069 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 5 Modem ID OK 1 Request Identification Information This command displays various G24 L information items Command Response Action ATIn or lt information item n gt CMS ERROR lt err gt The following table shows the information items that are supported by the G24 L ATIn Description Output 1 ROM checksum 000 3 Reports Product Title Motorola GSM Module 5 Reports Software Architecture 5 7 Reports Product Description lt current module type gt 8 Reports Software Version lt current software revision gt 9 Reports Flex Version lt current flex version gt Example ATI7 G24 L OEM Module OK ATI8 G24 L SW 4 0 210 000 OK ATI9 G24 L FLEX 0 210 000 OK CNUM Request MSISDN s This command displays up to five strings of text information that identify the G24 L The output string contains double quotes On platforms supporting MSISDN numbers the string s returned are the MSISDN numbers and their associated data On platforms not supporting MSISDN numbers this comm
23. ae 3 110 MCSAT Motorola Control SMS Alert 3 111 not Seer Enda REGE MEE EIOS ES 3 113 ea area are 3 117 eto Ccomnmlnds eee iM 3 117 ESSO Signal Stren eth 75 cca eo ee emer 3 117 P CRLP Radio Eink Protocol ne 2 o eM etse pes 3 118 CREG Network Registration Status 3 119 CGREG GPRS Network Registration 3 121 COPS Operator Selection o V EP tex ES EXE 3 122 CPROL Preferred Operators eR Spe wh bee abe Rie 3 125 MFS Motorola Frequency of Search 3 126 Hardware Information Ree ae RE DER DERE CERE 3 129 iv G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Table of Contents Hardware Information Commands 22 3 129 CBC Battery Charger Connection 3 129 MBC Battery Charger cece es haa es de we ye e s m dc ue E o p eu 3 130 CBAUD Baud Rate Regulation 3 132 IPR Local Terminal G24 L Serial Port 3 133 MTDTR DTR Line Test 3 134 MTCTS CTS Line Test
24. 3 66 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the CSVM parameters Table 3 37 CSVM Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt mode gt 0 Disables the voice mail number default 1 Enables the voice mail number lt number gt Voice mail number in string String can be of up to 32 characters long starting with a digit or Other allowed characters are digits only 0 9 lt type gt Address octet type 129 ISDN telephony marketing plan national international number unknown 145 ISDN telephony numbering plan international number When the dialing string includes the international access code character the default is 145 Otherwise the default type is 129 Note If mode is set to 0 number and type are ignored If mode is set to 1 number is mandatory Example AT CSVM CSVM 0 1 129 145 OK AT CSVM 1 972555123456 145 OK AT CSVM CSVM 1 972555123456 145 OK MDSI Motorola Deactivate SIM Card Indication This command enables unsolicited reporting of indications of SIM deactivation and invalidation The indications include the cause for deactivation and invalidation This command is a basic command which means the G24 L module should accept the command and act according to received parameters regardless of SIM presence and phone lock state
25. Example AT CRSM 176 28478 0 0 20 READ BINARY GID1 6F3E 0 0 20 bytes CRSM 144 0 FFFFFFFFFF Generic success code 20 bytes of file data FFFFFFFFFF00000000000000000000 OK AT CRSM 178 28474 1 4 26 READ RECORD ADN file 6F3A data 1 current 26 bytes CRSM 144 0 72656EFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF06818984143243FFFFFFFFFFFFFF Generic success code 26 bytes data of the 1st record OK AT CRSM 192 12258 GET RESPONSE ICCID 2fe2 CRSM 144 0 0000000A2FE204000B00BB01020000 Generic success code 0000 gt RFU 000A File size 2FE2 gt File ID 04 gt Type of the file EF 00 gt RFU 0 00 gt conditions READ 0 ALW UPDATE B NEVER 01 gt File status 02 gt Length of the following data byte 14 to the end 00 gt Structure of EF transparent 00 gt Length of a record For cyclic and linear fixed EFs this byte denotes the length of a record For a transparent EF this byte shall be coded 00 OK AT CRSM 214 28498 0 0 8 C69018C7958C87 UPDATE BINARY KcGPRS 6F52 0 0 8 bytes data to be write to the file 3 220 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference CRSM 152 4 Error access condition not fulfilled OK AT CRSM 220 28474 1 4 30 657469FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF UPDATE RECORD ADN file 6F3A Ish record current 30 bytes data CRSM 144 0 Generic success code OK AT CRSM 242 28589 STATUS 6fad CRSM
26. This command queries the number of remaining SIM PIN PUK entering attempts This command handles the selection of tone duration Page 3 182 Page 3 175 A 14 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Appendix A Reference Tables Table A 1 AT Commands Alphabetical Cont AT Command Description Page VTS This command transmits DTMF tones when a voice call is active Page 3 176 This command answers an incoming call placing the G24 L into the appropriate mode as indicated by the RING message Page 3 17 This command repeats the last command entered on the terminal Page 3 177 AT This command checks the AT communication and only returns OK Page 3 177 This command places a voice call on the current network when issued from an accessory device Page 3 11 D 99 This command enables the ME to perform the actions necessary for establishing communication between the terminal and the external PDN Page 3 242 D gt This command places a voice fax data call on the current network by dialing directly from the G24 L phone book Page 3 12 DL This command places a voice call to the last number dialed This command defines whether the G24 L echoes the characters received from the user whether input characters are echoed to output Page 3 14 Page 3 192 This command is supported for backward comp
27. April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 173 Audio Table 3 116 Ring Tone Types Available CRTT X Ring Tone Style Name 1 Alert 2 Alert 3 Bells 4 Bits amp Bytes 5 Chargerl 6 Charger2 7 Door Bell 8 Triads 9 Wind Chimes 10 Up and Down 11 Random 12 Start Up 13 Cosmic 14 Cosmic2 15 Intrelude 16 Power Surge 17 Clouds 18 Waves Example AT CRTT 4 0 Ring type number 4 operation 0 play OK When 4 is in the supported lt RingTypeNumber gt range AT CRTT 4 2 Ring type number 4 operation 2 stop OK AT CRTT CRTT 1 18 0 2 OK AT CRTT 4 Ring type number 4 AT CRTT 5 4 Invalid operation CME ERROR lt err gt 3 174 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference VTD Tone Duration This command handles the selection of tone duration An integer lt n gt defines the length of tones emitted as a result of the VTS command This command does not affect the D dial command Refer to D Dial Command page 11 Any value other than zero causes a tone of duration lt n gt in multiples of 100 msec In this command the new value is erased after power down Note In GSM the tone duration value can be modified depending on the specific network Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set VTD lt n gt OK The Set command s
28. 3 197 G Software Control ree bre Re PES LEE EC ES EE 3 197 V Terminal Auto Rate RR RR RR RA Hs 3 197 Ns Link esti ck eta RR Dee tx b rx EE ER Ede eos 3 197 CBAND Change Radio 3 197 Return the Value of the Last Updated S register 3 198 amp F Set to Factory Defined Configuration 3 198 Z Reset to Default Configuration 3 199 Sleep Mode Commands 2 2 3 199 Sleep Mode AT 8 1 3 200 Sleep Mode HW 3 200 524 Set Number of Seconds Delay Before G24 L Enters Sleep Mode 3 202 5102 Set Delay Before Sending Data to the Terminal 3 203 5100 Set Minimum Time for Terminal to Fall into Sleep Mode 3 204 MSCTS Enable Disable CTS During Wakeup Period 3 205 Error Handling Commands 2 3 206 CMEE Report Mobile Equipment 3 206 CEER Extended Error 3 213 WL WU ser Interface i ost esrb
29. 3 250 3 170 Profile Structure Byte 7 Multiple card proactive commands 3 251 3 171 Profile Structure Byte 8 Proactive 5 3 251 3 172 Profile Structure Byte 9 Proactive 5 3 252 3 173 Profile Structure Byte 10 Soft keys support 3 252 3 174 Profile Structure Byte 11 Soft keys 3 253 3 175 Profile Structure Byte 12 Bearer independent protocol proactive commands class e 3 253 3 176 Profile Structure Byte 13 Bearer independent protocol supported bearers class e 3 254 3 177 Profile Structure Byte 14 Screen height 3 254 3 178 Profile Structure Byte 15 Screen 3 255 3 179 Profile Structure Byte 16 Screen 3 255 3 180 Profile Structure Byte 17 Bearer independent protocol supported transport interface class e 3 255 3 181 Profile Structure Byte TS Reserved oce eme reb a eee Wc oe ETE E 3 256 3 182 Profile Structure Byte 19 Reserved for TIA EIA 136 3 256 3 183 MARIE Parameters Eh uon es eue RENE E TU OUR 3 257 3 184 SMTKP EFeldiDescuptions m bi EUM RE UN EE NER TS 3 258 3 185 MT
30. A Default alphabet Not Set All G24 L converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set according to rules of GSMO07 05 Annex A B Default alphabet Set All G24 L converts each 8 bit from TP UD encoded in GSM alphabet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number 8 bit or UCS2 All All G24 L converts each 8 bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number Examples Store in TEXT mode SMS encoded in default alphabet with set Character set is ASCII AT CMGF 1 OK AT CSMP 81 167 0 0 OK AT CMGW2 0544565803 gt 050003090301123456786543 CMGW 222 OK AT CMGR 222 CMGR STO UNSENT 0544565803 050003090301123456786543 OK AT CMGF 0 OK AT CMGR 222 CMGR 2 25 07917952140230F251000A8150446585300000A 70D050003090301123456786543 OK Store in TEXT mode SMS encoded in UCS2 alphabet with UDHI set Character set is ASCII AT CSMP 81 167 0 10 OK AT CMGF 1 OK 3 114 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference AT CMGW 0544565803 gt 050003090301123456786543FE CMGW 223 OK AT CMGR 223 CMGR STO UNSENT 0544565803 050003090301123456786543FE OK AT CMGF 0 OK AT CMGR 223 CMGR 2 26 07917952140230F251000A815044658530000A A 70D050003090301123456786543FE OK Store in TEXT mode SMS 8 bit encoded Character set is ASCII
31. The following table shows the CGPADDR parameters Table 3 157 CGADDR Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt cid gt A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition see the CGDCONT and CGDSCONT commands If no lt cid gt is specified the addresses for all defined contexts are returned lt PDP_address gt A string that identifies the MT in the address space applicable to the PDP The address may be static or dynamic For a static address it will be the one set by the CGDCONT and CGDSCONT commands when the context was defined For a dynamic address it will be the one assigned during the last PDP context activation that used the context definition referred to by lt cid gt lt PDP_address gt is omitted if none is available Example AT CGPADDR CGPADDR 1 2 3 OK AT CGPADDR 1 CGPADDR 1 0 0 0 0 OK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 239 GPRS MGEER GPRS Extended Error Report This command is used to return the PDP context activation reject cause Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT MGEER lt n gt OK or CME ERROR err Read AT MGEER MGEER lt cause gt OK Test AT MGEER MGEER lt n gt OK 3 240 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table sho
32. The following table shows the MIPCONF parameters Table 3 206 MIPCONF Parameters Parameter Description lt socket gt Number of configured TCP socket 1 to 4 lt retr_num gt Number of retransmissions 1 to 5 min TO gt Bottom limit to retransmit timeout 100 ms to 1 sec max TO Upper limit to retransmit timeout 1 sec to 60 sec 3 290 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Table 3 206 MIPCONF Parameters Parameter Description lt max_close_delay gt Closing delay required by RFC 793 100 ms to 7500 ms lt is_nack_ind_req gt NACK ACK TCP indication feature Activating this parameter enables G24 L to report the user in case of losing a TCP connection what data was received by the remote TCP layer 0 feature inactive 1 NACK indication active 2 ACK indication active Power Up 0 Default value previously set value This parameter resets after power cycle Example AT MIPCONF 2 5 10 600 75 2 OK AT MIPOPEN 2 0 66 249 87 99 80 0 OK MIPOPEN 2 1 AT MIPSETS 2 10 MIPSETS 0 OK AT MIPSEND 2 474554202F20485454502F312E300D0A486F73743A 207777772E676F6F676C652E636 F6D0D0AODOA MIPPUSH 2 0 40 MIPSEND 2 0 1372 OK MIPXOFF 2 AT MIPSEND 2 474554202F20485454502F312E300D0A486F73743A 207777772E676F6F676C652E636 F6D0D0
33. The following table shows the MMICG parameters Table 3 114 MMICG Parameters Parameter Description gain Microphone gain values in db 0 31 Oislowest gain value not mute default is 16 db Example AT MMICG MMICG 0 31 OK AT MMICG MMICG 16 OK AT MMICG 30 OK 3 172 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference CRTT Ring Type Selection This command plays one cycle of a ring tone stops the cycle in the middle and sets the ring tone to be used Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT CRTT OK The Set command sets the ring type lt RingTypeNumber gt or and operation lt operation gt CME ERROR lt err gt Read AT CRTT CRTT The Read command returns the ring lt RingTypeNumber gt type number OK or CME ERROR lt err gt Test AT CRTT CRTT list of The Test command returns the list of supported supported tone type numbers and lt RingTypeNumber gt s operations list of supported lt operation gt s OK or CME ERROR lt err gt The following table shows the CRTT parameters Table 3 115 CRTT Parameters lt Parameter gt Description Number gt lt RingType Ring tone styles see Table 3 116 lt operation gt Play or set a tone 1 Set 2 Stop 0 Play play one cycle
34. Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT MMAD Converter number s lt Report gt lt Rate gt lt Low gt lt High gt Num Of Samples Average Calc Dura tion gt lt Report_Interval AT4 MMAD lt Converter_number gt MMAD lt Converter_number gt lt Average gt OK Or CME ERROR lt err gt MMAD lt Converter_number gt lt Converted_Value gt OK Or MMAD lt Converter_number gt lt Average gt OK If average is active on that converter the response value shall be the latest average calculated If average is not active on that converter the response value shall be the converted value If average is active on that converter and report interval not seted the response value shall be the latest average calculated solicited message April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 149 Hardware Information Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Read AT MMAD List of converters and their monitoring setup values MMAD lt Converter number gt lt Report gt lt Rate gt lt Low gt lt High gt lt Num_of_samples gt lt Average_calc_duration gt lt Report_ interval gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt Converter number gt lt Report gt lt Rate gt lt Low gt lt High gt gt Num of samples Average calc duration Report _ interva
35. Table 3 64 Layout of SMS SUBMIT in Mode according to GSM03 40 Reference Description Length lt SCa gt Service Center address 1 3 12 BYTES 1 BYTE length number of followed When length is 1 length BYTE 0 octets Mandatory 1 BYTE lt tosca gt value between 128 255 lt fo gt First Octet See the table below 1 BYTE lt TP MR gt Message Reference An integer 1 BYTE representation of a reference number of the SM submitted to the SC by the MS Values between 0 255 lt TP DA gt Destination address formatted according 2 12 BYTES to the formatting rules of address fields lt TP PID gt Protocol Identifier Values between 1 BYTE 0 255 lt TP DCS gt Data Coding Scheme Values between 1 BYTE 0 255 lt TP VP gt Validity Period depending on lt fo gt 0 1 7 BYTE TP Validity Period Format bits setting lt TP UDL gt User data length 1 BYTE lt TP UD gt User data 0 140 BYTES Table 3 65 Layout of SMS COMMAND in PDU Mode according to GSM03 40 Reference Description Length sca Service Center address 1 3 12 BYTES BYTE length number of followed When length is 1 length BYTE 0 octets Mandatory 1 BYTE lt tosca gt value between 128 255 lt fo gt First Octet See Table 3 66 1 BYTE lt TP MR gt Message Reference An integer 1 BYTE representation of a reference number of the SM submitted to the SC by the
36. lank cCOU Poco Other characters allowed and ignored not saved Ox2F Ox2D 0x28 0x29 0x20 Ox41 0x42 0x43 0x44 Pause control ignored not saved 0 2 Allowed at end of number ignored not saved Ox3B 3 78 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference mman CNN DAE Syntax Response Action Remarks Type Set CSCA lt sca gt lt tosca gt OK The Set command sets the service or center address CMS ERROR lt err gt Read CSCA CSCA lt sca gt lt tosca gt Test The Test command for CSCA is not defined by ETSI and therefore is not supported by the G24 L The G24 L returns an error The following table shows the CSCA parameters Table 3 45 CSCA Parameters lt Parameter gt Description sca Service Center Address lt tosca gt Type of Service Center Address is the current address format setting Example AT CSCA 4252833433 OK AT CSCA CSCA 4252833433 129 OK CSMP Set Text Mode Parameters This command is a basic command and is used to select values for additional parameters needed when SM is sent to the network or placed in storage when TEXT mode is selected mman P commana Syntax Response Action Remarks Type Set CSMP lt fo gt lt vp gt OK The set command selects values for L lt pid gt
37. 1 Bad SIM lt cause gt and lt cause text gt related to lt type gt 1 GSM and lt type gt 2 GPRS No reject cause IMSI unknown in HLR Illegal MS IMSI unknown in VLR Illegal ME GPRS service not allowed GPRS and non GPRS services not allowed MS identity cannot be derived by the network 1 PLMN not allowed 12 Location area not allowed 13 Roaming not allowed in this location area 14 GPRS services not allowed in this PLMN 240 Location update failure 241 Combined LU failure 242 Authentication and ciphering reject 243 Authentication reject 244 Attach failure 3 68 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Example AT MDSI MDSI 0 OK AT MDSI MDSI 000 001 OK AT MDSI 1 OK Until now there was no deactivation or invalidation of SIM card AT MDSI MDSI 1 OK SIM card does not support GPRS MDSI 2 7 GPRS services not allowed Insert a SIM card that is no longer subscribed AT CPIN 1764 OK AT COPS 0 OK Unsolicited messages MDSI 1 2 GSM IMSI unknown HLR MDSI 0 1 DEACTIVATE Bad SIM Insert a good SIM card and roam to a network that doesn t have a GPRS roaming agreement Unsolicited messages MDSI 2 14 GPRS GPRS services not allowed in this PLMN AT CGATT CGATT 0 OK MCSN Motorola Change Subscriber
38. April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 67 Phone Books and Clock Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set MDSI lt mode gt When mode is 1 and The following is the available mode SIM was invalidated or values for the Set command deactivated MDSI lt mode gt 1 Defines that unsolicited type cause type MDSI messages will be sent to the text cause text gt DTE If the SIM card was invalidated OK or deactivated the current status will be sent to the DTE CME ERROR err lt mode gt 0 No unsolicited message is sent to the DTE Read MDSI MDSI lt mode gt The Read command queries the current OK settings for lt mode gt CME ERROR lt err gt Test MDSI MDSI list of The Test command returns the possible supported lt mode gt s lt mode gt values OK CME ERROR lt err gt The following table shows the MDSI parameters Table 3 38 MDSI Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt mode gt 0 Unsolicited indications off 1 Unsolicited indications on lt type gt lt type 0 DEACTIVATE SIM deactivate request was sent with cause text gt 1 GSM Invalidate SIM for GSM services was sent with lt cause gt 2 GPRS Invalidate SIM for GPRS services was sent with lt cause gt lt cause gt lt cause text gt lt cause gt and lt cause text gt related to lt type gt 0 DEACTIVATE
39. gt Numeric format followed by verbose format 700 SIM ToolKit not available 701 cannot sustain both call and SIM application Example AT CMEE 0 CME ERROR is not used OK AT VTD ERROR AT CMEE 1 Use numeric lt err gt OK AT VTD CME ERROR 1 AT CMEE 2 Use verbose err OK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 211 Modem Configuration and Profile AT VTD CME ERROR operation not supported 3 212 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference CEER Extended Error Report This execution command returns an extended error report containing one or more lines of information text lt report gt determined by the manufacturer providing reasons for the following errors Failure in the last unsuccessful call setup originating or answering or the in call modification ast call release Typically the text consists of a single line containing the reason for the error according to information given by GSM network in textual format Command Type Syntax Response Action Set AT CEER lt n gt OK Execute AT CEER CEER lt report gt OK Read AT CEER CEER lt n gt OK Test AT CEER CEER List of supported lt n gt s OK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 213 Modem Configuration and Profile The following table shows the CEER parameters Table 3 143 CEER Param
40. one command OK AT MIOC 00010000 00000000 Turn off the light by setting pin 5 to low OK AT MIOC MIOC 00000000 OK Optional read the pins status Pin 5 is set to low April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 145 Hardware Information Data sending vector example Client has a data bus with 8 bits and plans to implement some protocol over it In this example 4 pins pins 1 4 are used as an output and 4 pins 5 8 are used as input Example of code is as follows AT MIOD 000001111 0 OK AT MIOD 11110000 1 OK AT MIOD MIOD 11110000 OK AT MIOC 00001111 00000011 OK AT MIOC MIOC 01000011 OK AT MIOC 00001111 00000000 OK AT MIOC MIOC 01110000 OK Set IO pins 1 4 to be output level mode Set IO pins 5 8 to be input level mode Unnecessary because by default all pins are input Optional Read the IO pin definitions to confirm correct settings Pins 1 4 output pins 5 8 input At this point the module is configured to control the logic values of all pins Write vector 0x3 on pins 1 4 pins 1 2 high pins 3 4 low Read the pins status Pins 1 2 7 show the logical value high Write vector 0x0 on pins 1 4 Optional read the pins status Pin 1 4 low pins 5 6 7 show logical high 3 146 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference MIOD Motorola I O Defi
41. Command Type Syntax Response Action Set AT amp C lt param gt OK Read AT amp C amp C lt param gt Test AT amp C amp C list of supported lt param gt s The following table shows the amp C parameters Table 3 88 amp C Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt param gt DCD signal ON 0 DCD is forced ON at all times 1 DCD is set to ON when a CSD carrier is detected b A GPRS external session is being established G24 L enters PPP mode TE is about to send an LCP configure request to the G24 L GPRS connection is not yet established DCD is set to OFF when a No CSD carrier is detected This can happen when a CSD call has been disconnected or when G24 L enters CSD online command mode switch operation b The G24 L has lost its GPRS connection with the network PDP context was deactivated and the IP address is cancelled 2 DCD is set to ON when G24 L establishes a GPRS connection with the network PDP context is activated and the IP address is received from the network DCD is set to OFF when G24 L has lost its GPRS connection with the network PDP context was deactivated and the IP address is cancelled The default value is 1 Note If amp C is set to 2 when a CSD call is set DCD will always remain OFF Example AT amp C amp C 1 OK AT amp CO OK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 137 Hardware Information amp D Circuit 108 Behavior
42. Example AT amp K amp K 3 OK AT amp K4 OK amp C Circuit 109 Behavior This parameter determines how the state of the DCD line relates to the detection of the received line signal from the distant end Changing the parameters will take effect immediately in both the command and online command states The DCD line is an output line that indicates the following Circuit Switch Data mode an active low indicates that a valid carrier data signal was detected by the G24 L CONNECT message is received and inactive high indicates idle The AT amp C command always puts the DCD command ON when set to 0 If the AT amp C command is set to then the escape command sets the DCD signal to an inactive state and the ATO command is set to active The AT amp C set to 2 sets the DCD signal OFF In GPRS mode the DCD line indicates the PDP context status PDP context active sets the DCD to active low PDP context inactive sets the DCD to inactive high The DCD is activated only when the PDP context is achieved The DCD is de activated when the PDP context is off 3 136 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference When AT amp C is set to 0 the DCD signal is always ON When AT amp C is set to 1 the DCD is activated in online mode When AT amp C is set to 2 the DCD is activated only when the PDP context is achieved temporary IP address is received
43. The unsolicited report will appear even if the charger cable is not connected only in case of lt Ind 1 gt ERRORS Trying to start a charging process without a battery error message of NO BATTERY DETECTION will be received for any other problems the following will be received ERROR IN CHARGING PROCESS Command Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT MBC lt Mode gt lt OK Ind gt or The Set command sets the different mode start stop or automatic and CME ERROR err Sets the report to be solicited or unsolicited Read AT MBC MBC The Read command returns the current lt Status gt lt Batterylevel status battery level mode and gt lt Mode gt lt Ind gt indication OK Test AT MBC MBC List of The Test command returns the list of supported Mode List supported modes and indications of supported Indication OK 3 130 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the MBC parameters Table 3 82 MBC Parameters lt Parameter gt Description Mode 0 Stop battery charging 1 Start battery charging 2 Automatic battery charging Ind 0 Disable MBC unsolicited report default 1 Enable MBC unsolicited report lt BatteryLevel gt 0 5 Battery Level values see Table 3 83 Status The status of the battery charge
44. gt Optional Parameter indicating the presence of any of the optional parameters which follow See Table 3 59 1 BYTE lt TP PID gt lt TP DCS gt Optional Protocol Identifier Values between 0 255 Optional Data Coding Scheme Values between 0 255 1 BYTE 1 BYTE lt TP UDL gt Optional User data length 1 BYTE lt TP UD gt Optional User data 131 BYTES Notes Any unused bits will be set to zero by the sending entity and will be ignored by the receiving entity The maximum guaranteed length of TP UD is 131 octets In order to achieve the maximum octet of 143 the TP RA field must have a length of two octets and TP PID and TP DCS must not be present is Mandatory if any of the optional parameters following TP PI is present otherwise optional 3 98 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Table 3 59 lt fo gt for SMS STATUS REPORT Message Bit s Reference Description Mandatory Message Type Indicator Parameter describing the message type 1 0 SMS STATUS REPORT in the direction SC to MS Mandatory TP More Message To Send Parameter indicating whether or not more messages are waiting to the MS in the SC 0 More messages are waiting for the MS in this SC No more messages are waiting for the MS in this SC Mandatory TP Status Report
45. 16 5 0 Activate Average calcluation during 5 minutes rate 5 Converter num 1 report 0 rate 5 100ms low high 16 duration 5 min OK AT MMAD 1 Only on explicit AT MMAD lt Converter_number gt command OK 3 152 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference MMAD 1 160 Operation not allowed because the parameters are valid but the there is not enough time for calculation AT MMAD 1 3 100 7 1 5 Activate Average calcluation during 1 minute rate 100 samples 7 report interval 5 sec converter num 1 report 3 rate 100 low high 7 duration 1 min interval 5 CME ERROR operation not allowed AT MMAD 1 0 Stop Average calcluation and report OK converter num 1 report 0 AT MMAD Read monitoring setup values of all A2D s MMAD 1 0 10 0 230 0 0 0 MMAD 2 1 15 0 230 0 0 0 MMAD 3 2 1 25 100 0 0 0 MMAD 5 0 1 300 450 0 0 0 OK AT MMAD Read default values of all A2D s MMAD 1 0 1 0 230 0 0 0 MMAD 2 0 1 0 230 0 0 0 MMAD 3 0 1 0 230 0 0 0 MMAD 5 0 1 300 450 0 0 0 OK AT MMAD Test command range of all setup parameters and MMAD 1 3 5 0 3 1 255 0 450 0 450 2 255 1 255 0 255 OK MPCMC Continuous PCM Clock This command defines whether the PCM clock is generated continuously or not when module is in digital audio mode configured by AT MADIGITAL command Note User is advised not to ena
46. AT CSMP 17 167 0 245 OK AT CMGF 1 OK AT CMGW 0544565803 gt 050003090301123456786543 CMGW 225 OK AT CMGR 225 CMGR STO UNSENT 0544565803 050003090301123456786543 OK AT CMGF 0 OK AT CMGR 225 CMGR 2 25 07917952140230F211000A81504465853000F5A70C050003090301123456786543 OK Store in TEXT mode SMS encoded in default alphabet Character set is GSM AT CSMP 17 167 0 0 OK AT CMGW 0544565803 gt 414441444144414441444144414441444144414441444144414441444144414441444144414441 44414441444144414441444144414441444144414441444144414441444144414441444144414441 44414441444144414441444144414441444144414441444144414441444144414441444144414441 44414441444144414441444144414441444144414441444144414441444144414441444144414441 44 CMGW 227 OK AT CMGR 227 CMGR STO UNSENT 0544565803 41444144414441444144414441444144414441444144414441444144414441444144414441444144 41444144414441444144414441444144414441444144414441444144414441444144414441444144 41444144414441444144414441444144414441444144414441444144414441444144414441444144 41444144414441444144414441444144414441444144414441444144414441444144414441444144 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 115 SMS OK AT CSCS ASCII OK AT CMGR 227 CMGR STO UNSENT 0544565803 ADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADAD ADADADADADADADADAD ADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADADAD
47. C This command is supported for backward compatibility only and Page 3 304 has no effect 1 24 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 1 Product Features Table 1 1 AT Commands Cont AT Command Description Page amp G This command is supported for backward compatibility only and Page 3 304 has no effect amp J This command is supported for backward compatibility only and Page 3 304 has no effect amp L This command is supported for backward compatibility only and Page 3 304 has no effect amp M This command is supported for backward compatibility only and Page 3 304 has no effect amp P This command is supported for backward compatibility only and Page 3 304 has no effect amp Q This command is supported for backward compatibility only and Page 3 304 has no effect amp R This command is supported for backward compatibility only and Page 3 304 has no effect amp S This command is supported for backward compatibility only and Page 3 304 has no effect amp T This command is supported for backward compatibility only and Page 3 304 has no effect B This command is supported for backward compatibility only and Page 3 304 has no effect A This command is supported for backward compatibility only and Page 3 304 has no effect K This command is supported for backward compatibility only and Page 3 304 has no effect
48. CPBF 101 97252999080 145 Mail AT CPBF Moto CPBF 2 8475767800 129 Moto Voicemail CPBW Write Phone Book Entry This command enables the user to store a new entry in the phone book or edit delete an existing entry from the phone book A particular entry in the phone book can be stored or the next available entry is used This command writes the entry in the currently active phone book selected with the CPBS command Refer to CPBS Select Phone Book Memory page 3 60 The entry is selected by index the phone number is entered into the number field and text associated with the number is entered into the text field If these fields are omitted the phone book entry is deleted If the index field is omitted but a number is entered in the number field the phone number is entered into the first available entry in the phone book If the index 3 64 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference field already exists in the PB the new record will update the old one If the writing fails in a G24 L error CME ERROR err is returned Note The FD phone book supports single wild card characters and prefixes of a number in the telephone number field In cases of fixed dialing these entries in the FD phone book define a group of permitted numbers Call indications related to a fixed dialing entry containing wild c
49. G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the V parameters Table 3 127 V Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt value gt 0 Transmits limited headers and trailers and numeric text 1 Transmits full headers and trailers and verbose response text The default value is 1 Example ATV V 1 OK ATVO 0 ATV7 4 ATVI OK ATV7 ERROR Q Result Code Suppression This command determines whether to output the result codes Information text transmitted in response to commands is not affected by the setting of this parameter Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set ATQ lt value gt OK The set commands sets whether or not or to output result codes CME ERROR lt err gt Read ATQ lt current value gt The Read command reads the current setting for result code suppression Test The Test command for Q is not defined and therefore is not supported by the G24 L The G24 L returns an error April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 191 Modem Configuration and Profile The following table shows the Qn parameters Table 3 128 Qn Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt value gt 0 Transmit result codes 1 Suppress result codes The default value is 0 Example ATQO OK ATQ 0 0
50. MIPPUSH This command causes the G24 L to push the data accumulated in its Page 3 285 accumulating buffers into the protocol stack MIPFLUSH This command causes the G24 L to flush delete data accumulated Page 3 286 in its accumulating buffers MIPRUDP This unsolicited event is sent to the terminal when data is received Page 3 287 from the UDP protocol stack MIPRTCP This unsolicited event is sent to the terminal when data is received Page 3 287 from the TCP protocol stack MIPSTAT This unsolicited event is sent to the terminal indicating a change in Page 3 288 link status MIPXOFF This unsolicited event is sent to the terminal to stop sending data Page 3 288 MIPXON This unsolicited event is sent to the terminal when the G24 L has Page 3 289 free memory in the accumulating buffer MIPCONF Configure Internal TCP IP stack Page 3 289 MPING This command will allow verifying IP connectivity to another Page 3 289 remote machine computer by sending one or more Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP Echo Request messages MPINGSTAT This is the unsolicited response that the G24 L sends to the terminal Page 3 296 to inform of ping execution status update and provide summary statistics of ping request when ping request execution is completed MSDNS This command sets reads DNS IP address for each socket Page 3 299 MIPCFF This command sets the Filtering List Page 3 301 NOP Compatible Ignored Compatible Only Commands
51. Repeat Last 3 177 AT Check AT 3 177 CPIN Enter PIN for Unlocking SIM Card or Enter PUK for Unblocking SIM Card 3 177 EPIN Enter SIM PIN to Verify PIN2 Indicator 3 181 TPIN Query Number of Remaining SIM PIN PUK Entering Attempts 3 182 CPWD Change 1 3 183 CLUCK Facility 2 22 292055 lees be bik ARI eme bene bbe cde b RE 3 184 EMPC Unlocking or Locking Subsidy 3 187 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual Table of Contents Modem Configuration and Profile 3 190 Modem Register Commands 3 190 G24 L Response 1 3 190 Result Code 4 3 191 By Command 5 ERSTE RE ERE es 3 192 X Result Code Selection and Call Progress Monitoring Control 3 193 S Bit Map Registers 222 592 eee needed ee goa a eet ew e dece 3 194 VS Show the Status of the Commands and S registers in Effect
52. Ring Input voice 1 Example G24 L Mute state Headset Speaker Handset Speaker Handset Headset Digital Mic Mic RX Mute 1 state Alert Transducer Figure 3 7 G24 L Audio Gain Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set MAVOL lt accy gt OK The Set command sets the lt feature gt lt vol gt or volume level lt n gt to a certain 4CME ERROR err feature through a certain lt accy gt Read MAVOL Current path volume The Read command returns MAVOL accy featurel vol volume level of all the MAVOL lt accy gt lt feature2 gt vol gt features thecurrentactiye accessories MAVOL lt accy gt lt feature4 gt vol gt MAVOL lt accy gt lt feature8 gt vol gt OK Test MAVOL MAVOL supported Test command returns the accessories supported features supported range of volume combinations supported volume levels accessories and levels features 3 166 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the MAVOL parameters Table 3 109 MAVOL Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt accy gt 1 Speaker 1 15 2 Headset speaker 4 Alert speaker 8 Digital TX lt feature gt 1 Voice 1 15 2 Keypad feedback 4 Alert 8 Ring lt vol gt Volume level 0 7 Example Set volume level 3 for voic
53. This command displays the link type It is used for backward compatibility CBAND Change Radio Band This command has no effect and only returns OK It is used for backward compatibility April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 197 Modem Configuration and Profile Return the Value of the Last Updated S register This command displays the most recently updated value stored in an S register Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Read AT 000 The Read command returns the value OK of the last updated S register Example AT 000 OK AT 003 OK ATS36 5 OK AT 005 OK amp F Set to Factory Defined Configuration This command restores the factory default configuration profile The G24 L only supports one factory default profile 0 Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT amp F value OK or CMS ERROR lt err gt Read AT amp F lt current profile number gt Test The Test command for amp F is not defined by ITU and therefore is not supported by the G24 L The G24 L returns an error The following table shows the amp F parameters Table 3 133 amp F Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt value gt Factory default configuration profile This is the only value supported 3 198 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3
54. lt DTMF gt lt duration gt CME ERROR err duration if entered Read VTS VTS lt DTMF gt The Read command displays the CME ERROR lt err gt currently transmitted DTMF tone An error is displayed if no tone is active Test VTS VTS list of The Test command displays the list of supported lt DTMF gt supported DTMF tones and tone list of supported lengths lt durations gt s CME ERROR lt err gt The following table shows the VTS parameters Table 3 118 VTS Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt DTMF gt String of ASCII characters 0 9 A D String length is up to 32 characters long lt duration gt A DTMF tone of different duration from that set by the VTD command 0 600 Multiples of 100 msec 0 is equivalent to 1 that is 100 msec lt duration gt does not erase the VTD duration Note The duration defined by VTS is specific to the DTMF string in this command only It does not erase the duration defined by the VTD command and is erased when the G24 L is powered down If duration is not defined the VTD value is used Example AT VTS VTS 5 OK AT VTS 2 7 10 OK 3 176 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Access Access Control Commands When the module or SIM card is locked or blocked the only accessory operations allowed are thos
55. 3 10 Plan gin gd pyar oes occ EE RED UU D ERE 3 10 Dialing to an Electronic Telephone 3 10 Data Call seach eae baa IUE NEAN INTER UO 3 10 Call Control AT Commands 3 11 IRURE M eee EET ae nee 3 11 D gt Direct Dialing from Phone 3 12 DIA Dial Last MER CR cs 3 14 H Hang up Callz7 ecco 3 8B8 v s 3 15 A Answer Incoming Call 77 1 3 17 CRC Cellular Result Codes and RING CRING Incoming Call Indication 3 17 CLIP Calling Line Identification nes us cote ttt tee ee pee ware oS 3 19 CCWA Call Waiting Command ipe cititi tie bible ese eb ee 3 21 CHLD Call Related Supplementary Services 3 23 CCFC Call Forwarding Number and 3 27 CLIR Calling Line Identification Restriction 3 29 CBST Select Bearer Service Type 3 31 Return to Online Data State 3 33 amp Q Asynchronous 3 33 CHUP Hang Up Call cce get
56. 3 178 Wake p In ine uoi uestre b RE A s ILLU s 3 201 Wake up Qutline 2 IRR RU UE RC mE NEG augue anes ME 3 201 Sleep Mode whenle24 0 o oo tei tr ba pO ORR eu bok bbe REF bade 3 202 242111066 when 24 0 cesset cR ene a Sop Pes REPRE EE 3 202 SIM Toolkit ARI RA 3 246 Communication During DTMF Command 3 264 Communication During Launch Browser 3 265 CIDR Scheme ERT eae Riemer ee en ea ee 3 301 Phone tate Transactions n RR ERA Ress E SEE 0 4 1 Detailed Phone State Transactions 44 777 Mese 4 2 Recommended G24 L Initialization 4 3 RS232 I nes Setup i es e eU Uo RAM UNS DREW DIU TT 4 4 Test G24 L Communication o ERU SEA UNI RAIN IESU Sette 4 5 Basic Configuration 25 c kee daa potas eee E Pees Rees ype A 4 5 SIM wae 4 7 G24 L Network Connections 245555 LR SEEM RSE EMR eee ENSE RUE 4 8 Terminal Synchronization 1 2 4 9 Sr Er 4 14 Sleep Mode when 524 gt 0 4 22 Display Text idees sate phat EAR ee ER ace neg Meee ee M e pen 4 23 Get Inkey fr
57. AT CMGF 0 OK AT CMGS 18 send to myself gt 079179521201009511000 917952446505430004 A0441 424344 CMGS 70 OK CMT 23 0791795212010095040C917952446505430004502032115430800441424344 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 87 SMS CDSI Unsolicited Response New SMS STATUS REPORT Indication The CDSI unsolicited response is sent to the TE upon receipt of a new SMS STATUS REPORT SM if the CNMI parameter ds is set to 2 For further information refer to CNMI New Message Indications to Terminal on page 3 82 This unsolicited message indicates that a new SMS STATUS REPORT message was received and is stored in location index Unsolicited Response CDSI lt mem gt lt index gt The following table shows the CDSI parameters Table 3 52 CDSI Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt mem gt Message memory space SM SIM memory storage lt index gt Location of the new message Example AT CMGF 1 OK AT CSMP 49 Set Message type to Status Report see CMGW OK AT CSMP CSMP 49 167 0 0 OK AT CNMI 0 0 0 2 OK AT CMGS 052468000 gt Hello CMGS 188 OK CDSI SM 14 CDS Unsolicited Response New SMS STATUS REPORT Receipt The CDS unsolicited response is sent to the TE upon receipt of a new mobile terminated SM if the CNMI parameter ds is set to 1 For further information refer to CNM
58. CME ERROR err Of n It also initiates a query of the COLP service provision status and displays m Test COLP COLP list of The Test command displays the supported lt n gt s supported values of lt n gt CME ERROR lt err gt 3 56 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the COLP parameters Table 3 31 COLP Parameters lt Parameter gt Description n Sets displays the result code presentation status of the G24 L 0 Disable default 1 Enable m Displays the subscriber s COLP service status in the network 0 COLP not provisioned 1 COLP provisioned 2 Unknown for example no network and so on lt number gt Sets the phone number using the format specified by lt type gt lt type gt lt subaddr gt lt satype gt lt alpha gt Sets the address octet type in integer format refer to GSM 04 08 8 subclause 10 5 4 7 129 Unknown 145 International used when dialing string includes international access code character Sets the subaddress using the format specified by lt satype gt Sets the address octet type in integer format refer to GSM 04 08 8 subclause 10 5 4 8 An optional string type alphanumeric representation of lt number gt corresponding to the entry found in the phonebook The character set is defined by CSCS Re
59. E lt value gt Command echo default 0 meaning the G24 L does not echo commands Q lt value gt Result code suppression default 0 meaning the G24 L transmits result codes V lt value gt G24 L response format default 1 meaning verbose format X lt value gt Defines CONNECT result code format The figure below shows the flow and structure configuration commands ATS3 x 5 me 1 6 omar 0 1 55 1 ATVX ATS4 x Figure 2 4 Flow and Structure Configuration Commands April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 2 5 Command Token Types Command Token Types Basic Syntax Command Format The format of Basic Syntax commands except for the D and S commands is lt command gt lt number gt where command is either a single character or the amp character IA5 2 6 followed by a single character Characters used in command are taken from the set of alphabetic characters number may be a string of one or more characters from 0 through 9 representing decimal integer value S parameters Commands that begin with the letter S constitute a special group of parameters known as S parameters These differ from other commands in important respects The number following the S indicates the parameter number being referenced If the number is not recognized as a valid paramet
60. F This command is supported for backward compatibility only and Page 3 304 has no effect L This command is supported for backward compatibility only and Page 3 304 has no effect M This command is supported for backward compatibility only and Page 3 304 has no effect N This command is supported for backward compatibility only and Page 3 304 has no effect P This command is supported for backward compatibility only and Page 3 304 has no effect T This command is supported for backward compatibility only and Page 3 304 has no effect Y This command is supported for backward compatibility only and Page 3 304 has no effect April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 1 25 AT Commands Summary 1 26 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 2 Introduction to AT Commands AT Commands Overview AT commands are sets of commands used for communication with the G24 L cellular modem AT commands are comprised of assemblies of ASCII characters which start with the AT prefix except the commands A and The AT prefix is derived from the word Attention which asks the modem to pay attention to the current request command AT commands are used to request services from the G24 L cellular modem such as Call services dial answer and hang up Cellular utilities send receive SMS Modem profiles Auto Answer Cellular Network queries GSM signal quality
61. Figure 1 1 System Overview The three layers of connections are Physical links e Point to point links TCP UDP links TCP IP When establishing the TCP IP connection the G24 L can only be the initiator The TCP IP feature enables the G24 L to be a wireless end point for a TCP IP socket Note The TCP protocol use the value TTL Time to live 64 Creating TCP IP Connections Connection from the G24 L to the Web The following occurs when creating a TCP IP connection from the G24 L to the Web 1 The G24 L connects to the GPRS network and receives an IP address using the MIPCALL command April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 1 5 Improved OEM Features The G24 L opens a TCP IP stack as one of its sockets it must know the target s IP address and port number Once the connection is established data is transferred freely in both directions upload and download Connection with another G24 L using the GPRS Manager The following occurs when creating a TCP IP connection with another G24 L using the GPRS Manager 1 The OEM on the target side server uses the GPRS Manager application When using this application the TCP IP is external to the OEM External TCP stack is used 2 The target side activates the server application The term server application means an application that has the ability to listen on a given IP address and port number 3 After connecting to the GPRS network th
62. GSM G24 L converts each two IRA characters long hexadecimal number to 7 bit septet ASCII or 8859 G24 L converts each character to 7 bit septet Default alphabet 8 bit or UCS2 Set All All All G24 L converts each two IRA characters long hexadecimal number to one 8 bit octet G24 L converts each two IRA characters long hexadecimal number to one 8 bit octet Note If SMS requested to be read in TEXT mode is a GSM 7 bit Default alphabetical encoded and contains undefined extended characters in User Data e g hex base 1B07 then two septets will be converted as two separate characters accordingly to currently selected CSCS setting character set Reading SM Any lt dcs gt value is accepted when receiving an SM When reading a SM with unsupported lt dcs gt the message header will be passed as usual The DATA will be output in HEX format April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 113 SMS According to the GSM 03 38 Any reserved codings shall be assumed to be the GSM default alphabet the same as DCS value 0x00 by a receiving entity Handling will be as shown in Table 3 73 Table 3 73 shows the conversion between the dcs and CSCS setting when reading SM Table 3 73 dcs field and CSCS settings conversion when reading SM CASE dcs field User Data Header character set Current TE Action
63. If CSNS set command is issued in conjunction with repeated value 1 then selected CSNS mode is effective until new CSNS set command is issued or until next power cycle If CSNS set command is issued without parameter repeated the value of repeated is assumed to be 0 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 35 Call Control The only CBST parameter that needs mapping for mobile terminated calls is lt speed gt as described in the table below The V 110 protocol is replaced by the analog protocol regardless of the CBST setting All other parameters are set by the CBST command Table 3 16 Mapping Table V 34 CBST setting Mapped value for mobile terminated call 0 autobauding 4 2400 bps V 22bis 6 4800 bps V 32 7 9600 bps V 32 14 14400 bps V 34 68 2400 bps V 110 or X 31 flag stuffing 70 4800 bps V 110 or X 31 flag stuffing 71 9600 bps V 110 or X 31 flag stuffing 75 14400 bps V 110 or X 31 flag stuffing Note CSNS has read only access to CBST data MDC Selection of Desired Message to Be Displayed Upon Connection of a Voice Call This AT command enables you to select the desired messages to be displayed upon connection of a voice call with a remote party The OK and CONNECT messages are available Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set MDC lt mode gt OK The Set command selec
64. MOTOROLA Technical Information Motorola G24 L and G24 LC Developer s Guide AT Commands Reference Manual APRIL 15 2008 6802983C95 C SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE Notice While reasonable efforts have been made to assure the accuracy of this document Motorola Inc assumes no liability resulting from any inaccuracies or omissions in this document or from use of the information obtained herein The information in this document has been carefully checked and is believed to be entirely reliable However no responsibility is assumed for inaccuracies or omissions Motorola Inc reserves the right to make changes to any products described herein and reserves the right to revise this document and to make changes from time to time in content hereof with no obligation to notify any person of revisions or changes Motorola Inc does not assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any product software or circuit described herein neither does it convey license under its patent rights or the rights of others It is possible that this publication may contain references to or information about Motorola products machines and programs programming or services that are not announced in your country Such references or information must not be construed to mean that Motorola intends to announce such Motorola products programming or services in your country Copyrights This instruction manual and the M
65. Put first call on hold and answer the second call Add the held call to the conversation Split Place the MO active call on hold MT call remains active Release the held call Release the active call Originate a voice call 3 26 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference OK CCWA 055728386 129 1 0 AT CHLD 1 OK NO CARRIER OK Waiting call alerts Release the active call accept the waiting call Active 9311234567 was released Waiting 055728386 was answered CCFC Call Forwarding Number and Conditions This command enables control of the call forwarding supplementary service Registration erasure activation deactivation and status query are supported mman H command Syntax Response Action Remarks Type Set CCFC lt reason gt lt mode gt If the command succeeds The Set command lt number gt lt type gt lt class gt CCFC instructs the G24 L lt subaddr gt lt satype gt lt tim lt status gt lt class1 gt lt number gt lt type gt which call eT ssubaddr satype time CR forwarding settings to request from lt LF gt K The S CCFC networ he Set lt status gt lt class2 gt lt number gt lt type gt er QUE lt subaddr gt lt satype gt lt time gt j 104e interrogates i the network about list of supported lt reason gt s the subscribe
66. Table 3 103 CMUT Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt n gt Unmute microphone path 1 Mute microphone path 3 160 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Example AT CMUT CMUT 0 1 OK AT CMUT CMUT 0 OK AT CMUT 1 OK AT CMUT CMUT 1 OK AT CMUT 2 CME ERROR lt err gt 94 Sidetone Effect uplink voice is unmuted uplink voice is muted This command reduces the microphone audio input that is routed to the selected speaker so that people speaking will hear themselves talking The default value of S94 is 1 The following table explains the use of the ATS94 set Table 3 104 ATS94 and ATS96 Behavior ATS94 ATS96 Echo Cancel Noise Suppress ST 0 0 Disabled Disabled Disabled 1 0 Disabled Disabled Enabled 0 1 Enabled Enabled Disabled 1 1 Enabled Enabled Disabled Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set ATS94 lt n gt OK The Set command sets the sidetone or status CME ERROR lt err gt Read ATS94 lt 000 disabled The Read command returns the 001 enabled gt sidetone status OK or CME ERROR lt err gt Test ATS94 CME ERROR lt err gt The Test command displays the supported values of lt n gt April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 161 Audio Th
67. The following figure outlines the basic structure of an AT command line Command Extended commands are Command line line prefix delimited with semicolon termination character Read command for checking Subparameter current subparameter values i ATCMD1 CMD2 12 CMD1 CMD2 15 CMD2 CMD2 lt CR gt Basic command Subparameters no prefix may be omitted Extended command Test command for checking prefixed with possible subparameter values Figure 2 2 Basic Structure of a Command Line The following rules must be observed when issuing a command line to the modem Every command line must begin with the letters AT Several commands can be concatenated as one line as long as the total line does not exceed 140 characters with semicolon characters Characters Spaces are ignored You can leave spaces between each command and between characters of a command You can also include punctuation in telephone numbers and type commands in either UPPERCASE or lowercase For example the following commands are identical ATDT8005551234 Enter gt or atdt 800 555 1234 lt Enter gt Backspace lt S5 gt character is allowed To cancel a dialing command in progress send any ASCII character to the modem To execute the command line send the CR ASCII character April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 2 3 AT Commands Structure Results Code Structure When a command is issued th
68. This command determines how the G24 L responds when the DTR Data Terminal Ready status is changed from ON to OFF during the online data state The DTR is an input line that indicates that the terminal is ready The DTR line must be active low in order for the G24 L to recognize the terminal This signal is raised by the terminal when a process activates the serial port If the DTR is not used by the application it should connect this line to ground DTR active The default value is active low Command Type Syntax Response Action Set AT amp D lt param gt OK Read AT amp D amp D lt param gt Test AT amp D amp D list of supported lt param gt s The following table shows the amp D parameters Table 3 89 amp D Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt param gt The G24 L s reaction when the DTR status is changed from ON to OFF In CSD calls 0 4 Ignores DTR changes 1 Switches the CSD call to asynchronous command mode the call remains connected 23 Disconnects the call and returns to the command mode In GPRS calls 0 4 Ignores DTR changes 1 3 Deactivates the GPRS and returns to command mode The default value is 2 Example AT amp D amp D 2 OK AT amp DI OK 3 138 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference MCWAKE GPRS Coverage This command tells the G24 L whether to report on the sta
69. features state enabled disabled lt CR gt lt LF gt MAFEA T lt feature gt lt state gt OK or CME ERROR lt err gt Test AT MAFEAT MAFEAT lt list of The Test command returns the list of supported lt feature gt s supported features numbers and lt list of supported supported states enable disable lt state gt s OK or CME ERROR lt err gt The following table shows the MAFEAT parameters Table 3 111 MAFEAT Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt feature gt 1 Side tone 2 Echo cancel 4 Noise suppress A number between to 15 which is built from a combination of 8 AGC Automatic gain control lt state gt 0 Disable 1 Enable Note AGC Automatic Gain Control is an electronic circuit that controls the gain of the received signal in order to ensure adequate performance over a range of input signal levels April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 169 Example 5 1 OK AT MAFEAT MAFEAT 1 1 MAFEAT 2 0 MAFEAT 4 1 MAFEAT 8 0 OK Enables sidetone and noise suppress Feature 1 sidetone state 1 enabled Feature 2 echo cancel state 0 disabled Feature 4 noise suppress state 1 enabled Feature 8 AGC state 0 disable General Audio Commands MADIGITAL Analog Digital Audio Switching This command switches between analog and digital a
70. is using to get information about differences from this manual Target Audience This manual is intended for software developers who communicate with the G24 L device using the AT commands and create applications to communicate with the G24 L device using the AT commands Manual Organization This manual contains the following chapters Preface provides a scope for this manual document convention safety instructions and a liability notification Chapter 1 Product Features introduces the new product features and provides a list of the AT commands Chapter 2 Introduction to AT Commands provides an introduction to the AT commands and includes a general explanation of the command s format and usage It also describes supported character sets and error handling Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference provides a reference to all available AT commands including examples where relevant Chapter 4 Using the Commands provides scenarios and examples for implementing various G24 L functionality including G24 L setup and connectivity SMS call control data calls GPRS Sleep mode audio STK and TCP IP Chapter 5 Tools describes the the G24 L drivers and application flashing tool Appendix A Reference Tables provides conversions between different character sets It also provides an alphabetical list of all the AT commands April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual xvii Applicable D
71. 3 and 4 amp Cn in bits 5 and 6 22 Read only Holds values of Mn 134 in bits 2 and 3 Xn in bits 4 5 and 6 31 Read only Holds value of Wn in 0 bits 2 and 3 S36 Sets gets value of Wn 0 7 5 S39 Read only Holds value of amp Kn 3 in bits 0 1 and 2 S40 Read only Holds value of An 192 in bits 6 and 7 S41 Read only Holds value of Cn 3 in bits O and 1 Note 50 Auto Answer should work regardless of the HW line state This is a deviation from the ITU V 25 ter standard April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 195 Modem Configuration and Profile Example ATS36 005 OK ATS0 3 OK ATS0 003 OK S2 This command handles the selection of the escape characters which are stored in S Register 2 and specifies the escape character used in CSD connections Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set S2 escape character OK The Set command sets the CSD escape 4CME ERROR err Character value if all parameters valid Read S2 lt escape_character gt The Read command displays the OK currently defined escape character for CME ERROR err connections The following table shows the S2 parameters Table 3 131 S2 Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt escape_character gt CSD escape character Range is 0 to 255 The de
72. AT Commands Summary The following list contains a summary of all the G24 L AT commands sorted by functionality Table 1 1 AT Commands AT Command Description Page Modem ID Subscriber Unit Identity CGMI This command displays manufacturer identification Page 3 1 GMI This command displays manufacturer identification Page 3 1 FMI This command displays manufacturer identification Page 3 1 CGMM This command displays the model identification Page 3 2 GMM This command displays the model identification Page 3 2 FMM This command displays the model identification Page 3 2 CGMR This command displays the revision identification Page 3 3 GMR This command displays the revision identification Page 3 3 FMR This command displays the revision identification Page 3 3 CGSN This command displays the product serial number identification Page 3 3 GSN This command requests the product serial number identification Page 3 3 CSCS This command selects the G24 L character set Page 3 4 CIMI This command displays the International Mobile Subscriber Identity Page 3 5 number CFSN This command is used to query the manufacturing serial Page 3 5 number This command displays various G24 L information items Page 3 6 CNUM This command displays up to five strings of text information that Page 3 6 identify the G24 L This command displays a list of all the
73. CALL_BARRED 20 USER_BUSY 21 NO_ANSWER 22 CALL_REJECTED 23 NUMBER_CHANGED 24 DEST_OUT_OF_ORDER 25 SIGNALING_ERROR 26 NETWORK_ERROR 27 3 54 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Table 3 30 CUSD Termination Cause Table Index Cont Termination Cause Index NETWORK_BUSY 28 NOT_SUBSCRIBED 29 SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE SERVICE_NOT_SUPPORTED PREPAY LIMIT REACHED INCOMPATIBLE DEST ACCESS DENIED FEATURE NOT AVAILABLE 31 32 33 35 43 45 WRONG CALL STATE 46 SIGNALING TIMEOUT 47 MAX MPTY PARTICIPANTS EXCEEDED 48 SYSTEM FAILURE DATA MISSING BASIC SERVICE NOT PROVISIONED ILLEGAL SS OPERATION SS INCOMPATIBILITY SS NOT AVAILABLE SS SUBSCRIPTION VIOLATION INCORRECT PASSWORD TOO MANY PASSWORD ATTEMPTS PASSWORD REGISTRATION FAILURE ILLEGAL EQUIPMENT UNKNOWN SUBSCRIBER 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 ILLEGAL SUBSCRIBER 61 ABSENT SUBSCRIBER 62 USSD BUSY 63 CANNOT TRANSFER MPTY CALL 65 BUSY WITH UNANSWERED CALL 66 UNANSWERED CALL PENDING 68 USSD CANCELED 69 PRE EMPTION OPERATION NOT ALLOWED NO FREE BEARER AVAILABLE 70 71 72 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 55 Call Control Table 3 30 CUSD Termination Cause Tabl
74. CMGR REC READ 972544565034 05 02 23 11 20 10 08 145 4 0 4 97254120032 145 4 41424344 OK AT CMGF 0 OK AT CMGR 1 CMGR 0 23 0791 07917952140230F2040C917952446505430004502032110201800441424344 OK AT CMGR 14 CMGR 0 25 079179521201009506BC0B917952428600F0508030807512805080308075128046 SMS STATUS REPORT message in PDU mode OK AT CMGF 1 OK AT CMGR 14 SMS STATUS REPORT message in Text mode CMGR REC READ 6 188 97252468000 145 05 08 03 08 57 21 08 05 08 03 08 5 7 21 08 70 OK 3 100 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference MMAR Motorola Mark As Read This command handles changing the lt stat gt attribute of an SM in the G24 L memory location lt index gt preferred message storage lt mem1 gt from REC UNREAD to REC READ meml is selected using the CPMS command If the status change fails CMS ERROR err is returned mman is PE and Syntax Response Action Remarks ype Set MMAR lt index gt OK or CMS ERROR lt err gt Read The Read command for MMAR is not defined and therefore is not supported by the G24 L The G24 L returns an error Test The Test command for MMAR is not defined and therefore is not supported by the G24 L The G24 L returns an error The following table shows the MMAR parameters Table 3 61 MMAR Parameters lt Parameter gt De
75. ERROR ALLOWED Ist response Voice call place begins 2nd response only Data call connected 1 Connection Failure NO CARRIER or BUSY or NO ANSWER 3 Security reason such as SIM not present OPERATION NOT 4 Unknown reason UNKNOWN CALLING ERROR April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 11 Call Control The following table shows the D parameters Table 3 4 D Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt number gt Valid phone digits 0123456789 and The following characters are ignored A B C D and space The comma lt gt digit When dialing a voice call digits until the comma are considered addressing information phone number Any digits after the comma are sent as DTMF tones after the voice call is connected More than one comma causes a pause in sending the tones When dialing a data fax call the comma digit is ignored and all other digits before and after the comma are considered addressing information phone number The plus lt gt digit Indicates that the international access code exists in the number semicolon When given after lt number string gt a voice call is originated to the given address otherwise a data call is originated Note ATDP ATDT AT D lt T gt lt P gt and lt gt are ignored The command is handled as ATD Initiating a GPRS connection is done through ATD 99 as desc
76. G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 2 7 Values Values Range of Values When the action accepts a single numeric sub parameter or the parameter accepts only one numeric value the set of supported values may be presented in the information text as an ordered list of values The following are some examples of value range indications Value Range Description 0 Only the value 0 is supported 1 2 3 The values 1 2 and 3 are supported 1 3 The values 1 through 3 are supported 0 4 5 6 9 11 12 The several listed values are supported 0 4 6 9 11 12 An alternative expression of the above list Compound Range of Values When the action accepts more than one sub parameter or the parameter accepts more than one value the set of supported values may be presented as a list of the parenthetically enclosed value range strings described above separated by commas For example the information text in response to testing an action that accepts three sub parameters and supports various ranges for each of them could appear as follows 0 1 3 0 4 6 9 11 12 Aborting Commands Some action commands that require time to execute may be aborted while in progress This is explicitly noted in the description of the command Aborting a command is accomplished by transmitting any character from the terminal to the G24 L A single character is sufficient to abort the command in progress To e
77. MIPXON command MIPSEND 1 A344343A BC343438980BC AB4 Terminal disregards the request of G24 L and keeps sending Note The terminal does not stop ERROR 3 4 30 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 4 Using the Commands MIPXON 1 G24 L pushed the data into the protocol stack and is able to handle more sends from the terminal Error in Reopening a Valid Socket AT MIPCALL 1 orange test test OK MIPCALL 123 145 167 230 MIPOPEN 1 1222 123 245 213 012 1234 0 Opening socket 1 using TCP protocol from port 1222 targeting 123 245 213 012 port 1234 OK MIPOPEN 1 1 MIPOPEN Terminal checking the status of socket to be ready MIPOPEN 2 3 4 MIPOPEN 1 12 123 245 213 012 234 0 Terminal tries to reopen socket 1 ERROR April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 4 31 Audio Audio Scenarios for Setting Up Handset Mode or Handsfree Mode Handset Mode AT MAPATH 1 1 AT MAPATH 2 1 3 AT MAPATH 2 3 12 AT MAFEAT 6 0 1 1 Handsfree Mode AT MAPATH 1 1 AT MAPATH 2 1 15 AT MAFEAT 1 0 AT MAFEAT 6 1 Set the input path through the microphone Set voice and keypad through the earpiece speaker Set alerts and rings to go through the transducer Disable echo cancellation and noise suppression Enable sidetone Set the input path through the microphone Set all tones through the earpiece speaker Disable sidetone
78. NO CARRIER OK atd gt 1 Speed dial from phonebook CME ERROR Invalid characters in dial string atd Motorola Internal CME ERROR Invalid characters in dial string For more examples refer to Call Control on page 4 14 and Data Call on page 4 18 DL Dial Last Number The DL command places a data voice call to the last number dialed The call progress information success failure is reported in the same way as for the Dial command Refer to D Dial Command page 3 11 Command Detailed Description ATDL Initial Response Last Number retrieved ATDL DIAL DIGITS 2nd response Data Fax call connected CONNECT Ist response Voice call placement begins OK 2nd response Voice call connected OK The following table shows the DL parameters Table 3 6 DL Parameters lt Parameter gt Description semicolon If the semicolon is given a voice call is originated to the last dialed number If the semicolon is not given a Fax Data call is originated Note The last dialed call type is irrelevant to the DL command 3 14 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Note When ATDL is issued after a dialed number with comma digit e ATDL Voice dials the exact number that was last dialed including tones sent e ATDL Data Fax dials the addressing information only
79. OK is returned If a range of entries is April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 61 Phone Books and Clock requested all entries that contain data within that range are returned If a listing fails in a G24 L error ERROR err is returned This command can also be used to obtain information about the number of entries and the maximum size of a phone number and alpha tag fields in the phone book This command acts on the currently active phone book as selected with the CPBS command Refer to CPBS Select Phone Book Memory page 3 60 mman ET and Syntax Response Action Remarks ype Set CPBR lt index1 gt CPBR The Set command returns lt 2 gt lt index1 gt lt number gt lt type gt lt text gt phone book entries lt CR gt lt LF gt CPBR lt index2 gt lt number gt lt type gt lt text gt OK or CME ERROR lt err gt Test CPBR CPBR list of supported The Test command lt index gt s lt nlength gt lt tlength gt returns the entry range OK supported by the current storage as a compound value and the maximum lengths of the lt number gt and lt text gt fields The following table shows the CPBR parameters Table 3 34 CPBR Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt index1 gt Index for a given phone book entry lt index2 gt lt number gt Phone number
80. Q6 Normal asynchronous operation no error correction April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 33 Call Control CHUP Hang Up Call This command causes the G24 L to hang up the current GSM call Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set CHUP OK The Set command hangs up the current CME ERROR lt err gt GSM call CSNS Single Numbering Call Scheme This command handles the selection of the bearer or teleservice to be used when a mobile terminated single numbering scheme call is established If the calling party specifies the required bearer capability this capability is used for the call setup attempt If the calling party does not specify the required bearer capability for example because the call originated in the PSTN the network attempts to determine it as described below Some cellular networks use a multi numbering scheme where several mobile station ISDN numbers or MSISDNs are associated with one IMSI in order to define the bearer capability by the MSISDN Each MSISDN is used for a different bearer capability If the network uses a multi numbering scheme and the calling party has not specified the required bearer capability then the network uses the bearer capability associated with the called party MSISDN However some networks omit the bearer capability associated with the called party MSISDN when this MSISDN is associated with voice service and the calli
81. SIM PIN or SIM PUK corresponding to the error code required or returned as the result of the Read command For example if the SIM PIN is blocked the error code 11 or SIM PIN required is returned The user must then issue the Set command with the SIM PIN Read AT CPIN CPIN lt code gt The Read command returns an OK alphanumeric string indicating the status of the SIM card and whether a password is or i required or not This is an independent CME ERROR err SIM card lock status check only and does not check the phone lock status Test AT CPIN OK or CME ERROR err The following table shows the CPIN parameters Table 3 120 CPIN Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt puk gt lt pin gt newpin PUK code for unblocking a blocked phone Current PIN for unlocking a locked phone New PIN after changing or after entering PUK 4 8 digits lt code gt READY Not waiting for a password SIM PIN Waiting for SIM PIN SIM PUK Waiting for SIM PUK SIM PIN2 Waiting for SIM PIN this response is given when the last executed command resulted in PIN2 authentication failure SIM PUK2 Waiting for SIM PUK2 this response is given when the last executed command resulted in PUK2 authentication failure SIM PIN SIM PUK SIM PUK2 SIM PIN 2 AT CPIN lt pin gt AT CPIN lt puk gt lt newpin gt AT CPIN lt puk2 gt lt newpin2 gt AT CPIN lt pin2 gt
82. The lt rate gt value specified is the rate in bits per second at which the terminal G24 L interface operates for example 19200 or 115200 The rates supported by the G24 L are manufacturer specific However the IPR parameter permits setting any rate supported by the G24 L during online operation The UART is configured to rates of 300 600 1200 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 230400 460800 bits per second according to the parameters of the IPR command Using AT IPR lt rate gt with a lt rate gt value other than 9 and 0 disables the auto baud rate detection feature The entered baud rate is stored in the G24 L and is restored after power up Notes IPR is similar to CBAUD but with the ability to save Command Type Syntax Response Action Set AT IPR lt n gt OK AT IPR lt rate gt or ERROR Read AT IPR IPR lt rate gt Test AT IPR IPR list of supported lt rate gt s April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 133 Hardware Information The following table shows the IPR parameters Table 3 85 IPR Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt n gt lt rate gt 0 Auto baud rate 1 600 2 1200 3 2400 4 4800 5 9600 6 19200 7 38400 8 57600 9 Auto baud rate 10 115200 11 300 12 230400 13 460800 Example AT IPR 6 OK AT IPR IPR 19200 OK AT IPR IPR 0 13 300 600 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 230400
83. This command links the type Page 3 197 5 This command displays the status of selected commands and S registers Page 3 197 ATS97 This command indicates whether an antenna is physically connected to the G24 L RF connector Page 3 143 CACM This command resets the Advice of Charge accumulated call meter value in the SIM file EFACM Page 3 46 CALM CAMM This command handles the selection of the G24 s alert sound mode This command sets the Advice of Charge accumulated call meter maximum value in the SIM file EFACMmax Page 3 171 Page 3 47 CAOC This command enables the subscriber to get information about the cost of calls Page 3 44 CBAND This command is supported for backward compatibility only and has no effect Page 3 197 CBAUD This command sets the baud rate Page 3 132 CBC This command enables a user to query the battery charger connection Page 3 129 CBST This command selects the bearer service and the connection element to be used when data calls are originated Page 3 31 CCFC This command enables control of the call forwarding supplementary service Page 3 27 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual A 3 AT Commands Alphabetical Summary Table A 1 AT Commands Alphabetical Cont AT Command Description Page CCLK This command read
84. Voice and data international calls barred fax and SMS not barred AT CLCK 01 2 CLCK 1 1 CLCK 1 2 CLCK 0 4 CLCK 0 8 OK EMPC Unlocking or Locking Subsidy Code This command is applicable for all types of Subsidy Lock types HPLMN only Type 1 HPLMN and 1 IMSI digit Type 2 HPLMN and 2 IMSI digits Type 3 HPLMN and GID 1 Type 4 HPLMN and Range of IMSI digits Type 5 First SIM Inserted Type 6 First SIS Inserted GID 1 or No action Type 7 First SIM Inserted GID 1 or Range Setting Type 9 PLMN of first SIM Inserted D2SIM Lock HPLMN that matches Ist SIM Inserted Valid PLMN Telefonica SIM Lock e Airtel SIM Lock Once the subsidy unlock pin code is entered correctly to the unit the unit is not locked any more In order to relock the unit a Reset action is requested Other PLMN that will be inserted into the unit when the first PLMN is locked will be transited to a Lock state and will not be permitted to perform other non basic commands except for EMPC and emergency calls An error code 284 SIM is subsidy locked will be returned if some non basic commands were entered when the first PLMN is locked If the user exceeds the maximum password attempts 5 attempts the unit will be transited to a penalty state and only basic command will be permitted to perform and emergency calls This state is effective to duration 5 minutes An error code 285 The phone is in a penalty state will be r
85. call When enabled the outgoing data call is indicated to the terminal through the unsolicited result code CR lt serv gt When the command is disabled no CR is sent to the terminal Read CR CR lt mode gt The Read command displays the current service reporting control setting Test CR CR lt mode gt The Test command displays the list of supported CR modes The following table shows the CR parameters Table 3 25 CR Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt mode gt 0 Extended format disabled default 1 Extended format enabled lt serv gt Type of outgoing data calls ASYNC Asynchronous transparent SYNC Synchronous transparent REL ASYNC Asynchronous non transparent REL SYNC Synchronous non transparent Example AT CR 1 Enable reporting OK ATD1234567890 CR REL ASYNC April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 49 Call Control Supplementary Services This set of commands enables control over supplementary service notifications including Structured and Unstructured Supplementary Service Data USSD data CSSN Supplementary Service Notifications This command handles the enabling and disabling of supplementary service related network initiated notifications Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set CSSN lt n gt lt m gt OK CME ERROR lt err gt Th
86. hones or athe We 3 124 3 79 SCPOL Paranieterss c te eC RCM d a dd e eS 3 126 3 80 S MIBS Parameters CT S ree E 52200 2 3 128 3 81 EX DC Parameters ED HR 02 3 129 3 82 ESUTB eae e E CREDE REDE NOU 3 131 3 83 Battery Level Parameters ses sep Ene eli exit ve ela vals anced geneous ae 3 131 3 84 AUIIParameters eso oi 5006 S REDI Feb 3 132 3 85 SisbEbarameterS muss Re es a bo eds REG e scrutin 3 134 3 86 Parameters 2 3 135 3 87 musco o eR Deor V Ite ie asas oriente 3 136 3 88 3 137 3 89 P D Parameters cU camo DN EO EU EE E 3 138 3 90 MCWARKE Parameters ends Ls me 3 139 3 91 MGGIND Parameters i E UO 3 140 3 92 wr eene c 3 141 3 93 HICE Parame INE 3 142 3 94 ATS97 Parameters 1 3 143 3 95 MIOC Parameters cod ore ea eu Cea yix 3 145 3 96 MIOD Parameters 0 0 erras 3 148 3 97 Keypad GPIOS 2 eRESRECRIGA RD rd PEE 3 148 3 98 MMAD
87. lt direct gt lt accy gt or mode The mode indicates which I O features CME ERROR err accessories are now active for the different audio features lt features gt field is only used for outputs direct 2 Read MAPATH 1 The Read command returns the active in lt accy gt input audio accessory and the output MAPATH 2 mode out accessory for each feature lt accy gt lt feature gt lt CR gt lt LF gt MAPATH 2 mode out lt accy gt lt feature gt OK Test MAPATH list of The Test command returns the supported supported directions list audio directions input output of supported accessories and features accessories list of supported features combinations OK 3 164 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the MAPATH parameters Table 3 108 MAPATH Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt direct gt 1 Mode in field lt features gt is ignored 2 Mode out field lt features gt is present lt accy gt Mode in 1 Mic 2 Headset mic 3 Digital RX for read command only Mode out 1 Speaker 2 Headset speaker 3 Alert speaker for example battery low incoming SMS power up and so on 4 Digital TX for read command only lt features gt 1 Voice 1 15 2 Key feedback 4 Alert 8 Ring Example AT M
88. not attempt registration deregistration 4 Manual automatic lt oper gt field is present if manual selection fails use automatic mode The default value is 0 stat 0 Unknown 1 Available 2 Current 3 Forbidden lt oper gt Operator name displayed The long alphanumeric format can be up to 16 characters long The short alphanumeric format can be up to 8 characters long The numeric format is the GSM Location Area Identification number refer to GSM 04 08 8 subclause 10 5 1 3 consisting of a three BCD digit country code as per ITU T E 212 Annex A 10 plus a two BCD digit network code which is administration specific The returned lt oper gt is not in BCD format but in IRA characters converted from BCD and therefore the number has the following structure country code digit 3 country code digit 2 country code digit 1 network code digit 2 network code digit 1 3 124 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference CPOL Preferred Operators This command is used to edit the list of preferred network operators located in the SIM card Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT CPOL lt index gt OK The Set command writes an entry in lt format gt or the list of preferred operators lt oper gt CME ERROR lt err gt Note The G24 L may also update this list automatically when new networks are selected Read AT
89. subclause 5 3 3 b2 Text Wrapping supported as defined in 3GPP TS 11 14 version 8 9 0 Release 1999 subclause 5 3 4 b3 Text Scrolling supported as defined in 3GPP TS 11 14 version 8 9 0 Release 1999 subclause 5 3 5 b4 b5 b6 b7 b8 RFU Width reduction when in a menu as defined in 3GPP TS 11 14 version 8 9 0 Release 1999 subclause 5 3 6 Table 3 180 Profile Structure Byte 17 Bearer independent protocol supported transport interface class e Bit Description bl TCP b2 UDP April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 255 GPRS Table 3 180 Profile Structure Byte 17 Bearer independent protocol supported transport interface class e Cont Bit Description b3 RFU bit 0 b4 b5 b6 b7 b8 Table 3 181 Profile Structure Byte 18 Reserved Bit Description bl RFU bit 0 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b8 Bit Description bl Protocol Version coded as indicated in TIA EIA 136 123 b2 b3 b4 b5 RFU bit 0 b6 b7 b8 Note The bits comprising each subsequent byte are all RFU bit 0 3 256 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference MTKE Motorola ToolKit Enable This command en
90. supported lt mem2 gt s list of supported lt mem3 gt s OK CMS ERROR lt err gt The Test command lists the supported memory storage for lt mem1 gt lt mem2 gt and lt mem3 gt 3 76 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the CPMS parameters Table 3 42 CPMS Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt mem1 gt Memory from which messages are read and deleted Supported values MT SM ME BM The default value at power up is MT lt mem2 gt Memory to which writing operation is made Supported value is ME The default value at power up is ME lt mem3 gt Memory to which received SMS are stored unless forwarded directly to TE Supported value is SM The default value at power up is SM BM Reserved for future implementation ME ME message storage MT All storages SM SIM message storage CMGF Message Format This command is a basic command The Set command handles the selection of the message format used with send list read and write commands as well as the format of unsolicited result codes resulting from message receipts The G24 L supports both PDU mode where entire TP data units are used and text mode where the body of the message and its headers are given as separate parameters Command Type Syntax Response Actio
91. 0 OK 5 3 0 3 Resetting record 3 EFmsisdn in the SIM OK AT CNUM Reading EF msisdn from the SIM CNUM VOICE 054444444 129 CNUM OFFICE 039999999 129 CNUM 0 CNUM PIN2 8523 129 CNUM 0 OK 3 72 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference System Date and Time Access Commands CCLK Read Set System Date and Time This command reads and sets the G24 L current date time and time zone Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set CCLK lt time gt OK or CME ERROR lt err gt The Set command sets the date time and time zone of the system clock Note Set Command sets user defined system clock values and saves them in the NVM memory These saved values are kept after power cycle as well Read CCLK CCLK lt time gt OK or CME ERROR lt err gt The Read command returns the current date time and time zone setting By default lt time gt will represent the network updated time If the user has used the Set command once then lt time gt will represent the Set command setting Note If network operator does not support System Clock Update Message the initial date time and time zone displayed by CCLK Read Command could be invalid user s responsibility to set date time and time zone by CCLK Set Command Note See Execute Command for how to e
92. 0 0 04 11 04 09 48 36 08 97254120032 145 3 ABC OK CSDH Show Text Mode Parameters This command controls whether detailed header information is shown in text mode result codes Command T Syntax Response Action Remarks ype Set CSDH lt show gt OK The set command controls whether or detailed header information is shown 4CMS ERROR err text mode result codes Read AT CSDH CSDH list of The read command returns the current supported lt show gt s lt show gt parameter value OK or CMS ERROR lt err gt April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 81 SMS The following table shows the CSDH parameters Table 3 48 CSDH Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt show gt 0 Means do not show header values defined in commands CSCA and CSMP lt sca gt lt tosca gt lt fo gt lt vp gt lt pid gt and lt dcs gt nor lt length gt lt toda gt or lt tooa gt in CMT CMGL CMGR result codes for SMS DELIVERs and SMS SUBMITs in text mode for SMS COMMANDs in CMGR result code do not show pid mn da toda length or cdata default 1 Means show the values in result codes Example AT CSDH CSDH 0 1 OK AT CSDH CSDH 0 OK AT CMGR 160 SMS SUBMIT CMGR STO UNSENT 0544565034 ABC OK AT CSDH 1 OK AT CMGR 160 CMGR STO UNSENT 05445
93. 03 03 50 CME ERROR Numeric parameter out of bounds AT CCLK OK AT CCLK CCLK 05 10 27 16 52 31 08 Power cycling AT CCLK CCLK 05 10 27 16 52 50 08 OK 3 74 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference SMS SMS Commands G24 L supports SMS PDU and SMS TEXT mode according to ETSI specifications 07 05 amp 3 40 Cell Broadcast message is not supported yet by the G24 L CSMS Select Message Service This command handles the selection of the messaging service It returns the types of messages that are supported by the G24 L mman F Command Syntax Response Action Remarks Type Set CSMS lt service gt CSMS The Set command sets the type of lt mt gt lt mo gt lt bm gt service and returns the types of or messages supported by the G24 L CMS ERROR lt err gt Read CSMS CSMS The Read command returns the lt service gt lt mt gt lt mo gt supported message types along with lt bm gt the current service setting Test CSMS CSMS lt service gt The Test command returns a list of all the services supported by the terminal The following table shows the CSMS parameters Table 3 41 CSMS Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt service gt Integer that defines the type of service 1 127 Not supported 128 Supported manufacturer specific lt gt Mobile terminated mess
94. 05 02 18 21 22 23 08 lt Message body gt OK AT CSDH 1 OK AT CMGR 9 CMGR REC UNREAD 97254565132 05 02 18 21 22 23 08 145 4 0 0 97254120032 145 lt messsage length lt Message body gt OK lt lt 4 10 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 4 Using the Commands Setting the Notification Indication for Incoming Messages Using AT CNMI AT CNMI 1 To receive indications of new incoming MT messages the second parameter of CNMI should be set to 1 OK CMTI SM 4 When new MT message is received the unsolicited response CMTI will be displayed denoting the message index AT CMGR 4 Use the new message index to read it CMGR REC UNREAD 97254565132 05 02 13 07 15 36 08 lt message body gt OK AT CMGD 4 Delete the message after reading it OK Another Possible Option for Setting the CNMI Notification Indication AT CNMI 2 To have new incoming MT messages displayed on the terminal the second parameter of CNMI should be set to 2 OK 97254565132 03 3 24 15 38 55 lt message contents gt When new MT message is received the unsolicited response CMT is displayed along with the message AT CNMA To acknowledge receipt of a message use the AT CNMA command within 60 seconds of the CMT unsolicited response OK The acknowledged message is not saved in the database If the CMT unsolicited response is not ac
95. 1 ii G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Table of Contents Subscriber Unit Identity 3 1 CGMI GMI FMI Request Manufacturer 3 1 CGMM GMM FMM Request Model 3 2 CGMR GMR FMR Request Revision 3 3 CGSN GSN Request Product Serial Number 3 3 CSCS Select Terminal Character 3 4 Request MS e ore ere etim thee een Rug Wa 3 5 CFSN Read Manufacturing Serial Number 3 5 I Request Identification 3 6 CNUM Request MSISDN S c iced esas Ee nU ES 3 6 List of All Available AT Commands 3 7 CLAC List of All Available AT Commands 3 8 Capability Reporting 2522525 E E NECS NEP II es 3 8 Calli Comino a A E 3 9 Managing a CSD Data Call exu ehe E REG EE NEU PRAES ect edes 3 9 Simple EEG 3 9 Switching From Data Mode to Command
96. 1 8 Terminal Auto Rate 3 197 Time Read Set 3 73 Token Types in AT Commands 2 6 U UCS2 Character Set Management 1 13 Unblocking SIM Card 3 177 Unlocking SIM Card 3 177 Unsolicited Result Code 3 86 Unsolicited UI Status Messages 3 229 User Interface Commands 3 216 UTF 8 Character Set Management 1 13 V Values in AT Commands 2 8 Compound Range 2 8 Range 2 8 Volume Setting 3 166 W Wireless Link Create 3 276 Index 6 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 W W Index April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual Index 7 Q MOTOROLA MOTOROLA and the Stylized M Logo are registered in the US Patent amp Trademark Office All other product or service names are the property of their respective owners Copyright 2007 Motorola Inc Java Technology and or J2ME Java and all other Java based marks are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems Inc in the U S and other countries UNIX UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries 6802983C95 C
97. 14 4 5 Basic Configuration 2 5245 Lae RR eve ERRARE eds 4 5 SIM Card Status em 4 7 G24 L Network Connection 4 8 Terminal Synchronization 1 4 0 2 1 4 9 SMS fo itch hed dhl ede dide Rec P 4 10 Managing Stored Messages the G24 L 4 10 Setting the Notification Indication for Incoming Messages Using AT CNMI 4 11 Another Possible Option for Setting the CNMI Notification Indication 4 11 Setting TEXT Mode Parameters Using AT CMGW and 8 4 11 Writing Saving and Sending Messages Using AT CMGW and AT CMSS 4 12 Sending Messages Using 5 4 13 Deleting Messages Using AT CMGD 4 13 Call Conttol 2 beter hore ee abet RENT ERE uad E Red bed EORR 4 14 Dialing Using AUD e ek maw ee hed E ERES Sues alee 4 14 Direct Dialing from Phone Book 4 15 Dialing the Last Number Example 1 4 16 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual vii Table of Contents Voice Call Manip
98. 144 0 000060907F200200000000000991001C080085858585 Generic success code 0000 gt RFU 6090 gt Total amount of memory of the selected directory which is not allocated to any of the DFs or EFs under the selected directory 7F20 File id 02 gt Type of file DF 0000000000 gt RFU 09 gt Length of the following data 91001C080085858585 gt GSM specific data OK AT CRSM Test Command CRSM 176 178 192 214 220 242 12037 28599 0 255 0 255 0 255 Possible values amp V View Configuration Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Execute amp V ACTIVE PROFILE The Execute command ns displays the current profile data active configuration and STORED PROFILE 0 stored user profiles profile data STORED PROFILE1 profile data OK or CME ERROR err April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 221 UI User Interface Example at amp v ACTIVE PROFILE E1 Q0 V1 X4 amp D2 amp K3 0 500 000 501 000 S02 043 S03 013 S04 010 S05 008 S06 004 S07 050 508 004 S09 006 S10 014 512 040 514 516 80 S18 000 S21 30H 522 6 S23 1BH 525 005 526 001 S27 09H STORED PROFILE 0 E1 Q0 V1 X4 amp C1 amp D2 amp K3 500 000 S02 043 S03 013 504 010 S05 008 S07 050 S12 040 STORED PROFILE 1 E1 Q0 V1 X4 amp C1 amp D2 amp K3 500 000 S02 043 S03 013 S04 010 S05 008 S07 050 S12 040 OK amp W Store User Profile Command Type Syntax
99. 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 241 GPRS D 99 Request GPRS Service D This command enables the ME to perform the actions necessary for establishing communication between the terminal and the external Packet Data Network PDN The ITU V 25ter D Dial command causes the ME to enter the ITU V 25ter Online Data state and together with the terminal to start the specified layer 2 protocol The ME returns CONNECT to confirm acceptance of the command prior to entering the ITU V 25ter Online Data state No further commands may follow on the AT command line The detailed behavior after the Online Data state has been entered is dependent on the PDP type and is described briefly GPRS attachment and PDP context activation procedures may take place prior to or during the PDP startup if they have not already been performed using the CGATT and CGACT commands When the layer 2 protocols have terminated either as a result of an orderly shut down of the PDP or an error the ME enters the ITU V 25ter command state and returns the NO CARRIER final result code If lt called address gt is supported and provided the ME automatically sets up a virtual call to the specified address after the PDP context has been activated If lt L2P gt and lt cid gt are supported the CGDCONT CGQREQ and other such commands may then be used in the modem initialization AT command string to set values for PDP type APN QoS and so on If l
100. 206 Error Report 3 213 Extended 3 213 Extended Syntax Command Format 2 6 F Facility Lock 3 184 Factory Defined Configuration Set 3 198 Features and Benefits Audio 1 8 CSD 1 2 GPRS 1 1 SMS 1 11 TCP IP 1 7 Features Selection 3 169 Flow Control Xoff 3 288 Xon 3 289 G GPRS Attach Detach 3 237 Coverage 3 139 3 244 Features and Benefits 1 1 Mobile Station Class 3 231 Operation 1 1 Overview 1 1 Request Service D 3 242 Technical Description Class B Operation 1 1 GPRS Commands 3 230 GPRS Operation 1 1 GSM Character Set Management 1 13 H Hanging Up 3 10 Hang up Call 3 15 Hardware Information 3 129 Identification Request Infomation 3 6 IGNORED Compatible Only Commands 3 304 Ignored Commands 3 304 IMSI Request 3 5 Incoming Call Answer 3 17 Incoming Call Indicator 3 17 Indications New Message 3 82 Indicator Incoming Call 3 17 Init General 4 10 Input Devices Mute 3 168 K Key Press Echo Set Request 3 225 3 227 L Last Command Repeat 3 177 Last Number Dial 3 14 Line Identification Restriction 3 29 Manufacturer ID Request 3 1 Message Acknowledgement 3 84 Indication 3 82 Receipt Indication 3 86 Message Format 3 77 Message Service Select 3 75 Message Storage Preferred 3 76 Messages Delete 3 108 List 3 89 Mark as Read 3 101 Read 3 94 Index 4 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 N S Index Send from Storage
101. 3 AT Commands Reference RING CLIP 128 128 1 ath NO CARRIER OK AT CLIR 0 OK atd054565195 MO voice call OK calling a G24 L that has 054565195 SIM and is CLIP enabled will receive the following on the terminal RING CLIP 054565006 129 128 0 RING CLIP 054565006 129 128 0 ath NO CARRIER OK CBST Select Bearer Service Type This command sets the GSM bearer service data circuit duplex asynchronous and synchronous It chooses one of the bearer services the data rate of the service actually the modulation when modem IWFs are used and enables or disables the Radio Link Protocol mman Command Syntax Response Action Remarks Type Set AT CBST lt speed gt lt OK The Set command selects the bearer name gt CME ERROR lt err gt Service lt name gt with data rate lt speed gt lt gt and the connection element lt ce gt to be used when data calls are originated refer to GSM 02 02 Values may also be used during mobile terminated data call setup especially in the case of single numbering scheme calls Note For incoming calls the bearer service will be taken automatically from incoming parameters and not according to the CBST Set command The G24 L does not change the output but for incoming calls the phone works in automatic mode April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 31 Call Contro
102. 3 101 Find Entries 3 63 Write to Memory 3 103 Read Entries 3 61 Mobile Equipment Select Memory 3 60 Report Error 3 206 Write Entry 3 64 Mobile Station Class 3 231 PIN Mode Types in AT Commands 2 7 Unlocking SIM Card 3 177 Model ID Power On INIT 4 1 Request 3 2 Protocol Modem AT Commands 2 2 Configuration 3 190 Protocol Stack Profile 3 190 Push Data 3 285 Modem ID 3 1 Receive Data 3 287 Subscriber Unit Identity 3 1 PUK Modem Register Commands 3 190 Unblocking SIM Card 3 177 Modes Push Switching 3 10 Automatic 3 283 MSISDN s Request 3 6 Q NEUE Quality Srp Devices ee Min Acceptable Service 3 234 Requested Service Profile 3 236 N Quality of Service Profile 3 234 3 236 Network Commands 3 117 Network Registration 3 121 R Status 3 119 Noise Suppress 1 9 Band 3 197 NOP LLL 3 304 Radio Link Protocol 3 118 Repeat Last Command 3 177 OEM Features Reset Improved 1 3 Default Configuration 3 199 Online Data State Response and Indications Structure 2 4 Return to 3 33 Response Format 3 190 Operator Selection 3 122 Result Code Overview Selection 3 193 AT Commands 2 1 Suppression 3 191 Audio 1 8 Unsolicited 3 86 CSD 1 2 Results Code Structure 2 4 GPRS 1 1 Revision SMS 1 11 Request 3 3 TCP IP 1 3 1 5 Ring Type Selection 3 173 RTS Flow Control 3 135 P Paramater Read Command Syntax S Command Mode Types 2 7 Sending 1 11 Paramater Set Command Syntax Sending SMS 1 11 Command Mode Type
103. 3 184 MTKP Field Descriptions Cmd Type Description Responses 1 Provides data about the Display MTKP lt ProactiveCmdType gt lt Priority gt lt Text gt text pro active command 2 Provides data about the Get Inkey MTKP pro active command lt ProactiveCmdType gt lt ResponseType gt lt HelpInfo gt lt Text gt 3 Provides data about the Get Input MTKP lt ProactiveCmdType gt lt ResponseType gt pro active command lt SecurityMode gt lt MinLen gt lt MaxLen gt lt HelpInfo gt lt Text gt 5 Provides data about Play Tone MTKP lt ProactiveCmdType gt pro active command lt ToneType gt lt TimeUnit gt lt TimelInterval gt lt Text gt 9 Provides data about the Send SMS MTKP lt ProactiveCmdType gt lt Text gt pro active command 10 Provides data about the Send SS MTKP lt ProactiveCmdType gt lt Text gt pro active command 12 Provides data about the Setup call MTKP lt ProactiveCmdType gt pro active command lt Type gt lt CalledNb gt lt Redials gt lt Text gt 13 Provides data about the Refresh MTKP lt ProactiveCmdType gt lt RefreshType gt pro active command 20 Provides data indicating the timeout MTKP lt ProactiveCmdType gt get inkey get input and select item 22 Provides a text string to display MTKP 22 lt idle mode text string gt when the G24 L is in idle text mode 24 Sends a DTMF string aft
104. 3 216 CRSM Restricted SIM ACCESS 2225205 EE RERO E RU dives 3 216 amp V View Configuration neg We EOE Hak eG RI GENS 3 221 NW Store User Profile 3 222 KY Detault User Profiles oreo 3 224 CMER Mobile Equipment Event Reporting 3 225 ME Language INUENIT e E Russ 3 225 CIND Indicator Control x diene Lied ERREUR E EX RP NUES 3 227 Unsolicited UI Status Messages 222 2 22 22 222 09 RR Rn E RR ep 3 229 CIEV Indicator Event 3 229 GPRS one DR susan ER RUT EC ud 3 230 EPRS Functionality RESET TTE I EE 3 230 OMUMANS Suave MORE NNNM 3 230 CGCLASS GPRS Mobile Station 58 3 231 ECGDCONT Define PDP Cghtext ccce etr RR RR ERU ROUES ER 3 232 CGQMIN Quality of Service Profile Min 3 234 CGQREQ Quality of Service Profile Requested 3 236 EGCATT GPRS Attach or Detach 3 237 CGPADDR Show PDP Address 499 Mens 3 238 MGEER GPRS Extended Error 3 240 D 99 Request GPRS Service D 2 LE steerer mene tu i 3 242
105. 3 57 support in the G24 L Call Status Messages CPAS This command displays the current activity status of the G24 L for Page 3 39 example call in progress or ringing G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 1 Product Features Table 1 1 AT Commands Cont AT Command Description Page CLCC This command displays a list of all current G24 L calls and their Page 3 40 statuses and also enables disables the unsolicited indication of the call list MCST This command displays the current state of the call processing and Page 3 42 also enables disables the unsolicited indication of any change in the call processing state Call Advice of Charge Messages CAOC This command displays information about the cost of calls Page 3 44 CACM This command resets the Advice of Charge accumulated call meter Page 3 46 value in the SIM file EFACM CAMM This command sets the Advice of Charge accumulated call meter Page 3 47 maximum value in the SIM file EFACMmax CPUC This command sets the parameters of the Advice of Charge related Page 3 48 price per unit and currency table found in the SIM file EFPUCT CR This command controls whether or not the extended format of an Page 3 49 outgoing call is displayed or not Supplementary Services CSSN This command handles the enabling and disabling of supplementary
106. 4 01 No response because result codes are suppressed ATQ4 No response because result codes are suppressed E Command Echo This command defines whether input characters are echoed to output If so these characters are echoed at the same rate parity and format at which they were received Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set ATE lt value gt OK The Set command sets whether or not or to echo characters CME ERROR err Read ATE current value The Read command reads the current setting for command echo Test The Test command for E is not defined by ITU and therefore is not supported by the G24 L The G24 L returns an error The following table shows the E parameters Table 3 129 En Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt value gt 0 Does not echo characters 1 Echoes characters The default value is 0 3 192 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Example ATE 001 OK X Result Code Selection and Call Progress Monitoring Control This command defines the CONNECT result code format It determines whether or not the G24 L transmits particular result codes to the user It also controls whether the G24 L verifies the presence of dial tone when it first goes off hook to begin dialing and whether the engaged tone busy signal detection is enabled
107. 460800 OK MTDTR DTR Line Test Command This command checks and outputs the physical current status of theRS232 DTR pin Command Type Syntax Response Action Set AT MTDTR MTDTR lt n gt OK Read AT MTDTR MTDTR lt n gt OK Test AT MTDTR OK 3 134 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the MTDTR parameters Table 3 86 MTDTR Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt n gt 0 DTR OFF 1 DTR ON Example AT MTDTR MTDTR 1 OK AT MTDTR MTDTR 1 OK AT MTDTR OK MTCTS CTS Line Test Command This command sets the CTS pin of the RS232 to active high waits one second and then returns the CTS to active low Command Type Syntax Response Action Execute AT MTCTS OK Example AT MTCTS OK amp K RTS CTS Flow Control This command configures the flow control The RTS Request To Send is an input line The RTS signal is received from the terminal and a low condition indicates that the G24 L can send more data The CTS Clear To Send is an output line The CTS signal is sent to the terminal and a low state indicates that more data can be sent to the G24 L The RTS and CTS together make up what is called RTS CTS or hardware flow control Both lines are used when hardware flow control is enabled in both the
108. 64 1200 Remote side connected to the listen socket AT MIPODM 3 3212 122 1 222 134 0 0 Listen to any port at specific IP OK MIPODM 3 1 122 1 222 134 1222 Remote side connected to the listen socket April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 281 MIPCLOSE Close a Socket This command causes the G24 L to free the socket accumulating buffer and to close the socket Note data stored in the accumulating buffer will be lost Refer to MIPSETS Set Size for Automatic Push on page 3 283 and MIPPUSH Push Data into Protocol Stack on page 3 285 Command Type Syntax Response Action Set MIPCLOSE lt Socket ID gt OK MIPCLOSE Socket ID gt lt number_of_acknowledged_bytes gt or ERROR Read MIPCLOSE MIPCLOSE 1234 MIPCLOSE lt socket ID gt for all ACTIVE sockets Test MIPCLOSE MIPCLOSE 1 4 OK The following table shows the MIPCLOSE parameters Table 3 198 MIPCLOSE Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt Socket_ID gt A unique number that identifies a connection Valid socket numbers 1 2 3 4 lt number_of_acknowledged_bytes gt Total number of bytes that were acknowledged Example AT MIPCLOSE 1 OK AT MIPCLOSE 2 ERROR AT MIPCLOSE MIPCLOSE 1 2 AT MIPCLOSE MIPCLOSE 0 The terminal closes the opened socket The termina
109. ADADADADADADADADAD OK AT CMGF 0 OK AT CMGR 227 CMGR 2 153 07917952140230F211000A8150446585300000A7A 041629018240689416290182406894162901824 06894162901824068941629018240689416290182406894162901824068941629018240689416290 18240689416290182406894162901824068941629018240689416290182406894162901824068941 62901824068941629018240689416290182406894162901824068941629018240689416290182406 89 OK 3 116 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Network Network Commands CSQ Signal Strength This command displays the received signal strength indication lt rssi gt and channel bit error rate lt ber gt from the G24 L Command Type Syntax Response Action Execute Read AT CSQ CSQ lt rssi gt lt ber gt AT CSQ OK or CME ERROR lt err gt Test AT CSQ CSQ list of supported lt rssi gt s list of supported lt ber gt s OK or CME ERROR lt err gt The following table shows the CSQ parameters Table 3 74 CSQ Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt rssi gt 0 through 31 covers the range of 113 dbm or less to 51dbm or greater lt ber gt Channel bit error rate in percent 0 7 RXQUAL values in the GSM 05 08 table 99 Unknown or not detectable Example AT CSQ CSQ 031 000 OK AT CSQ CSQ 000 031 099 000 007 099 OK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manu
110. AT Commands Alphabetical AT Command Description Page This command displays a list of Page 3 7 all the AT commands supported by the G24 L C This command is supported for Page 3 304 backward compatibility only and has no effect amp C This command determines how Page 3 136 the state of the DCD line relates to the detection of the received line signal from the distant end amp D This command determines how Page 3 138 the G24 L responds when the DTR Data Terminal Ready status is changed from ON to OFF during the online data state amp F This command restores the Page 3 198 factory default configuration profile April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual A 1 AT Commands Alphabetical Summary Table A 1 AT Commands Alphabetical Cont AT Command Description Page amp G This command is supported for backward compatibility only and has no effect Page 3 304 amp J This command is supported for backward compatibility only and has no effect Page 3 304 amp K This command configures the RTS CTS flow control Page 3 135 amp L This command is supported for backward compatibility only and has no effect Page 3 304 amp M This command is supported for backward compatibility only and has no effect Page 3 304 amp P This command is supported for backward compatibility only and ha
111. AT Commands Reference The following table shows the CGDCONT parameters Table 3 153 CGDCONT Parameters Packet data protocol type lt Parameter gt Description lt cid gt Numeric parameter specifying a particular PDP context definition PDP Context Identifier The parameter is local to the Terminal Mobile Terminal interface and is used in other PDP context related commands The Test command returns the range of permitted values minimum value 1 PDP type String parameter in quotation marks specifying the type of packet data protocol IP Internet Protocol IETF STD 5 lt APN gt Access Point Name String parameter in quotation marks which is a logical name that is used to select the GGSN or the external packet data network If the value is null or omitted the subscription value is requested lt PDP_addres s gt String parameter in quotation marks which identifies the ME in the address space applicable to the PDP If the value is null or omitted a value may be provided by the terminal during the PDP startup procedure or failing that a dynamic address is requested The Read form of the command continues to return the null string even if an address has been allocated during the PDP startup procedure The allocated address may be read using the CGPADDR command The default value is 0 lt d_comp gt Numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression 0 OFF 1 O
112. AT commands supported by Page 3 7 the G24 L CLAC This command displays a list of all the AT commands supported by Page 3 8 the G24 L Call Control Call Control Commands D This command places a voice call on the current network when Page 3 11 issued from an accessory device D gt This command places a voice fax data call on the current network Page 3 12 by dialing directly from the G24 L phone book April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual AT Commands Summary Table 1 1 AT Commands Cont AT Command Description Page DL This command places a voice call to the last number dialed Page 3 14 This command hangs up or terminates a particular call Page 3 15 A This command answers an incoming call placing the G24 L into the Page 3 17 appropriate mode as indicated by the RING message CRC This command controls whether to present the extended format of Page 3 17 the incoming call indication RING This unsolicited event is received when an incoming call voice Page 3 17 data or fax is indicated by the cellular network CRING This unsolicited event indicates the type of incoming call Page 3 17 CLIP This command controls the Calling Line Identity CLI presentation Page 3 19 to the terminal when there is an incoming call CCWA This command controls the Call Waiting supplementary service Page 3 21 including settings and query
113. Argument Types Numeric Constants 2 7 String Constants 2 7 Command ArgumentTypes 2 7 Command Mode Types 2 7 Command ModeTypes Parameter Read Command Syntax 2 7 Parameter Set Command Syntax 2 7 Parameter Test Command Syntax 2 7 Command Token Types 2 6 Basic Syntax Command Format 2 6 Extended Syntax Command Format 2 6 S parameters 2 6 Commands Show Status 3 197 Communication Cable 4 4 Compatible Only Commands 3 304 Configuration Protocol and Structure of AT Commands 2 5 Constants Numeric in Command Argument Types 2 7 String in Command Argument Types 2 7 CSD 1 2 Features and Benefits 1 2 Overview 1 2 Technical Description 1 2 CSD Operation 1 2 CTS Enable Disable During Wakeup Period 3 205 Flow Control 3 135 Line Test 3 135 Current Calls List 3 40 D Data Flush from Buffers 3 286 Push into Protocol Stack 3 285 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual Index 3 Index Receive from TCP Protocol Stack 3 287 Receive from UDP Protocol Stack 3 287 Send 3 284 Data Call 4 18 Data Calls Managing 3 9 Receiving 3 10 Date Read Set 3 73 Default Configuration Reset 3 199 Dial Last Number 3 14 Dial Command 3 11 Dialing 3 9 Electronic Telephone Service 3 10 Directory Access Commands 3 60 DTE DCE Serial Port Rate 3 133 DTE DCE Serial Port Rate 3 133 E Echo 3 192 Echo Cancel 1 9 Echo Canceling 3 162 Equipment Report Mobile Error 3 206 Error Handling Commands 3
114. BACC Bar All Outgoing Calls OI BOIC Bar Outgoing International Calls OX BOIC exHC Bar Outgoing International Calls except to Home Country AI BAIC Bar All Incoming Calls IR BIC Roam Bar Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home country AB All Barring services applicable only for lt mode gt 0 AG AlloutGoing barring services applicable only for lt mode gt 0 AC AllinComing barring services applicable only for lt mode gt 0 P2 SIM PIN2 Refer to CLCK Facility Lock page 3 184 lt oldpwd gt String type 4 8 character password specified for the facility from the G24 L user interface lt newpwd gt String type 4 8 character new password specified by the user lt pwdlength gt Maximum length of the facility password Integer type April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 183 Access Example AT CPWD CPWD SC 8 AO 4 ODI 4 OX A CAT A CIR 4 0AB 4 0AG 4 2 2 8 OK AT CPWD CME ERROR operation not supported AT CLCK sc 1 current pin password AT CPWD sc incorrect old password new password CME ERROR incorrect password 5 2 CLCK 0 AT CPWD sc old password new password CME ERROR operation not allowed AT CLCK fd 1 current pin2 password AT CPWD p2 old password new password OK AT CLCK ai 72 CLCK 0 1 CLCK 0 2 CLCK 0 4 OK AT CLCK ai 1
115. C GPRS GPRS Coverage 22 UE NU EUR NUES sue ure 3 244 CGACT PDP Context Activate or 3 245 vi G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Table of Contents eget Hest eich edhe EE ee ad ER ea oo Ge he E 3 246 STK Mechanisms esee RR tosh e bl abe Baap OS ST MERE 3 247 MTKR Profile 3 247 MTKE Motorola ToolKit 3 257 MTKP Motorola ToolKit Proactive Unsolicited 3 258 MTKM Motorola ToolKit Menu 3 272 MTKM Motorola ToolKit Menu 3 273 MTKC Motorola ToolKit Call 3 274 MTKA Motorola Toolkit 3 274 jue c c 3 276 MIPCALL Create a 3 276 MIPOPEN Open a Socket UDP or TCP 3 277 MIPODM Open a Socket UDP or TCP in Online Data 3 279 MIPCLOSE Closca Sockets 3 282 MIPSETS Set Size for Automatic 3 283 MIPSEND Send Data tees
116. CME ERROR lt err gt 3 40 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the CLCC parameters Table 3 19 CLCC Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt state gt 0 Disable CLCC unsolicited indication 1 Enable CLCC unsolicited indication The default value is 0 lt idx gt Integer type call identification number lt dir gt 0 Mobile originated call MO 1 Mobile terminated call MT call state gt The state of the call 0 Active 1 Held 2 Dialing MO call 3 Alerting MO call 4 Incoming MT call 5 Waiting MT call 6 Released lt mode gt Bearer Teleservice 0 Voice Call 1 Data 2 Fax lt mpty gt Multiparty status 0 Call is not part of a multiparty call 1 Call is one of multiparty call parties lt number gt Phone number in the format specified by lt type gt Contains a string of up to 32 characters lt type gt Phone number display format Type of address octet in integer format refer to GSM 04 08 8 subclause 10 5 4 7 129 Local number 145 International number with access character lt alpha gt Text representation of the phone book entry String type alphanumeric representation of lt number gt corresponding to the entry found in the phone book Contains a string of up to 20 characters Note When a mobile originated call is routed to PSTN PABX no ALERT
117. CMGF 1 command execution is successful and SMS STATUS REPORT CMGR lt stat gt lt fo gt lt mr gt lt ra gt lt tora gt lt scts gt lt dt gt lt s t gt If PDU mode CMGF 0 and command execution is successful CMGR lt stat gt lt alpha gt lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt pdu gt otherwise CMS ERROR lt err gt The Set command reads the SM located at lt index gt in the G24 L message storage and displays it 3 94 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the CMGR MMGR parameters Table 3 55 CMGR MMGR Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt index gt 1 352 Index in storage of the message to be retrieved lt stat gt Status of message in memory PDU mode Text mode Description 0 REC UNREAD Received unread messages default 1 REC READ Received read messages 2 STO UNSENT Stored unsent messages 3 STO SENT Stored sent message 4 ALL All messages lt alpha gt Alpha ID of message not present lt length gt In PDU mode Size of message in octets excluding SMSC data In TEXT mode Number of characters included in lt data gt lt pdu gt Message header and contents in PDU mode format See description in the tables below lt oa da
118. Call for Call x IDLE Error 3 Single Active Error 3 Releases If x 1 Puts active Error 3 Error 3 Call active call releases call on hold active call otherwise error 22 MTPY Active Error 3 Releases Releases Puts active Split If call x Error 3 Call active call specific call on hold does not exist active call x then error 22 If x does not exist then error 22 Incoming Error 3 Call RING Single Active Releases Releases Releases Puts active Error 3 Error 3 Call and waiting call active call specific call on hold Waiting Call accepts active call x accepts waiting call If x does not waiting call exist then error 22 MTPY Active Releases Releases Releases Puts active Split If x Error 3 Call and waiting call active call specific call on hold does not exist Waiting Call accepts active call x and accepts then error 22 waiting call If x does not waiting call exist then error 22 Single Held Releases held Accepts held Releases held Accepts held Error 3 Error 3 Call call call call call MTPY Held Releases held Accepts held Releases Accepts held Error 3 Error 3 Call call call specific call call x If x does not exist then error 22 Single or Releases held Releases Releases Switches Error 3 Makes a MTPY call active call specific conference Active Call and accepts active call x call and Single or held call If x does not MTPY Held exist then Call error 22 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference
119. Card or Enter PUK for Unblocking SIM Card 3 177 CPMS Preferred Message Storage 3 76 CPUC Price per Unit and Currency Table 3 48 CPWD Change Password 3 183 CR Service Reporting Control 3 49 CRC Cellular Result Codes 3 17 CREG Network Registration Status 3 119 CRLP Radio Link Protocol 3 118 CRSM Restricted SIM Access 3 216 CRTT Ring Type Selection 3 173 CSCA Service Center Address 3 78 CSMS Select Message Service 3 75 CSNS Single Numbering Call Scheme 3 34 CSQ Signal Strength 3 117 CSSN Supplementary Service Notifications 3 50 CTFR1 Divert an Incoming Call When User Busy 3 37 CUSD Unstructured Supplementary Service Data 3 53 EMPC Unlocking or Locking Subsidy Code 3 187 EPIN Enter SIM PIN2 to Verify PIN2 Indicator 3 181 FMI Request Manufacturer ID 3 1 FMM Request Model ID 3 2 FMR Request Revision 3 3 GMI Request Manufacturer ID 3 1 GMM Request Model ID 3 2 GMR Request Revision 3 3 GSN Request Product Serial Number Identification 3 3 ICF DTE DCE Character Framing 3 142 IPR Local DTE DCE Serial Port Rate 3 133 MA Audio Control Commands 3 163 MAFEAT Features Selection 3 169 MAMUT Input Devices Mute 3 168 MAPATH Audio Path 3 163 MAVOL Volume Setting 3 166 MCSAT Motorola Control SMS Alert Tone 3 111 MCSN Motorola Change Subscriber Number 3 69 MCWAKE GPRS Coverage 3 139 MDC Selection of Desired Message to Be Displa
120. Control This command is used to query the status of various ME indicators lt ind gt s lt descr gt list of supported lt ind gt s Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Read AT CIND CIND lt ind gt lt ind gt Read command returns the status of ME indicators Test AT CIND CIND lt descr gt list of supported Test command returns pairs where string value lt descr gt is a short description of the indi cator and compound value is the allowed values for the indicator The following table shows the CIND parameters Table 3 150 CIND Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt service gt 0 Service not available 1 Service available lt Call gt 0 No call in progress 1 Call in progress lt recsms gt 0 No unread messages 1 Unread messages exist lt roam gt 0 ME is camped on a home network 1 ME is roaming on home network 2 ME is roaming on other network lt signal gt 0 ME has no service 1 ME has 1 bar of signal strength 2 ME has 2 bars of signal strength 3 ME has 3 bars of signal strength 4 ME has 4 bars of signal strength 5 ME has 5 bars of signal strength lt simav gt 0 No SIM card available 1 SIM card is inserted lt smsfull gt 0 SMS storage is not full 1 SMS storage is full April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 227 UI User Interface Example AT CIND
121. D 0x44 0x0044 E 0x45 0 0045 F 0x46 0x0046 G 0x47 0x0047 H 0x48 0x0048 I 0x49 0x0049 J 0x4A 0x004A K 0x4B 0x004B L 0x4C 0x004C M 0x4D 0x004D N 0 4 0x004E Ox4F 004 P 0x50 0x0050 Q 0x51 0x0051 R 0x52 0 0052 S 0x53 0x0053 T 0x54 0x0054 U 0x55 0x0055 V April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual A 19 Character Set Table CS1 GSM gt UCS 2 Symbol GSM GSM 03 38 0x56 0x0056 0 57 0 0057 x 0x58 0x0058 Y 0x59 0x0059 Z 0x5A 0x005A 0x5B 0x00C4 0x5C 0x00D6 N 0x5D 0 00 1 Ox5E 0x00DC Ox5F 0x00A7 4 0 60 0 00 0 61 0 0061 b 0x62 0x0062 c 0x63 0x0063 d 0x64 0x0064 e 0x65 0x0065 f 0x66 0x0066 g 0x67 0x0067 h 0x68 0x0068 i 0x69 0x0069 j 0x6A 0x006A k 0x6B 0x006B 1 0x6C 0x006C m 0x6D 0x006D n Ox6E 0x006E Ox6F 0x006F p 0x70 0x0070 q 0x71 0x0071 r 0x72 0x0072 8 0x73 0x0073 t 0x74 0x0074 u 0x75 0x0075 0 76 0 0076 w A 20 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Appendix A Reference Tables Symbol GSM GSM 03 38 0x77 0x0077 x 0x78 0x0078 y 0x79 0x0079 2 0x7A 0x007A 0x7B 0 00 4 0 7 0 00 6 fi 0x7D 0x00F1 0x7E 0x00FC 0x7F 0x00E0 Character Set Table CS2 ASCII lt gt UTF 8 The following table shows the conversion between t
122. Example AT MIPCALL 1 internet User1 Pswd Connecting the provider Orange and getting IP MIPCALL 123 145 167 230 AT MIPCALL 0 The terminal hangs up the link OK MIPOPEN Open a Socket UDP or TCP This command causes the G24 L to initialize a new socket and open a connection with a remote side Each socket allocates an accumulating buffer whose size is 1372 bytes Note The MIPOPEN command returns a MIPSTAT unsolicited event if it fails for example if it was rejected by the remote side MIPxxx is a complete set of GPRS commands This set should not be used with other GPRS commands such as CGATT CGACT and so on Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set MIPOPEN OK lt Socket ID gt MIPOPEN lt Socket ID gt lt State gt lt Source Port gt lt Destination Address gt lt Destination Port gt lt Protocol gt or ERROR lt err gt April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 277 GPRS Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Read AT MIPOPEN MIPOPEN lt SocketID gt The Read command for each socket that can be opened returns the numbers of the sockets that can be or opened MIPOPEN 0 if there are no free sockets Test AT MIPOPEN MIPOPEN list of supported socket ID gt s list of supported lt source port gt s list of supported lt Destination g
123. G24 L The white list is defined per connection Listen Mode A mode in which the G24 L expects to received data from the other side IP CIDR An efficient way to represent range of IP Addresses It composed of IPaddr A where address s format is AAA BBB CCC DDD A indicates that the subnet mask would start with A 1 bits See Figure 3 16 IP address 202 215 167 0 IP Mask 255 255 255 240 CIDR 1 CIDR 202 215 167 0 28 Figure 3 16 CIDR Scheme April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 301 GPRS Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set MIPCFF lt Socket Comment IP in IP CIDR ID gt lt CmdType gt lt IP gt presentation OK or CME lt error code gt Read AT MIPCFF 1 lt STATUS gt lt IP1 1 gt lt IP1 2 IP1 n MIPCFF 2 lt STATUS gt lt IP2 1 gt lt IP1 2 lt IP2 n gt MIPCFF 3 lt STATUS gt lt IP3 1 gt lt IP1 2 lt IP3 n gt MIPCFF 4 lt STATUS gt lt IP4 1 gt lt IP1 2 lt IP4 n gt Test AT MIPCFF MIPCFF 1 4 0 4 IP in CIDR notation OK or CME lt error code gt The following table shows the MIPCFF parameters Table 3 211 MIPCFF Parameters lt Parameter gt Description Value lt Socket_id gt Identification Number of Sockets 0 Invalid socket nmber 1 2 Max 24 CmdType Ope
124. General Symbols Used in AT Commands Description The following syntax definitions apply in this chapter Syntax Definition CR Carriage return character specified by the value of the S3 register lt LF gt Line feed character specified by the value of the S4 register lt gt Name enclosed in angle brackets is a syntax element The brackets themselves do not appear in the command line Optional sub parameter of a command or an optional part of terminal information response enclosed in square brackets The brackets themselves do not appear in the command line When the sub parameter is not provided in the parameter type commands the new value equals its previous value In action type commands the action should be performed on the basis of the recommended default setting of the sub parameter II Denotes a comment and should not be included in the command April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 2 1 AT Commands Protocol General System Abbreviations The basic system configuration contains a modem and a terminal The G24 L is the modem and may be referred to as the DCE the phone the mobile or the radio The terminal may be referred to as the DTE or the TE AT Commands Protocol The figure below shows a general messaging sequence of AT commands protocol between the terminal and the G24 L Terminal G24 L Command Response N Resul
125. L Read AT CFUN CFUN lt fun gt The Read command displays the current OK level of functionality Test AT CFUN CFUN list of The Test command displays the list of supported lt fun gt s list supported functionality settings of supported lt rst gt s OK The following table shows the AT CFUN parameters Table 3 92 CFUN Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt fun gt Functionality levels 0 1 Full functionality default 0 4 Disables phone transmit amp receive RF circuits 5 127 Reserved for future use lt rst gt 0 Sets functionality to lt fun gt without resetting the device default 1 Resets the device before setting functionality to lt fun gt Examples AT CFUN CFUN 0 4 0 1 OK AT CFUN CFUN 0 OK AT CFUN 4 Ok Disable phone transmit and receive RF circuits April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 141 Hardware Information ICF DTE DCE Character Framing This command determines the local serial port start stop asynchronous character framing used by the DCE when accepting DTE commands and transmitting information text and result codes whenever these are not done automatically Auto detect framing is not supported Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set ICF lt format gt OK The Set command determines the local lt parity gt CME ERROR lt err gt Serial port start stop c
126. L is alerted by an incoming call from the network Once this indication is sent information is available on the calling line via CLIP When CRC is disabled the indication is RING and when is enabled the indication is CRING April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 17 Call Control Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set CRC lt n gt OK The Set command enables disables the extended format of an incoming call indication When enabled an incoming call is indicated to the terminal with an unsolicited result code CRING lt type gt instead of the normal RING Read CRC CRC lt n gt OK The Read command queries the current settings for the cellular result code Test CRC CRC list of supported n s The Test command returns the possible lt n gt values RING CRING Indication CRING lt type gt or RING The following table shows the CRC parameters Table 3 7 CRC Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt n gt 0 Extended format disabled 1 Extended format enabled The default value is 0 lt type gt Type of incoming call ASYNCCSD asynchronous transparent REL asynchronous non transparent FAX Fax class 1 VOICE Normal voice ALT Fax voice Example AT CRC CRC 0 OK AT CRC CRC 0 1 OK Example RING CRING indication Incoming Data Call R
127. L Lines when S24 gt 0 24 Set Number of Seconds Delay Before G24 L Enters Sleep Mode This command activates disables the Sleep mode The terminal sends ATS24 5 and if there are no radio and UART activities the G24 L enters sleep mode in 5 seconds If terminal has some indication of the CTS pin activity it can see e If MSCTS 0 default the line changes its state periodically For more information refer to 4 MSCTS Enable Disable CTS During Wakeup Period on page 3 205 If MSCTS 1 the line is switched off at the moment of entering Sleep mode and stays off even if G24 L is awakened 3 202 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set ATS24 lt value gt OK The Set command sets the amount of time in seconds the G24 L should wait before entering Sleep mode Read ATS24 lt value gt The Read command returns the current OK value The following table shows the S24 parameters Table 3 135 S24 Parameters Parameter Description value Number of seconds 0 lt n lt 255 0 Disable Sleep mode gt 0 Enable Sleep mode The default value is 0 Example ATS24 lt enter gt 000 OK ATS24 5 lt enter gt OK ATS24 lt enter gt 005 OK If there are no radio and UART activities the G24 L will enter sleep mode in 5 seconds 102 Set Delay
128. L connects to the GPRS network and receives an IP address using the MIPCALL command The G24 L opens a UDP IP stack as one of its sockets using the MIPOPEN and selecting the protocol UDP G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 1 Product Features 3 Side A and B previously agree on a port number and exchange their given IP addresses via other means of connection SMS CSD Voice DB and so on 4 The G24 L sends and receives data to and from the targeted site as it knows the IP address and port number of the target 5 Sending accumulating data is done using the MIPSEND command 6 Actual send is done using the MIPPUSH command by specifying the IP address and port number of the destination Note Every MIPPUSH sets the destination IP address and destination port number for the current and future transactions These values are used for the next push if not explicitly overwritten Connection from the G24 L client server to WEB client server The following occurs when creating a UDP IP connection from the G24 L client server to WEB client server 1 Client side The G24 L client connects to the GPRS network and receives an IP address using the MIPCALL command The G24 L opens a UDP IP stack as one of its sockets using the MIPOPEN and selecting the protocol UDP 2 The G24 L sends data to the Website as the Web site s IP address is known and is public and the por
129. L to the terminal The following table shows the CHLD parameters Table 3 10 CHLD Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt n gt Call hold operation 0 Releases all held calls OR Sets User Determined User Busy for a waiting call 1 Releases all active calls and accepts the held or waiting call 1x Release specific call x where x is the serial number of a call participating in an active MTPY call 2 Places all active calls on hold and accepts the held or waiting call 2x In the case of an active MTPY call places all active calls on hold except for call x Call x remains active 3 Adds a held call to the conversation MTPY Note Held calls or active calls means a held or active single or MTPY call There cannot be two or more different held active single MTPY calls 3 24 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the CHLD actions according to state and operation Table 3 11 CHLD Actions According to Call State and Operation CHLD lt operation gt 1 Release 1 Release 2 Switch 2X Active Call State i Add Hel 0 Release Active Call Active Held Between MTPY Call to B eu 7 g Held Call Accept Held Call x from Held and Hold Except Active Call Call MTPY Call Active
130. Manual 3 25 Call Control Table 3 11 CHLD Actions According to Call State and Operation Cont CHLD lt operation gt 1 Release 1x Release 2 Switch 2X Active Gell suis 0 Release Active Call Active Held Between MTPY Call to Eh F cid Held Call Accept Held Call x from Held and Hold Except Active Call Call MTPY Call Active Call for Call x Held Single Releases Accepts Error 3 Accepts Error 3 Error 3 or MTPY waiting call waiting call waiting call Call and Waiting Call Single or Releases Releases Releases Error 3 too Error 3 Makes a MTPY waiting call active call specific many calls on conference Active Call and accepts active call x hold call Waiting and Single or waiting call If x does not call is not MTPY Held exist then touched and Waiting error 22 Call Split Places the active MTPY call on hold except for a specific call x Switch Places the active call on hold and accepts the Held call Error 3 Operation not allowed Error 22 Not found Example AT CHLD CHLD 0 1 1x 2 2x 3 OK AT CCWA 1 OK atd9311234567 OK OK conversation Enable call waiting Originate a voice call CCWA 358317654321 145 1 Bob Awaiting call alerts AT CHLD 2 OK conversation AT CHLD 3 OK MTPY conversation AT CHLD 22 OK AT CHLD 0 OK NO CARRIER ath NO CARRIER OK atd9311234567 OK
131. NoOfltems gt Number of items in the current menu lt Alpha Idx gt Alpha identifier of items lt Help Info gt 0 No help available 1 Help available Example Note The following example is provider specific and is meant to demonstrate menu use via STK AT MTKM MTKM SIM Applications MTKM 1 3 BANK 0 MTKM 2 3 SHOPPING 0 3 3 WEATHER O OK AT MTKM 1 3 OK MTKM WEATHER Display the main menu Main menu title The main menu contains 3 items Item in the main menu has been selected The Sel item menu has been sent from the SIM Display data about the WEATHER menu The WEATHER menu contains two items MTKM 1 2 THE WORLD 1 MTKM 2 2 IN THE 0 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 273 GPRS AT MTKM 1 1 OK Select Item 1 MTKP 3 1 0 3 8 0 Enter Country name User is requested to enter country name AT MTKP 3 1 England User enters the country OK Text information is sent from the SIM MTKP 1 0 Weather in England is 5 C MTKC Motorola ToolKit Call Control This unsolicited event notifies the terminal when supplementary services SMS Control or Call Control are modified Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Unsolicited event lt CCResult gt lt Number gt The following table shows the MTKC parameters Table 3 193 MTKC P
132. Page MSCTS This command defines the behavior of the CTS line when the G24 L is in Sleep mode Page 3 205 MSDNS This command sets reads DNS IP address for each socket Page 3 299 MTCTS This command sets the CTS pin of the RS232 to not active high waits one second and then returns the CTS to active low Page 3 135 MTDTR This command checks and outputs the physical current status of the DTR pin of the RS232 Page 3 134 MTKA This command sends acknowledge response from the user TE to the STK Page 3 274 MTKC This unsolicited event notifies the terminal when supplementary services SMS Control or Call Control are modified Page 3 274 MTKE This command enables disables the SIM ToolKit functionalities Page 3 257 MTKM This is both a command and an unsolicited event The command selects items from the menu Page 3 272 MTKP MTKR This is both a command and an unsolicited event The command responds to an unsolicited event This command displays the profile that is downloaded from the G24 L to the SIM during the SIM initialization process Page 3 258 Page 3 247 MTTY MVC This command is used to enable disable the TTY Tele Typewriter support in the G24 This AT command is used to choose and configure the priority order of the supported voice codecs vocoders Page 3 57 Page 3 38 TPIN VTD
133. Page 3 171 mode MMICG This command handles the selection of microphone gain values Page 3 172 CRTT This command plays one cycle of a ring tone stops the cycle in the Page 3 173 middle and sets the ring tone to be used VTD This command handles the selection of tone duration Page 3 175 VTS This command transmits a string of DTMF tones when a voice call Page 3 176 is active Access Access Control Commands Al This command repeats the last command entered on the terminal Page 3 177 AT This command checks the AT communication and only returns OK Page 3 177 CPIN This command is only relevant for phones that use SIM cards It Page 3 177 unlocks the SIM card when the proper SIM PIN is provided and unblocks the SIM card when the proper SIM PUK is provided EPIN This command is only relevant for phones that use SIM cards It Page 3 181 verifies the PIN2 indicator TPIN This command queries the number of remaining SIM PIN PUK Page 3 182 entering attempts CPWD This command sets a new password for the facility lock Page 3 183 CLCK This command locks unlocks or interrogates a G24 L or a network Page 3 184 facility lt fac gt EMPC This command unlocks or resets the first PLMN of the Page 3 187 inserted SIM Modem Configuration and Profile Modem Register Commands V This command determines the response format of the data adapter Page 3 190 and the contents of the header and trailer transmitted with the result codes a
134. Page 3 227 CLAC This command displays a list of all the AT commands supported by the G24 L Page 3 8 CLAN This command handles the selection of language in the ME Page 3 225 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual A 5 AT Commands Alphabetical Summary Table A 1 AT Commands Alphabetical Cont AT Command Description Page CLCC This command returns a list of all current G24 L calls and their statuses and also enables disables the unsolicited indication of the call list Page 3 40 CLCK This command locks unlocks or interrogates a G24 L ora network facility lt fac gt Page 3 184 CLIP This command controls the Calling Line Identity CLI presentation to the terminal when there is an incoming call Page 3 19 CLIR CLVL This command enables disables the sending of caller ID information to the called party for an outgoing call This command sets the volume of the internal loudspeaker which also affects the key feedback tone of the G24 L Page 3 29 Page 3 159 CMEE CMER This command enables disables the use of result code CME ERROR lt err gt as an indication of an error relating to the functionality of the G24 L This command enables an external accessory to receive key press information from the G24 s internal keypad Page 3 206 Page 3 225 CMGD This command de
135. REPORT 3 99 3 61 xMMAR Parameters i i gp Eee eR bk cee e RR M gos 3 101 3 62 CMSS 3 102 3 63 EMGW Parameters ILC HE E Pee a bie sda anes 3 103 3 64 Layout of SMS SUBMIT in PDU Mode according to 65 03 40 3 104 3 65 Layout of SMS COMMAND in PDU Mode according to 65 03 40 3 104 3 66 fo for SMS SUBMIT 3 105 3 67 fo for SMS COMMAND 3 106 3 68 CMGD Parameters 2 1 3 108 3 69 CGSMS Parameters 3 109 3 70 CMGS Parameters 3 110 3 71 SMCSAT3Paramieterso t em unn eoe ree se E 3 111 3 72 dcs field and CSCS settings conversion when writing 5 3 113 3 73 dcs field and CSCS settings conversion when reading 5 3 114 3 74 Xe SOParameterss EU Ree On 3 117 3 75 TS CRIEP Parametets oa eR OTT RR E 3 118 3 76 FEREG Parame tets a c SEE Rete re ES a ee DENIS ie cee 3 119 3 TT SCGREGr Parameters 3 121 3 78
136. Remarks Set CLCK lt fac gt lt mode gt lt passwd gt classx For fac where class is irrelevant SC FD The Set command performs the specified mode action on the specified fac Read Test CLCK CLCK CLCK lt fac gt 2 CLCK lt status gt For lt fac gt with several supported lt class gt es CLCK lt fac gt 2 CLCK lt status gt lt class1 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CLCK lt status gt lt class2 gt OK CLCK ERROR The Test command returns the list of supported facilities CLCK list of supported lt fac gt s The following table shows the CLCK parameters Table 3 124 CLCK Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt fac gt SC SIM Card PIN setting lt mode gt 0 Disable PIN 1 Enable PIN SIM Fixed Dialing memory setting lt mode gt 0 Disable fixed dialing feature 1 Enable fixed dialing feature AO BACC Bar All Outgoing Calls OI BOIC Bar Outgoing International Calls OX Bar Outgoing International Calls except to Home Country AI BAIC Bar All Incoming Calls IR BIC Roam Bar Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home country AB All Barring services applicable only for lt mode gt 0 AG All outgoing barring services applicable only for lt mode gt 0 AC Allincoming barring services applicable only for lt mode gt 0 passwd String type 4 8 character p
137. Response Action Remarks Set amp W n OK The Set command stores the current or active configuration to user profile 0 or CME ERROR err 1 The following table shows the amp W parameters Table 3 145 amp W Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt n gt User s profile number 0 Store to user s profile 0 1 Store to user s profile 1 The default value is 0 The parameters that are set in a profile are described in the table below Table 3 146 Profile Parameters Profile Description Parameter Default Length in Parameter Range Value Bits ATE Echo 0 1 1 1 ATQ Result code return mode 0 1 0 1 ATV Display result code 0 1 1 1 ATX Select result code 0 4 0 3 3 222 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Table 3 146 Profile Parameters Cont Profile herr Parameter Default Length in Parameter Description Range Value Bits AT amp C Set circuit 109 DCD behavior 0 2 1 2 AT amp D Set circuit 109 DTR behavior 0 4 2 3 AT amp K Flow control 0 3 6 3 3 AT amp Y Power up profile 0 1 0 1 S0 Auto answer 0 255 0 8 2 Escape code character 0 255 43 8 S3 Carriage return character 0 127 13 7 54 Line feed character 0 127 10 7 S5 Backspace character 0 32 8 6 S7 Wait time for carrier Register S7 tel
138. Terminal Wakeup In Inactive n seconds passed since last command and other conditions met G24 L CTS Inactive G24 L enters Sleep mode Example of Terminal Wake G24 L Sleep Mode Terminal Wakeup In Active G24 L CTS Active G24 L exits Sleep mode Terminal TX ATxxx 30 mseconds passed since Terminal Wakeup In became active Example of G24 L Wake Terminal Up G24 L CTS Active G24 L internal event occurred Incoming call is pending G24 L exits Sleep mode G24 L Wakeup Out Active G24 L TX RING T mseconds passed since Terminal Wakeup Out became active T is defined by ATS 102 The figure below shows a Sleep mode example when 524 gt 0 ms pia H 30 jd WAKEUP IN DTE TXD S24 Less then S24 G24 L awak sleep mode clock sleep G24 L CTS When at nscts 0 The default Figure 4 11 Sleep Mode when S24 0 4 22 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 4 Using the Commands STK Display Text Display Idle Mode Text The SIM card requests to send text to the G24 L and the G24 L displays it on the terminal Display text Request Tx Display Indications MTKP Figure 4 12 Display Text Get Inkey The SIM card requests to display text on the terminal and waits for a response from the terminal user The response is a single character MTKP Display text Get Inkey Request Rx Inkey Res
139. and the AT commands related to each mode Power Up Basic Audio Audio Common Advanced specific Commands Audio ifi Commands AT MADIGITAL N AT CRSL AT VTD AT MAPATH AT CLVL AT VTS AT MAVOL AT CMUT AT CRTT AT MAMUT ATS94 AT CALM AT MAFEAT ATS96 AT MMICG Any use of Advanced setup specific commands Advanced Audio Figure 3 2 Audio Modes 3 156 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Audio Control of Path Gain and Algorithms is available by these two different modes sets of commands It is advised to select the audio mode according to the application needs either the Basic Audio set the Advanced Audio Basic Audio Setup This mode s set of commands suits most users It provides a simple audio control In this mode the G24 L will also adjust the paths automatically upon headset interrupt The G24 L powers up in Basic Audio mode Basic audio specific commands are CRSL CLVL CMUT 94 S96 Figure 3 3 shows the basic audio setup _Idle_mode HeadSet mode There is no signal on the HDST_INT line The user has attached a device to the HDST_INT line and caused a change in the audio input and output path Mic Speaker Mic Speaker Headset d Headset Headse Headset Mic Speaker Mic Speaker Figure 3 3 Basic Audio Setup Advanced Audio Setup This mode suits users which require a f
140. attached to GPRS it will be attached automatically Setup configuration Enter into the wizard the parameters provided by your operator Set definitions to allow your http ftp browser to use the G24 L as a port to the Internet amp N Usage Open the GPRS Manager Double click the dialer icon to select and activate the provider of your choice multiple providers may be displayed in the list After dialing your temporary IP address the GPRS DATA session message will be displayed Minimize the GPRS wizard window and use your http ftp browser Internet Explorer Netscape April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 4 19 GPRS Using the ATD Command Set Request GPRS service D ATD 99 CID The CID Context ID includes the APN defined by the AT CGDCONT command to which you want to be connected This depends on the ability of the SIM card to be attached to the different networks The format ATD 99 may also be used In this case the G24 L will first try to activate a non empty predefined CID If the attempt fails the G24 L will try the next CID and so on Note When buffering the terminal message data in the G24 L both inbound and outbound data the following apply Turning off the G24 L clears any buffered data Removing power from the G24 L clears any buffered data Whenever the terminal drops the PPP connection with the G24 L via LCP terminate the buffered da
141. but a call is in progress Example AT CPAS CPAS 0 OK AT CPAS CPAS 0 2 4 OK AT CPAS CPAS 4 OK AT CPAS Voice call active state CPAS 4 OK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 39 Call Control CLCC List Current Calls This command displays a list of all current G24 L calls and their statuses and also enables disables the unsolicited indication of the call list If no calls are received no information response is sent to the terminal If the command succeeds but no calls are available no information response is sent to the terminal The maximum number of simultaneous multiparty calls is 5 1 5 in active group and 1 on hold mman T ane Syntax Response Action Remarks ype Set AT CLCC lt state gt OK The Set command enables disables or unsolicited indications CME ERROR lt err gt Execute AT CLCC CLCC lt idx gt lt dir gt lt call The Execute command enables state gt lt mode gt the receiving of data about lt mpty gt lt number gt lt type gt current calls lt alpha gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CLCC lt idx gt lt dir gt lt call state gt lt mode gt lt mpty gt lt number gt lt type gt lt alpha gt OK Read AT CLCC CLCC lt state gt The Read command returns the call OK status or CME ERROR lt err gt Test AT CLCC CLCC List of supported lt state gt s OK or
142. character may be used as a substitute for the period character For PDP type OSP IHOSS the following syntax may be used for called address host 9 port lt protocol gt where host port and protocol are defined in CGDCONT Define PDP Context on page 3 232 For communications software that does not support arbitrary characters in the dial string a numeric value equivalent to the hostname may be used However this should be avoided if at all possible lt L2P gt String variable which indicates the layer 2 protocol to be used For communications software that does not support arbitrary characters in the dial string the following numeric equivalents are used NULL PPP PAD X25 yyyy M xxxx Other values are reserved and result in an ERROR response to the Set command Note V 250 and certain communications software do not permit arbitrary characters in the dial string The lt L2P gt and lt called_address gt strings are therefore specified as containing digits 0 9 only lt cid gt Digit string which specifies a particular PDP context definition See CGDCONT Define PDP Context on page 3 232 Example ATD 99 CGDCONT Try connecting to GPRS according to the first lt cid gt defined in April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 243 CGPRS GPRS Coverage This command indicates wheth
143. comma and tones are discarded If ATDL is sent before any Dial command was issued mainly after Power On when the last number is an empty field the G24 L will return NO CARRIER as mentioned in the ITU V 25 ter standard Example atdl Last called number is 035658278 ATDL 035658278 OK call atdl ATDL 035658278 OK OK NOICE call atdl Last called number is 035658278 123 78 ATDL 035658278 CONNECT call atdl Last called number is 035658278 123 78 ATDL 035658278 123 78 OK OK VOICE call 123 Sent as DTMF tones Pause 78 Sent as DTMF tones H Hang up Call This command hangs up a call The G24 L terminates the call whether it is a data or voice call and whether it is an incoming originating waiting or connected call A NO CARRIER message is returned to the terminal before the regular OK approval Note To terminate hang up a MO data fax call while call is placed Any character sent from the terminal to the G24 L causes the Data Fax call termination and NO CARRIER is sent from the G24 L to the terminal To terminate a held Voice call or to terminate a call out of a MTPY call refer to CHLD Call Related Supplementary Services Command on page 3 23 The following table shows the call states of the H command Call State Response Action IDLE Error 3 operation not allowed Single Active Call released MTPY Active Call released all call
144. dial string modifiers in your command line to give the modem additional instructions The following dial modifiers are available on most modems e Pause Simple Dialing In order to instruct the modem to dial a remote modem from an ordinary tone dialing telephone line enter the Dial command followed by the phone number For example type the following command ATD 876 5555 Enter Note If you receive characters which were sent you can disable this with using the Echo command ATEO lt Enter gt After issuing the Dial command and if the remote modem answers the call the two modems send high pitched carrier tones to one another which establish the transmission speed and other parameters for the data connection This process is called negotiation After the negotiation process the message OK followed by the connection speed is received If the other phone line is busy the message NO CARRIER is received If the other modem does not answer the message NO CARRIER is received Once a connection has been established the modem is ready to immediately begin transmitting and receiving data This may vary from sending messages to each other sending or receiving files logging on to an information service or any other data communication task you wish to perform April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 9 Call Control Switching From Data Mode to Command Mode To switch the connection from Data mode to C
145. enables accessing the network registration Page 3 122 information as well as select and register the GSM network operator CPOL This command is used to edit the list of preferred operators located Page 3 125 in the SIM card MFS This command is used to determine how long the G24 L waits Page 3 126 before attempting to re register after a registration attempt has failed and the G24 L is not registered Hardware Information Hardware Information Commands CBC This command queries the battery charger connection Page 3 129 MBC This command allows the battery charger to be managed Page 3 130 start stop or automatic manage and get indication for the battery level solicited or unsolicited reports CBAUD This command sets the baud rate Page 3 132 IPR This command is responsible for setting and saving the request baud Page 3 133 rate MTDTR This command checks and displays the physical current status of the Page 3 134 DTR pin of the RS232 MTCTS This command sets the CTS pin of the RS232 to not active high Page 3 135 waits one second and then sets the CTS to active low amp K This command configures the RTS CTS flow control Page 3 135 amp C This command determines how the state of the DCD line relates to Page 3 136 the detection of the received line signal from the distant end April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 1 19 AT Commands Summary Table 1 1 AT Commands Cont
146. for TOS defined values Default value 0 lt TimeOut gt Specifies the amount of time in milliseconds to wait for the Echo Reply message that corresponds to a sent Echo Request message measured after Echo Request message was sent If the Echo Reply message is not received within the time out MPINGSTAT unsolicited response with lt status gt equal to 1 will be sent to DTE Valid value range is from 500 ms to 600 000 ms 10 minutes Default value 4000 3 294 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the MPING unsolicited response parameters Table 3 208 MPING Unsolicited Response Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt Des tination IP gt Specifies the message sender machine computer which is identified by IP address 4 octets long in dotted decimal notation Each octet of IP address has valid value range of 0 to 255 The message sender machine computer may be either the target of Echo Request message if a response was an Echo Reply message or a gateway router in a path of Echo Request message passage for any other ICMP response message lt type gt The first octet of the ICMP header is a ICMP type field which specifies the format of the ICMP message Refer to IETF RFC 792 for lt type gt valid values lt code gt The reasons for the non delivery of a packet are described by code fi
147. gt Original destination address lt data gt Message contents in text mode lt toda toda gt Type of origination address destination address lt fo gt First octet of the SM lt pid gt Protocol Identifier lt dcs gt Data Coding Scheme sca Service Center Address lt tosca gt Type of Service Center Address vp Validity Period Either in integer format see Table 3 46 or in time string format Cyy MM dd hh mm ssxzz mr Message reference lt scst gt Service center time stamp lt ct gt Command type lt sn gt Message serial number lt mn gt Message Number lt cdata gt Command Data lt mid gt Message ID lt page gt Current page number April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 95 SMS Table 3 55 CMGR MMGR Parameters Cont lt Parameter gt Description lt pages gt Total number of pages lt mr gt Message Reference lt ra gt Message Recipient address lt tora gt Type of Recipient address lt scts gt Service center time stamp lt dt gt Discharge Time lt st gt Status Table 3 56 Layout of SMS DELIVER in PDU Mode according to GSM03 40 Reference Description Length lt SCa gt Service Center address 1 3 12 BYTES BYTE length number of followed When length is 1 length BYTE 0 octets Mandatory 1 BYTE lt tosca gt value between 128 255 lt fo gt First Octet See Table 3
148. is required then the following response appears CPIN SIM PUK PUK2 6 Unblock the SIM if needed AT CPIN YYYYYYYY ZZZZ Note YYYYYYYY is the PUK PUK2 password 4 8 digits long ZZZZ is the new defined PIN PIN2 password 4 8 digits long April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 4 7 Recommended G24 L Initialization after Powerup G24 L Network Connection In this step the G24 L detects existing networks the user must register to a specific network AT CREG 1 or 2 1 Sec Delay Wait for Registration Message Example CREG 001 001 Figure 4 8 G24 L Network Connection 1 Registration and call indications example CREG CLCC AT CREG 2 OK AT CLCC 1 OK 2 Get available networks example COPS AT COPS To read all possible operators COPS 002 ILORANGE ORANGE 42501 G24 L answer example 000 AT amp T Wireless AT amp T 31038 001 IL Cellcom Cellcom 42502 003 IL 77 IL 77 42577 000 001 002 003 004 000 001 002 3 Get registration messages example CREG AT CGREG 1 OK CREG 001 G24 L example output when it is registered on the home network Get GSM registration status CREG AT CREG 2 Get unsolicited GSM registration reports CREG 001 2648 988b 4 Get GPRS registration status example CGREG AT CREG 2 Get unsolicited GPRS registration reports CGREG 001 2648 988b 4 8 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual Apr
149. lt Parameter gt Description lt status gt lt Destination IP gt Specifies a status of ping request execution Defined values 0 The unsolicited response with this lt status gt will be sent to DTE upon completion of ping request If ping request was aborted or socket connection was terminated for any reason this unsolicited response will not be reported to DTE 1 The unsolicited response with this lt status gt will be sent to DTE if no ICMP reply message was received within timeout 2 The unsolicited response with this lt status gt will be sent to DTE if socket connection was terminated for any reason This status essentially means that ping request execution was aborted 3 Flow Control OFF The unsolicited response with this lt status gt will be sent to DTE if phone doesn t have enough memory to process sending an Echo Request message 4 Flow Control ON The unsolicited response with this lt status gt will be sent to DTE if phone has enough memory to send an Echo Request message after flow control was OFF Specifies the target machine computer for ping request which is identified by IP address 4 octets long in dotted decimal notation Each octet of IP address has valid value range of 0 to 255 lt SeniMessages gt Specifies a total number of sent Echo Request messages lt ReceivedMessages gt Specifies a total number of received Echo Reply messages corresponding to Echo Reque
150. master password be entered If this also fails three times the SIM will be blocked and you will have to go to your provider to unblock it Security enabled Password Bad code x3 Needed Master Password Needed Bad SIM Bad code x3 Blocked SIM Good code Go to Manufacturer Figure 3 8 SIM States A SIM card related error is returned if an AT command operation is unsuccessful due to a SIM card problem The following table shows the SIM card errors Table 3 119 SIM Card Errors Error Description 10 SIM not inserted SIM Card is not inserted 11 SIM PIN required SIM Card waiting for SIM PIN to be entered 12 SIM PUK required SIM PIN is blocked 13 SIM failure SIM Card is permanently blocked 17 SIM PIN2 required SIM Card is waiting for SIM PIN2 to be entered 18 SIM PUK2 required SIM PIN2 is blocked 3 178 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT CPIN lt puk gt OK The Set command sends the password to or lt pin gt or the G LITE that is necessary before it can lt newpin gt CME ERROR lt err gt be operated SIM PIN or SIM PUK If there is no PIN request pending no action is taken towards the G LITE and an error message CME ERROR is returned to the terminal The Set command issued gives the code
151. material that was installed by Motorola on your product as a standard feature Out of Warranty Repairs If you request Motorola to repair your product any time after the warranty term or where this warranty does not apply due to the nature of the defect or fault then Motorola may in its discretion carry out such repairs subject to you paying Motorola its fees for such a repair or it may refer you to an authorized third party to carry out such repairs April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual XXV Revision History Revision History Manual Number 6802983C95 C Manual Title G24 L Developer s Guide G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual Version Information The following table lists the manual version date of version and remarks about the version Revision History Version Date Issue Remarks A September 25 2007 Initial Release B Januaty 15 2008 Major update that include the following features TCP IP and STK capabilities April 15 2008 AT Commands added MIPODM MTKA MTTY AT Command updated MMAD xxvi G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 1 Product Features Connectivity Interface The user can establish two types of connections in order to establish an AT command session with the G24 L e RS232 connection USB connection The user can use either RS232 or USB connections but not both simultaneously GPRS Operat
152. maximum number of characters in the lt text gt entry This applies to GSM standard characters only Non GSM standard character sets and extended GSM characters require additional space in storage In some cases when using such characters the text cannot be stored In this case the G24 L returns a text string too long error April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 65 Phone Books and Clock Example AT CBPS MT OK AT CPBW CPBW 1 750 40 129 145 16 OK AT CPBW 1 0546123456 129 AAA OK AT CPBR 1 CPBR 1 0546123456 129 AAA AT CPBWZ1 0546123456 129 BBB OK AT CPBR 1 CPBR 1 0546123456 129 BBB CSVM Set Voice Mail Server This command handles the selection of the number to the voice mail server The new value should also remain after power cycle mman Gommand Syntax Response Action Remarks Type Set CSVM lt mode gt OK The Set command sets the number to lt number gt lt CME ERROR lt err gt the voice mail server type gt Read CSVM CSVM lt mode gt lt number gt The Read command displays the type currently selected voice mail number CME ERROR err and status enabled or disabled Test CSVM CSVM list of supported The Test command displays the list of lt mode gt s list of supported Supported lt mode gt s and lt type gt s lt type gt s CME ERROR lt err gt
153. network registration unsolicited result code CGREG lt stat gt 2 Enables the network registration and location information in unsolicited result code and Read command CGREG lt stat gt lt lac gt lt ci gt The default is 0 lt stat gt 0 Not registered and the ME is not currently searching for a new operator to which to register 1 Registered home network 2 Not registered but the ME is currently searching for a new operator to which to register 3 Registration denied 4 Unknown 5 Registered roaming lt lac gt Two byte location area code in hexadecimal format lt ci gt Two byte cell ID in hexadecimal format April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 121 Network Example AT CGREG CGREG 000 002 OK AT CGREG 2 OK AT CGREG CGREG 002 001 2648 988b OK AT CGREG 1 OK AT CGREG CGREG 001 001 OK AT CGREG 0 OK Example for unsolicited reports AT CGREG 1 OK AT CGATT 0 OK CGREG 000 AT CGATT 1 OK CGREG 002 CGREG 001 Remove GPRS enabled SIM CGREG 000 Insert GPRS enabled SIM CGREG 002 CGREG 001 COPS Operator Selection This command enables accessories to access the network registration information and the selection and registration of the GSM network operator The G24 L is registered in the Home network The Enhanced Operator Name String EONS feature enables the G24 L to return the operator name displayed on the handset This featur
154. not inserted or defected or PIN1 PUK authentication required or required input parameters not present However failure in the execution of the command in the SIM is reported in lt sw1 gt and lt sw2 gt parameters Some of the AT CRSM commands require PIN PIN2 authentication Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT CRSM lt command gt CRSM Set command transmits the lt file_id gt lt P1 gt lt P2 gt lt lt sw1 gt lt sw2 gt lt response gt SIM command and its P3 gt lt data gt OK required parameters to the ME ME sends the actual SIM infor or mation parameters and CME ERROR lt err gt response data Test AT CRSM CRSM The test command returns the list of supported possible ranges of CRSM lt command gt s parameters possible lt file_id gt s range value possible lt P1 gt range value possible lt P2 gt range value possible lt P3 gt range value OK or CME ERROR lt err gt 3 216 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the CRSM parameters Table 3 144 CRSM Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt command gt Integer type Command passed on by the ME to the SIM 176 Read BINARY 178 Read RECORD 192 Get RESPONSE 214 Update BINARY 220 Update RECORD 242 STATUS lt file_id gt Integer type This is the ide
155. o ayaa cava sence eh Battin 2 4 Response Indications Structure 2 22 22222 e o RA RR ERE RE eee 2 4 AT Commands Protocol amp Structure 2 5 Command Token Types see hte Ae ee ie oe ee PEN 2 6 Basic Syntax Command Format ee eh 6 hee EET EE 2 6 S parameters Ae ORS SM UE EN EAMUS E 2 6 Extended Syntax Command 2 6 Command Arcument LypeS e 2 7 Domerc Constants eO T 2 7 Constants erreen Ss E a NE NUS EEUU ES 2 7 m xandMode Types sues RR eR ERR 2 7 ameter Set Command Syntax Reo 2 7 Parameter ReadjCommand 2 2 7 Ibanamreter Test Command 5 2 7 Loose nmm EE us a 2 8 2 luem P cena A ee 02 EAE OO eats be EE EE 2 8 Compound Range of Values eeu ce iP TT ene i tah ic paar 2 8 Aborting Commands scs et ak I epa ore 2 8 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference 3 1 Modem ID sc bee ehh ene tule ceat Ep tege e lath phos ater er eh ends 3
156. range of 0 to 255 Host names are not case sensitive and can contain alphabetic or numeric letters or the hyphen There is no default value appropriate ERROR will be displayed if parameter is not supplied lt count gt Specifies a number of Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP Echo Request messages to send Valid value range is from 1 to 255 Default value 4 size Specifies the length in bytes of the Data field in the Echo Request messages sent The minimum size is 0 The maximum size is 1372 Default value 32 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 293 GPRS Table 3 207 MPING Command Parameters Cont lt Parameter gt Description lt TTL gt Time To Live TTL Specifies number of hops hop is one step from one router to the next on the path of a datagram on an IP network which the Echo Request message may be routed over The value is set by using TTL field in IP header Valid value range is from 1 to 255 Default value 64 lt TOS gt The Type Of Service TOS is for internet service quality selection The type of service is specified along the abstract parameters precedence delay throughput and reliability These abstract parameters are to be mapped into the actual service parameters of the particular networks the datagram traverses Minimum and maximum values for TOS are 0 and 255 respectively Refer to RFC 791 and RFC 2474 which obsoletes RFC 791
157. rate speech version 1 lt 4 gt lt 5 gt 2 GSM half rate speech version 1 3 GSM full rate speech version 2 EFR 4 GSM full rate speech version 3 AMR Full Rate 5 GSM half rate speech version 3 AMR Half Rate Example 0 AT MVC 1 1 2 3 OK Restart AT MVC MVC 12 3 OK MVC 0 1 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 OK 3 38 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Call Status Messages CPAS Phone Activity Status This command displays the current activity status of the G24 L for example call in progress or ringing Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Execute Read AT CPAS CPAS lt pas gt The Execute and Read commands AT CPAS OK return the activity status lt pas gt of the am G24 L They can be used to interrogate the G24 L CME ERROR lt err gt Test AT CPAS CPAS list of supported lt pas gt s OK or CME ERROR lt err gt The following table shows the CPAS parameters Table 3 18 CPAS Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt pas gt 0 Ready The G24 L allows commands from the terminal 2 Unknown The G24 L is not guaranteed to respond to instructions 3 Ringing MT calls The G24 L is ready for commands from the terminal but the ringer is active 4 Call in progress The G24 L is ready for commands from the terminal
158. represent the number of seconds till the G24 L enters sleep mode 102 This S register sets the value of the delay before sending the data to Page 3 203 the terminal MSCTS This command defines the behavior of the CTS line when the G24 L Page 3 205 is in Sleep mode Error Handling Commands CMEE This command enables disables the use of result code CME Page 3 206 ERROR lt err gt as an indication of an error relating to the functionality of the G24 L CEER This command returns an extended error report containing one or Page 3 213 more lines of information text determined by the manufacturer providing the reasons for the call clearing errors User Interface CRSM This command provides limited access to the Elementary Files on Page 3 216 the SIM amp V This command displays the current active configuration and stored Page 3 221 user profiles amp W This command stores the user profile Page 3 222 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 1 Product Features Table 1 1 AT Commands Cont AT Command Description Page amp Y This command displays the default user profile Page 3 224 CMER This command enables an external accessory to receive key press Page 3 225 information from the G24 L s internal keypad CLAN This command handles the selection of language in the ME Page 3 225 CIND This command is used to que
159. requests to send SMS and the SMS data is displayed on the terminal MTKP Send SMS Display SMS G24 has receive sms Figure 4 18 Send SMS April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 4 25 STK Set Up Call The SIM initiates a call and its data is displayed on the terminal MTKP Tx Display call info Setup Call Reques Figure 4 19 Set Up Call Call Control 1 First the user makes a call 2 The call number is sent to the SIM which decides whether to change the number or not If the call has been changed the new number is displayed on the terminal ATD22222 MTKC Tx Display CC info Call Control Reque 11111 1 ATD11111 Figure 4 20 Call Control Example AT MTKM Displays the main menu MTKM SIM Applications Main ment title MTKM 1 3 BANK 0 The main menu contains three items MTKM 2 3 SHOPPING O MTKM 3 3 WEATHER 0 OK AT MTKM 1 3 Item in the main menu has been selected OK The Sel item menu has been sent from the SIM MTKM WEATHER Displays data about the WEATHER menu The WEATHER menu contains two items MTKM 1 2 OVER THE WORLD 1 4 26 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 4 Using the Commands MTKM 2 2 IN THE 0 AT MTKM 1 1 Select Item 1 OK MTKP 3 1 0 3 8 0 Enter Country name User is requested to enter country name AT MTKP 3 1 Englan
160. table shows the CPBS parameters Table 3 33 CPBS Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt storage gt List of supported phone books and their storage IDs AD Abbriviated dialing numbers DC dialed calls list CPBW is not applicable for this storage EN SIM emergency numbers CPBW is not applicable for this storage SIM Fixed dialing phone book MC G24 L missed unanswered received calls list CPBW may not be applicable for this storage ME G24 L phone book MT Combined G24 L and SIM phone book ON SIM own numbers MSISDNs list reading this storage is also available through CNUM QD Quick dial phone book RC 9024 1 received calls list CPBW may not be applicable for this storage SD Service dialing numbers SM SIM phone book The default phone book is AD lt pin2 gt Pin2 password 4 8 chars lt used gt Integer type value indicating the number of used locations in the selected memory lt total gt Integer type value indicating the total number of entries in the selected phone book memory Example AT CPBS AT CPBS ME SSM MT ON DC MC RC EN AD QOD SD FD OK AT CPBS SM OK AT CPBS CPBS SM 74 160 OK AT CPBS MT OK AT CPBS CPBS SM 74 660 OK CPBR Read Phone Book Entries This command recalls phone book entries from a specific entry number or from a range of entries If only one entry is specified and that entry is empty
161. terminal and the G24 L devices When the terminal is ready and able to receive data it puts the RTS line in an active low condition to indicate this to the G24 L If the terminal is not able to receive data typically because its receive buffer is almost full it puts the RTS line in an inactive high condition as a signal to the G24 L to stop sending data When the terminal is ready to receive more data for example after data has been removed from its receive buffer it places this line back in the active April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 135 Hardware Information condition The RTS line complements the CTS line The G24 L puts the CTS line in an active condition to tell the terminal that it is ready to receive the data Likewise if the G24 L is unable to receive data it places the CTS line in an inactive condition Command Type Syntax Response Action Set AT amp K lt param gt OK Read AT amp K amp K lt param gt Test AT amp K amp K list of supported lt param gt s The following table shows the amp K parameters Table 3 87 amp K Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt param gt 0 Disable all terminal G24 L flow control 3 Enable CTS RTS terminal G24 L flow control 4 Enable Xon Xoff terminal G24 L flow control 5 Enable Xon Xoff terminal G24 L flow control 6 Enable CTS RTS terminal G24 L flow control The default value is 3
162. tone The default value at power up is 1 lt dcs_mask gt SMS data coding scheme mask The format is an 8 bit information parameter Each bit contains 0 1 or X ASCII character 0 Condition is met if the arriving SMS includes dcs with 0 in this position 1 Condition is met if the arriving SMS includes dcs with 1 in this position X or x This bit is ignored from the dcs of the arriving SMS April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 111 SMS Example AT MCSAT MCSAT 0 2 OK AT MCSAT MCSAT 1 OK AT MCSAT 2 OK AT MCSAT 1 00001000 UCS2 OK AT MCSAT 1 00000100 UTF8 OK AT MCSAT 1 00000000 GSM OK AT MCSAT 1 OK AT MCSAT 0 OK 3 112 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference DCS handling Sending or Storing SM When sending or storing SM in TEXT mode only the specified lt dcs gt s in Table 3 46 CSMP command definitions will be supported Handling will be as shown in Table 3 72 Table 3 72 shows the conversion between the lt dcs gt and CSCS setting when storing SM to memory or sending SM Table 3 72 lt dcs gt field and CSCS settings conversion when writing SM CASE lt dcs gt field User Data Hea der Current TE character set CSCS Action Default alphabet Not Set UTF8 or UCS2 Returns an error since conversion from these character sets to default alphabet is impossible
163. 0 gt Hello CMGS 187 OK CDS 6 187 97252468000 145 05 08 03 08 56 34 08 05 08 03 08 56 34 08 70 AT CNMA OK CMGL MMGL List Messages These commands display a list of all SMs with the status value lt stat gt from the G24 L message storage lt mem1 gt selected using the CPMS command The command returns a series of responses one per message each containing the message index status and data If the status of a April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 89 SMS message is RECEIVED UNREAD execution of the CMGL command changes the status of the message to RECEIVED READ 3 90 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The MMGL command does not change the message status In addition MMGL includes a lt stat gt selection that can be used to query the G24 L for a list of message headers without attendant message data Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set Test CMGL lt stat gt or MMGL lt stat gt CMGL MMGL If text mode CMGF 1 command execution is successful and SMS SUBMITs and or SMS DELIVERs CMGL lt index gt lt stat gt lt oa da gt lt scts gt lt tooa toda gt lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt data gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CMGL lt index gt lt stat gt lt da oa gt lt scts gt lt tooa toda gt lt length gt lt
164. 0 206 49 94 234 MSDNS 3 192 118 9 177 192 118 11 77 MSDNS 4 62 120 55 10 192 118 11 77 MSDNS 5 212 150 49 10 206 49 94 234 OK AT MSDNS 2 socket 2 set to default values OK AT MSDNS MSDNS 1 192 118 9 177 192 118 11 77 MSDNS 2 192 118 9 177 192 118 11 77 MSDNS 3 192 118 9 177 192 118 11 77 MSDNS 4 62 120 55 10 192 118 11 77 MSDNS 5 212 150 49 10 206 49 94 234 OK 3 300 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference MIPCFF Control Filtering Feature for Incoming TCP Connection The filtering feature aims to protect the G24 L from non authorized clients trying to establish an IP connection with it It is applicable for cases where G24 L communicates as a listener with others devices The filtering feature consists of a white list defined per connection The white list can be configured when filtering feature is set to disable and before connection is established Once a connection is established changes in its white list are forbidden The following services are provided by the G24 L on behalf the white list management e Disable Enable filtering on a connection e Add Remove IP to from white list Clear white list After Power up the white list will be empty and disabled for all connections White List List of IP addressed that represent devices which are allowed to establish an IP connection with
165. 00 9 0x06 0 00 9 i 0x07 0 00 0 08 0x00F2 C 0x09 0x00C7 LF 0 0 0 000 0 0x0B 0 0008 0x0C 0 00 8 CR 0x0D 0x000D A OxOE 0x00C5 OxOF 0 00 5 0 10 0 0394 0 11 0 005 0x12 0x03A6 A 0x13 0x0393 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual A 17 Character Set Table CS1 GSM gt UCS 2 Symbol GSM GSM 03 38 0x14 0x039B U 0x15 0x03A9 0 16 0x03A0 0 0x17 0x03A8 0x18 0x03A3 0 19 0 0398 i 0 1 0 039 1 0x1B 0x258A 0x1C 0x00C6 0x1D 0x00E6 B 0x1E 0x03B2 0x1F 0x00C9 SP 0x20 0x0020 0x21 0x0021 i 0x22 0x0022 0x23 0x0023 0 24 0x00A4 0x25 0x0025 amp 0x26 0x0026 0x27 0x0027 0x28 0x0028 0x29 0x0029 0 2 0 002 0x2B 0x002B 0x2C 0x002C 0x2D 0x002D Ox2E 0x002E Ox2F 0x002F 0 0x30 0x0030 1 0x31 0x0031 2 0x32 0x0032 3 0x33 0x0033 4 0x34 0x0034 5 A 18 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Appendix A Reference Tables Symbol GSM GSM 03 38 0x35 0x0035 6 0x36 0x0036 7 0 37 0 0037 8 0 38 0x0038 9 0x39 0x0039 0x3A 0x003A 0x3B 0x003B lt 0x3C 0x003C 0x3D 0x003D gt Ox3E 0x003E Ox3F 0x003F i 0x40 0x00A1 A 0x41 0x0041 B 0x42 0x0042 C 0x43 0x0043
166. 04B 01001011 K 076 114 04C 01001100 L 077 115 04D 01001101 M 078 116 04E 01001110 N 079 117 04 01001111 O 080 120 050 01010000 P 081 121 051 01010001 Q 082 122 052 01010010 R 083 123 053 01010011 S 084 124 054 01010100 T A 24 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Appendix A Reference Tables Decimal Octal Hex Binary Value Description 085 125 055 01010101 U 086 126 056 01010110 V 087 127 057 01010111 W 088 130 058 01011000 X 089 131 059 01011001 Y 090 132 05A 01011010 Z 091 133 05B 01011011 left opening bracket 092 134 05C 01011100 back slash 093 135 05D 01011101 right closing bracket 094 136 05 01011110 caret circumfl ex 095 137 05 01011111 _ underscore 096 140 060 01100000 097 141 061 01100001 098 142 062 01100010 b 099 143 063 01100011 c 100 144 064 01100100 d 101 145 065 01100101 e 102 146 066 01100110 f 103 147 067 01100111 g 104 150 068 01101000 h 105 151 069 01101001 i 106 152 06A 01101010 j 107 153 06B 01101011 k 108 154 06C 01101100 109 155 06D 01101101 m 110 156 06E 01101110 n 111 157 06 01101111 112 160 070 01110000 113 161 071 01110001 4 114 162 072 01110010 r 115 163 073 01110011 s 116 164 074 01110100 t April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual A 25 C
167. 0592 gt HELLO CMGS 168 OK CDS 6 168 972524680592 145 05 08 02 15 20 12 08 05 08 02 15 20 14 08 0 AT CNMI 0 0 0 2 OK AT CMSS 296 CMSS 185 OK CDSI SM 6 CNMA New Message Acknowledgment This command acknowledges the receipt of a CMT and CDS response from the terminal to the G24 L A CMT response receipt confirms the correct reception of a new SMS DELIVER message which was routed directly to the terminal A CDS response receipt confirms the correct reception of a new SMS STATUS REPORT message which was routed directly to the terminal When the G24 L sends a CDS response to the terminal it waits a predefined timeout of 60 seconds for CNMA acknowledgment The G24 L will not send another CDS result code to the terminal before the previous one is acknowledged or the timeout expires When the G24 L sends a CMT response to the terminal it waits a predefined timeout of 60 seconds for the CNMA acknowledgment The G24 L will not send another CMT result code to the terminal before the previous one is acknowledged or the timeout expires Upon receipt of the CNMA command the G24 L sends RP ACK to the network The acknowledged SM will not be saved in message storage If the G24 L does not receive acknowledgment within the required time it sends RP ERROR to the network The G24 L automatically disables routing to the terminal by setting both mt and ds values of CNMI to zero The unacknowledg
168. 1 0 Ping request execution is completed MPINGSTAT 0 88 221 5 223 1 0 3 298 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference MSDNS Set DNS IP Address This command set read DNS Domain Name Server IP address primary secondary for each socket If the user doesn t specify DNS servers by AT MSDNS G24 L will use default DNS from NW The defined value s will be saved during disconnect PDP context can be used in next PDP context but will reset after power cycle Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT MSDNS lt Socket_id gt OK lt Primary DNS server IP gt or Secondary DNS server CME ERROR err IP21I Read AT MSDNS MSDNS 1 lt Primary DNS server IP gt lt Secondary DNS server IP gt lt CR gt lt LF gt MSDNS 2 lt Primary DNS server IP gt lt Secondary DNS server IP gt lt CR gt lt LF gt MSDNS 3 lt Primary DNS server IP gt lt Secondary DNS server IP gt lt CR gt lt LF gt MSDNS 4 lt Primary DNS server IP gt lt Secondary DNS server IP gt lt CR gt lt LF gt MSDNS 5 lt Primary DNS server IP gt lt Secondary DNS server IP gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt CR gt lt LF gt OK Test AT MSDNS MSDNS List of supported lt Socket_id gt s lt IP gt lt IP gt The following table shows the MSDNS parameters Table 3 210 MSDNS Parameters lt P
169. 1234 MIPOPEN 2 1300 123 133 074 192 1242 1 Opening socket 2 using UDP protocol from port 1300 targeting 123 133 074 192 port 1242 AT MIPOPEN 1 1222 123 245 213 012 1234 0 Opening socket 1 using TCP protocol from port 1222 targeting 123 245 213 012 port 1234 AT MIPOPEN Invalid command ERROR AT MIPOPEN Terminal checking the free sockets MIPOPEN 3 4 OK AT MIPOPEN 1 0 WWW GOOGLE COM 80 0 TCP OK MIPOPEN 1 1 AT MIPOPEN 1 0 www google com 80 0 TCP OK MIPOPEN 1 1 AT MIPOPEN 2 0 www google com 80 1 UDP OK MIPOPEN 2 1 MIPODM Open a Socket UDP or TCP in Online Data Mode This command causes the G24 L to initialize a new socket that waits for a connection from a remote machine or opens a connection with a remote side according to received parameters and switch it to Online raw data transfer Data Mode and open a connection with a remote side Notes MIPxxx is a complete set of GPRS commands This set should not be used with other GPRS commands such as CGATT CGACT and so on Online Data Mode allows the user to transfer raw data from terminal to Network and vice versa over a GPRS channel Currently only RS232 connection to terminal with hardware flow control is supported Each socket allocates an accumulating buffer whose size is 1372 bytes When the user sends amount of data less then buffer size the data is being sent to Network after a spooling timeout 200 mS otherwis
170. 3 93 SMS CMGR MMGR Read Message These commands handle the reading of SMs The command displays the message in location index of the preferred message storage lt mem1 gt selected using the CPMS command If the status of the message is RECEIVED UNREAD the CMGR command changes the status to RECEIVED READ The MMGR command does not change the message status Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set CMGR lt index gt or MMGR lt index gt If text mode CMGF 1 command execution is successful and SMS DELIVER CMGR lt stat gt lt oa gt lt alpha gt lt scts gt lt tooa gt lt fo gt lt pid gt lt dcs gt lt sca gt lt tosca gt lt lengt h gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt data gt If text mode CMGF 1 command execution is successful and SMS SUBMIT CMGR lt stat gt lt da gt lt alpha gt lt toda gt lt fo gt lt pid gt lt dcs gt lt vp gt lt sca gt lt tosca gt s lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt data gt If text mode CMGF 1 command execution is successful and SMS COMMAND CMGR lt stat gt lt fo gt lt ct gt lt pid gt lt mn gt lt da gt lt toda gt lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt cdata gt If text mode CMGF 1 command execution is successful and CBM storage CMGR lt stat gt lt sn gt lt mid gt lt dcs gt lt page gt lt pages gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt data gt If text mode
171. 3 Service or option not available unspecified 65 Bearer service not implemented 69 Requested facility not implemented 70 Only restricted digital information bearer capability is available 79 Service or option not implemented unspecified 81 Invalid transaction identifier value 87 User not member of CUG 88 Incompatible destination 91 Invalid transit network selection 95 Semantically incorrect message 96 Invalid mandatory information 97 Message type non existent or not implemented 98 Message type not compatible with protocol state 99 Information element non existent or not implemented 100 Conditional IE error 101 Message not compatible with protocol state 102 Recovery on timer expiry 111 Protocol error unspecified 127 Interworking unspecified Example At CEER CEER No information available OK AT CEER CEER 2 OK AT CEER CEER 001 002 OK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 215 UI User Interface UI User Interface CRSM Restricted SIM Access This command provides limited access to the Elementary Files on the SIM Access to the SIM database is restricted to the commands which are listed at command All parameters of AT CRSM are used as specified by GSM 11 11 version 8 7 0 As response to the command the G24 L sends the actual SIM information parameters and response data Error result code CME ERROR may be returned if the command cannot be transferred to the SIM e g if the SIM is
172. 30636A 5926616D703B707265763D2F223E686572653C2F413E2E0D0A 3C2F424F44593 E3C2F48544D4C3E0D0A MIPSTAT 2 1 40 MPING Start Ping Execution ICMP Protocol This command allows to verify IP connectivity to another remote machine computer by sending one or more Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP Echo Request messages The receipt of corresponding Echo Reply messages are displayed along with round trip times Valid IP address must be obtained using AT MIPCALL command prior to starting ping execution Only one ping request execution will be allowed at any given moment Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set MPING lt mode OK The set command gt lt Destination or shall send a lt count gt ee gee CME ERROR lt err gt count gt ssize T TL ICMP Echo Request T messages to a target lt node defined by L lt TimeOut gt lt Destination IP hostname gt parameter If lt mode gt is equal 0 no parameters trailing lt mode gt parameter are allowed otherwise ERROR message will be reported to DTE If lt mode gt is equal 0 MS will abort sending Echo Request messages if ping request is in process otherwise ERROR message will be reported to DTE Unsolicited MPING The receipt of Response lt Destination IP gt lt type gt lt code gt corresponding ICMP L lt RTT gt Echo Reply messages i will be displayed within unsolicited responses along wit
173. 5658278 OK atdl ATDL 035658278 OK OK atdl ATDL 035658278 OK Last called number is 035658278 DATA call VOICE call Last called number is 035658278 123 78 DATA call Voice Call Manipulations Call Waiting AT CCWA 1 OK atd9311234567 OK OK conversation Enabling the call waiting on G24 L Originate a voice call Voice call connected CCWA 4358317654321 145 1 Bob Call waiting indication received by the G24 L Bob is calling CCWA 4358317654321 145 1 Bob AT CHLD 0 OK NO CARRIER Call Forwarding AT CCFC 1 3 0545658278 OK AT CCFC 1 1 OK AT CCFC 1 2 CCFC 1 1 0545658278 129 2 1 0545658278 129 4 1 0545658278 129 OK Release the waiting call Current call is still active Network register UC forward to of all classes Network activate UC forward to of all classes At this point the G24 L will not receive any calls all calls will be forwarded by the network to phone number 0545658278 Interrogate reason unconditional of all classes Class voice UC forwarding is activated Class data UC forwarding is activated Class fax UC forwarding is activated 4 16 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 4 Using the Commands Conference Call atd051632601 Dialing the first member of the conference OK OK AT CHLD 2 Call hold switch command OK Active call
174. 57 1 BYTE lt TP OA gt Originating address formatted according 2 12 BYTES to the formatting rules of address fields lt TP PID gt Protocol Identifier Values between 1 BYTE 0 255 lt TP DCS gt Data Coding Scheme Values between 1 BYTE 0 255 lt TP SCTS gt The TP Service Center Time Stamp field 7 BYTE is given in semi octet representation and represents the local time as described in GSM03 40 lt TP UDL gt User data length 1 BYTE TP UD User data 0 140 BYTES Note Any unused bits will be set to zero and will be ignored by the receiving entity 3 96 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Table 3 57 lt fo gt for SMS DELIVER Message Message Reference number which identifying the previously submitted SMS SUBMIT or SMS COMMAND Bit s Reference Description 0 1 Message Type Indicator Parameter describing the message type 0 0 SMS DELIVER in the direction SC to MS 2 TP More Message To Send Parameter indicating whether or not more messages are waiting to the MS in the SC 0 More messages are waiting for the MS in this SC No more messages are waiting for the MS in this SC 5 TP Status Report Indication Parameter indicating if a status report is requested by the MS 0 A status report is not requested 1 A status report is requested 6 TP User Data Header Indicator Parameter indicati
175. 65034 81 29 0 0 04 11 04 09 48 36 08 97254120032 145 3 ABC OK CNMI New Message Indications to Terminal This command handles enabling of unsolicited notifications to the terminal when an SM is received by the G24 L After sending an unsolicited response to the TE the G24 L will expect a CNMA new message acknowledgement from the TE within a predefined timeout of 60 seconds The G24 L will not send another unsolicited response to the TE before the previous one is acknowledged If acknowledged within the timeout the new SM is not saved in the message storage If not the new SM is saved in the message storage and CNMI parameters are set to 0 Command Type Syntax Response Action Set CNMI lt mode gt OK lt mt gt lt bm gt or L lt ds gt lt bfr gt I CMS ERROR lt err gt 3 82 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Command Type Syntax Response Action Read CNMI CNMI lt mode gt lt mt gt lt bm gt lt ds gt lt bfr gt Test CNMI CNMI list of supported lt mode gt s list of supported lt mt gt s list of supported lt bm gt s list of supported lt ds gt s list of supported lt bfr gt s The following table shows the CNMI parameters Table 3 49 CNMI Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt mode gt 0 Buffer unsolicited result code
176. 700 00L prepaid before the test AT OK AT CAOC 2 OK atd 97254565190 OK OK CCCM 000000 CCCM 000006 AT CAOC CAOC 000009 OK CCCM 00000 CCCM 000016 AT CAOC CAOC 000014 OK CCCM 00001e CCCM 000027 AT CAOC 0 CAOC 000024 OK AT CAOC 2 OK CCCM 000034 AT CAOC CAOC 00003f OK CCCM 000046 AT CCCM 00004 CAOC CAOC 00004f OK CCCM 000056 AT CAOC CAOC 000054 OK CCCM 00005 NO CARRIER AT CAOC CAOC 000066 OK 567 prepaid SIM value 102 price per call unit by provider x 66 call units 465 left in prepaid SIM OK There is now 46500 00L prepaid remaining on the SIM card Note The above example shows first time activation of the AOC feature using the G24 L Therefore the accumulated cost is equal to the current call cost April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 45 Call Control CACM Accumulated Call Meter This command resets the Advice of Charge accumulated call meter value in the SIM file EFACM ACM contains the total number of home units for both the current call and preceding calls mman XT and Syntax Response Action Remarks ype Set CACM lt passwd gt OK The Set command resets the CME ERROR err accumulated call meter value SIM PIN is required Read CACM acm The Read command displays the CME ERROR lt err gt current value of ACM Test
177. AODO0A MIPSEND 2 1 1372 OK MIPSTAT 2 0 30 MIPXON 2 MIPSTAT 2 0 40 MIPRTCP 2 530 485454502F312E312033303220466F756E640D0A 4C6F636174696FGE3A 206874 74703A2F2F7777712kE676F6F676C652E636F2E696C2F63786665723F633D505245462533443A 544025334 43131313935 MIPRTCP 2 450 31343833323A5325334467384A 637631426A 5458472D30636A 5926707265763D 2F0D0A5365742D436F6F6B69653A 20505245463D49443D363930376262383735313862663233373A43523D 313A544D3D MIPRTCP 2 370 313131393531343833323A4C4D3D313131393531343833323A 533D644F656476 7A6C34765F7059475A384A3B20657870697265733D53756E2C2031372D4A 616E2D323033382031393A31 343A30372047 MIPRTCP 2 290 4D543B20706174683D2F3B20646F6D61696E3D2E676F6F676C652E636F6D0D0A 436F6E74656E74 2D547970653A20746578742F68746D6C0D0A 5365727665723A204757532F322E310D0A 436F6E74656E MIPRTCP 2 210 742D4C656E6774683A203231370D0A446174653A205468752C203233204A 756E20323030352030383 A32303A 333220474D540D0A436F6E6E656374696F6E3A 20636C6F73650D0A 0D0A3C48544D4C3E3C April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 291 GPRS MIPRTCP 2 130 484541443E3C5449544C453E333032204D6F7665643C2F5449544C453E3C2F484541443E3C424F44 593E0A3C48313E333032204D6F7665643C2F48313E0A 54686520646F63756D656E7420686173206D MIPRTCP 2 50 6F7665640A 3C4120485245463D22687474703A 2F2F7777772E676F 6F676C652E636F 2E696C2F63786 665723F633D505245462533443A 544D253344313131393531343833323A 5325334467384A 637631 MIPRTCP 2 0 426A5458472D
178. APATH 1 2 Direct 1 input accy 2 headset mic OK 2 1 3 Direct 2 output accy 1 speaker feature 1 voice and keypad OK AT MAPATH Set the headset mic as the input accessory MAPATH 1 2 Direct 1 input accy 2 headset mic MAPATH 2 1 1 MAPATH 2 1 2 MAPATH 2 3 4 MAPATH 2 3 8 OK AT MAPATH Direct 2 output accy 1 speaker feature 1 voice Direct 2 output accy 1 speaker feature 2 keypad Direct 2 output accy 3 alert speaker feature 4 alert Direct 2 output accy 3 alert speaker feature 8 ring MAPATH 1 2 1 4 1 15 OK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 165 Audio MAVOL Volume Setting This command enables you to determine a volume level for a particular feature via a particular accessory The gain levels are saved in flex Therefore upon power up the path active mic speaker and alert speaker will have these saved gain levels This command is applicable for Analog and Digital modes Note The SMS MT volume is adjusted using the MAVOL command with type ring The RING value is related to the SMS alert the MT call and so on Output Input MAVOL MAMUT E 1 1 1 xample of current G24 Lvolume levels Matrix Headset Speaker Handset Speaker Alert Transducer DigitalTX Features d Handset Microphone Headset Microphone Digital RX
179. AT Commands Reference Example AT amp F amp F 0 OK Z Reset to Default Configuration This command drops the current call and resets the values to default configuration Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set ATZ lt value gt OK or CMS ERROR lt err gt Read The Read command for Z is not defined and therefore is not supported by the G24 L The G24 L returns an error Test The Test command for Z is not defined and therefore is not supported by the G24 L The G24 L returns an error The following table shows the Z parameters Table 3 134 Z Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt value gt 0 Set to user profile 0 1 Set to user profile 1 The default value is 0 Example 70 Sleep Mode Commands When the G24 L is connected using RS232 connection to external device a sleep mechanism is available In order to improve the power consumption the G24 L supports a low power consumption mode called Sleep mode The G24 L has internal decision conditions for entering and exiting sleep mode As the terminal and the G24 L operate in a combined system and as the communication between the G24 L and the terminal must be reliable there should be a mechanism agreed upon by both the G24 L and the terminal to co ordinate their separate sleep mode entering and exiting sequences The G24 L will not enter sleep mode unless the ter
180. AUD 19200 Same as issuing this command OK 2 RS232 HW lines configuration amp C DCD amp D DTR amp K flow control Default settings should be AT amp C1 OK AT amp D2 OK AT amp K3 OK 3 Modem IDs optional CGMI CGMM CGMR CGSN AT CGMI CGMI Motorola OK AT CGMM CGMM GSM900 GSM1800 GSM1900 GSM850 MODEL G24 L OK AT CGMR CGMR G24 L _0C 11 45R OK AT CGSN Read the IMEI number of the G24 L CGSN 448954035283579 OK 4 Error messages optional CMEE CEER AT CMEE 2 Enable CME ERROR error messages verbose string OK AT CEER 2 Enable CEER call status indication verbose string OK 4 6 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 4 Using the Commands SIM Card Status To enable the module to transfer from basic commands to full operational mode a SIM card must be ready and the PIN enabled See Developer s Guide CPIN READY Figure 4 7 SIM Card Status Note For a full description of SIM states see CPIN Enter PIN for Unlocking SIM Card or Enter PUK for Unblocking SIM Card on page 3 177 The following steps are part of the SIM card status step 1 Check SIM security AT CPIN 2 Confirm that the result is CPIN READY 3 If the SIM PIN is required then the following response appears CPIN SIM PIN 4 Unlock the SIM if needed Note XXXX is the PIN password 4 8 digits long 5 If the SIM PUK PUK2
181. April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference ATS97 Antenna Diagnostic This command indicates whether an antenna is physically connected to the G24 L RF connector This information is also provided by a dedicated hardware signal which is outputted on pin 41 ANT_DET of the interface connector Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Execute ATS97 OK or CME ERROR lt err gt Read ATS97 lt info gt The Read command indicates whether OK the antenna is connected or CME ERROR lt err gt The following table shows the ATS97 parameters Table 3 94 ATS97 Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt info gt 000 The antenna is not connected 001 The antenna is connected Example Connect the antenna ATS97 001 ATS97 OK ATS97 ERROR Disconnect the antenna ATS97 000 MRST Perform Hard Reset The MRST command enables customer software to perform a hard reset to the G24 L unit Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set MRST OK The Set command performs a graceful hard reset to the G24 L module Note The Read and Test commands are not permitted for the MRST command April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 143 Hardware Information Example AT MRST OK Result G24 L module performs a power down MIOC Motorola I O Configure This com
182. April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 295 GPRS Example AT MIPCALL 1 internet OK MIPCALL 10 170 4 111 AT MPING 1 10 170 4 112 OK MPING MPING MPING MPING 10 170 4 112 0 0 400 10 170 4 112 0 0 420 10 170 4 112 0 0 440 10 170 4 112 0 0 410 Ping remote computer using default parameters Echo Reply message received RTT is 400 ms Ping request execution is completed Four Echo Request messages were sent and four Echo Reply messages were received Average RTT is 417 milliseconds MPINGSTAT 0 10 170 4 112 4 4 417 MPINGSTAT Status Update for MPING Execution This is the unsolicited response that the G24 L sends to the terminal to inform of ping execution status update and provides summary statistics of ping request when ping request execution is completed Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Unsolicited MPINGSTAT The receipt of Response lt status gt lt Destination corresponding ICMP IP gt lt SentMessages gt Echo Reply messages will be displayed lt ReceivedMessages gt lt AverageRTT gt within unsolicited responses along with round trip times 3 296 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the MPINGSTAT unsolicited response parameters Table 3 209 MPINGSTAT Unsolicited Response Parameters
183. Before Sending Data to the Terminal This command sets the value of the delay before sending data to the terminal Before receiving data the terminal connected to the G24 L will receive Terminal Wakeup signal the Wakeup Out Line pin 26 state will be active low e A delay that is equal ATS102 value Data GPRS CSD AT commands echo and results unsolicited reports April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 203 Modem Configuration and Profile Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set ATS102 lt value gt OK The Set command sets the delay before sending data to the terminal and defines a period between sending the wakeup signal and sending data to the terminal Read ATS102 lt value gt The Read command returns the current OK value The following table shows the S102 parameters Table 3 136 S102 Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt value gt 0 lt value lt 255 The default value is 30 ms Example ATS102 lt enter gt 030 OK ATS102 100 lt enter gt OK ATS102 lt enter gt 100 OK This means if there is data for transmission to the terminal the G24 L drops the Wakeup Out line waits 100 ms and then sends data to the terminal 100 Set Minimum Time for Terminal to Fall into Sleep Mode ATS 100 is a terminal minimum time limit for entering sleep mode In order to limit th
184. CACM OK The Test command indicates whether the CACM command is functioning The following table shows the CACM parameters Table 3 22 CACM Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt passwd gt SIM PIN2 password Maximum string length is 8 characters If this value is exceeded the command terminates in an error If PIN2 is incorrect CME ERROR incorrect password is displayed lt acm gt Accumulated call meter maximum value similar to CCM Refer to CAOC Advice of Charge page 3 44 The default is 0 ccm String type three bytes of the current call meter value in hexadecimal format for example 00001E indicates a decimal value of 30 Value is given in home units bytes are similarly coded as the ACMmax value in the SIM Example AT CACM OK AT CACM CACM 000000 OK AT CACM 2222 OK 3 46 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference CAMM Accumulated Call Meter Maximum This command sets the Advice of Charge accumulated call meter maximum value in the SIM file EFACMmax ACMmax contains the maximum number of home units the subscriber is able to consume When the ACM Refer to CACM Accumulated Call Meter page 3 46 reaches ACMmax additional calls mobile originated and mobile terminated calls that incur charges are prohibited except for emergency calls Refer to GSM 02 24
185. CIND service 0 1 call 0 1 recmsg 0 1 simav 0 1 Roam 0 2 signal 0 5 smsfull 0 1 OK AT CIND CIND 1 0 0 1 0 5 0 OK ATD 035684469 OK CONNECT AT CIND CIND 1 1 0 1 0 5 0 OK 3 228 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Unsolicited Ul Status Messages Certain actions performed in the G24 L UI by the user are transmitted to all attached accessories primarily as a notification of a change in state For example notification of a phone book storage recall operation or setting a call restriction level These messages are required by certain accessories to maintain local information or to provide additional information on an auxiliary display CIEV Indicator Event Reporting When a G24 L indication is changed and the ind parameter of the CMER command is set to 1 the CIEV indication is sent to the DTE Unsolicited Report CIEV lt ind gt lt value gt The following table shows the CIEV parameters Table 3 151 CIEV Parameters lt ind gt Description lt value gt Range Explanation 0 Battery indicator 0 3 0 Low battery 3 Full battery 1 Signal bars 0 5 0 No signal 1 Low signal strength 5 High signal strength 2 Service availability 0 1 0 Service available 1 Service not available 3 Unread message 0 1 0 No unread messages indication 1 Unread messages exist 4 Call in progr
186. CLASS CC Note that CC is a not supported value April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 231 GPRS CGDCONT Define PDP Context This command specifies the PDP Packet Data Protocol context Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT CGDCONT lt cid gt OK The Set command specifies the context lt PDP_type gt lt APN gt identification parameter values for a lt PDP_addr gt lt d_com CME ERROR lt err gt PDP context A special form of the Set p gt lt h_comp gt command CGDCONT lt cid gt causes the values for context number lt cid gt to become undefined Read AT CGDCONT CGDCONT lt cid gt The Read command returns the current lt PDP_type gt lt APN gt settings for each defined context lt PDP_addr gt lt data_comp gt lt head_comp gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CGDCONT lt cid gt lt PDP_type gt lt APN gt lt PDP_addr gt lt data_comp gt lt head_comp gt Test AT CGDCONT CGDCONT range of The Test command returns the values supported lt cid gt s supported as a compound value If the lt PDP_type gt list of ME supports several PDP types supported lt d_comp gt s lt PDP_type gt the parameter value list of supported ranges for each lt PDP_type gt are lt h_comp gt s returned on a separate line 3 232 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3
187. COPS COPS list of The Test command returns a list of supported lt stat gt long alpha numeric lt oper gt short alphanumeric lt oper gt numeric lt oper gt list of supported lt mode gt s list of supported lt format gt s OK or CME ERROR lt err gt quadruplets each representing an operator present in the network A quadruplet consists of an integer indicating the availability of the operator lt stat gt long and short alphanumeric format of the name of the operator and numeric format representation of the operator If any of the formats are unavailable there is an empty field After the operator list the G24 L returns lists of the supported lt mode gt s and lt format gt s These lists are separated from the operator list by two commas April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 123 Network The following table shows the COPS parameters Table 3 78 COPS Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt format gt The operator format type 0 Long alphanumeric 1 Short alphanumeric 2 Numeric The default value is 0 lt mode gt Determines whether what is displayed is defined by lt oper gt or is done automatically by the G24 L 0 Automatic lt oper gt field is ignored 1 Manual lt oper gt field is present 2 De register from network 3 Set only lt format gt lt oper gt field is ignored used for Read command only do
188. CPOL CPOL The Read command displays all the lt index1 gt lt format gt lt oper1 gt preferred operators that have been lt CR gt lt LF gt CPOL entered into the list lt index2 gt lt format gt lt oper2 gt OK or CME ERROR lt err gt Test AT CPOL CPOL list of supported The Test command displays the lt index gt s list of supported entire index range supported by the lt format gt s SIM OK or CME ERROR lt err gt Index range is SIM dependent April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 125 Network The following table shows the CPOL parameters Table 3 79 CPOL Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt indexn gt Order number of network operator in the SIM preferred operator list lt format gt Defines the lt oper gt format 0 Long alphanumeric format up to 16 characters 1 Short alphanumeric format up to 8 characters 2 Numeric default lt oper gt Name of the network operator Note To delete an entry from the list enter an lt index gt without an lt oper gt If an lt oper gt is entered without an lt index gt the lt oper gt is placed in the next free location in the list To change the format of lt oper gt displayed with the Read command enter a lt format gt User is prevented to edit index No 0 This is the HOME PLMN and is not stored in the SIM preferred list element file When entering a new i
189. CR gt lt LF gt lt data gt The parameters lt tooa toda gt lt length gt refer command shows the Text Mode Parameters CSDH and will be shown according to CSDH settings If text mode CMGF 1 command execution is successful and SMS COMMANDs CMGL lt index gt lt stat gt lt fo gt lt ct gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CMGL lt index gt lt stat gt lt fo gt lt ct gt If text mode CMGF 1 command execution is successful and CBM storage CMGL lt index gt lt stat gt lt sn gt lt mid gt lt page gt lt pages gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt data gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CMGL lt index gt lt stat gt lt sn gt lt mid gt lt page gt lt pages gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt data gt If text mode CMGF 1 command execution is successful and SMS STATUS_REPORTs CMGL lt index gt lt stat gt lt fo gt lt mr gt lt ra gt lt tora gt lt scts gt lt dt gt lt st gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CMGL lt index gt lt stat gt lt fo gt lt mr gt lt ra gt lt tora gt lt scts gt lt dt gt lt st gt In PDU mode CMGF 0 CMGL lt index gt lt stat gt lt alpha gt lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt pd u gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CMGL lt index gt lt stat gt lt alpha gt lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt pdu gt Or CMS ERROR lt err gt CMGL list of supported lt stat gt s MMGL list of supported lt stat gt s The Test command li
190. CST unsolicited indication lt state gt 1 Idle call state 2 Single incoming call 3 Single call active 4 Multi party call active 5 Single call held 6 Multi party call held 7 Dual call fully connected active call and held call 8 Dual multi party call active 9 Dual multi party call held 10 Single active call plus call waiting 11 Multi party call active plus call waiting 12 Single call held plus call waiting 13 Multi party call held plus call waiting 14 Dual calls plus call waiting 15 Dual multi party calls active plus call waiting 16 Dual multi party calls held plus call waiting 17 Call control busy 64 Calling 68 No Service 69 No Redial 72 Security Fail Example AT MCST MCST lt idle gt AT MCST 1 OK atd035684423 MCST 17 OK MCST 17 MCST 255 OK MCST 3 MCST 17 NO CARRIER MCST 1 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 43 Call Control Call Advice of Charge Commands This set of commands enables GSM operators to offer Advice of Charge AoC services that calculate call charges These charges are expressed in terms of home units CAOC Advice of Charge This command displays information about the cost of calls If supported this command also activates deactivates unsolicited event reporting of the CCM Current Call Meter information The unsolicited report CCCM lt ccm gt is sent when the CCM value chan
191. Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference O Return to Online Data State This command returns the G24 L from the Command mode to the Online Data mode and issues a CONNECT or CONNECT lt text gt result code After dialing or answering atd ata commands and connect the phone enters the Online Data mode where it is able to transfer data but not to enter AT commands The ESC command transfers the phone to the Command mode able to input AT commands while preserving the Data call The O command returns the phone to the fully Online Data mode as it was before using the ESC command Note The escape character can be changed using the S2 register The time delay between consecutive escape characters is configured using the S12 register command Syntax Response Action Type Execute ATO CONNECT CME ERROR lt err gt If phone is not in Data Call NO CARRIER If connection is not successfully resumed Example ATD035684072 Calling a remote modem data call CONNECT G24 L is in Data mode Escaping back to Command mode using the sequence OK AT G24 L is in Command mode OK ATO Returning to Data mode CONNECT amp Q Asynchronous Mode This command selects the asynchronous mode and has no effect Qn Description Qo Normal asynchronous operation no error correction Q5 Error corrected operation default
192. Data Transfer Example AT MIPCALL 1 orange test test OK MIPCALL 172 17 242 86 AT MIPOPEN 1 1222 123 245 213 012 1234 0 Opening socket 1 using TCP protocol from port 1222 targeting 123 245 213 012 port 1234 OK MIPOPEN 1 1 AT MIPOPEN Terminal checking the status of socket to be opened socket 1 opened OK MIPOPEN 234 MIPSETS 1 340 Asking the G24 L to accumulate 340 bytes on socket 1 prior to sending MIPSETS 0 OK AT MIPSETS MIPSETS 1 340 OK AT MIPSEND 1 444444 Sent coded DDD string MIPSEND 1 1497 Free storage in the accumulating buffer OK Note This step can be repeated several times until the buffer is full or until the amount of data reaches 340 bytes and data pushed into the stack AT MIPSEND Checking the size remaining optional MIPSEND 1 1497 OK MIPPUSH 1 Terminal asks G24 L to flush the buffer in socket 1 MIPPUSH 0 MIPCLOSE 1 Terminal closes the socket MIPCLOSE 1 OK MIPCALL 0 Terminal hangs up the link OK Multi point Data Transfer Example AT MIPCALL 1 orange test test OK MIPCALL 172 17 242 86 AT MIPOPEN 1 1001 172 17 238 44 1001 0 OK MIPOPEN 1 1 2 1111 172 17 238 44 1111 0 MIPOPEN 2 1 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 4 29 TCP IP MIPSETS 1 200 Asking the G24 L to accumulate 200 bytes on socket 1 prior to sending MIPSETS 0 OK MIPSETS 2 400 Ask
193. Enable echo cancellation and noise suppression Handsfree Terminal Handset Figure 4 24 Handset or Handsfree Setup 4 32 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 5 Tools Tools Overview This chapter describes the G24 L Drivers and application flashing tool The G24 L Drivers USB and RS232 enables the use of the G24 L as a PC external modem for performing GPRS packet data connections The flashing application enables users to reprogram and upgrade G24 L modules SW version through an USB RS232 interface More detailed information regarding the drivers and the flashing application tool will be provided in a separate document April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 5 1 Tools Overview 5 2 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Appendix A Reference Tables This appendix contains the following sections AT Commands Alphabetical Summary below Character Set Table CS1 GSM UCS 2 Page 17 Character Set Table CS2 ASCII lt gt UTF 8 Page 21 Character Set Table CS3 UCS 2 lt gt UTF 8 Page 21 Character Set Table CS6 UCS 2 Full Table Page 21 Character Set Table CS7 ASCII table Page 22 Note Character Set Table CS6 UCS 2 is provided on CD due to its size AT Commands Alphabetical Summary The following table contains an alphabetical list of all the G24 L AT commands Table A 1
194. G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Table 3 169 Profile Structure Byte 6 Event driven information extensions Bit Description b5 b6 b7 b8 RFU bit 0 Table 3 170 Profile Structure Byte 7 Multiple card proactive commands Bit Description bl Proactive SIM POWER ON CARD b2 Proactive SIM POWER OFF CARD b3 Proactive SIM PERFORM CARD APDU b4 Proactive SIM GET READER STATUS Card reader status b5 Proactive SIM GET READER STATUS Card reader identifier b6 RFU bit 0 b7 b8 Table 3 171 Profile Structure Byte 8 Proactive SIM Bit Description bl Proactive SIM TIMER MANAGEMENT start stop b2 Proactive SIM TIMER MANAGEMENT get current value b3 Proactive SIM PROVIDE LOCAL INFORMATION date time and time zone b4 Binary choice in GET INKEY b5 SET UP IDLE MODE TEXT b6 RUN AT COMMAND that is class b is supported b7 2nd alpha identifier in SET UP CALL b8 2nd capability configuration parameter see 3GPP TS 11 14 version 8 9 0 Release 1999 subclause 9 1 6 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 251 GPRS Table 3 172 Profile Structure Byte 9 Proactive SIM Bit Description bl Sustain
195. GD list of valid The Test command displays the index s list of valid supported values of n deflag s The following table shows the CMGD parameters Table 3 68 CMGD Parameters Parameter Description index 1 352 Index in the SMS memory of the message to be deleted lt delflag gt 0 Deletes the message specified in lt index gt 1 Deletes all read messages 2 Deletes all read messages and sent MO messages 3 Deletes all read messages sent and unsent MO messages 4 Deletes all messages Example AT CMGD 4 OK AT CMGD 1 3 OK 3 108 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference CGSMS Select Service for MO SMS Messages This command handles the selection of the service or service preference used by the G24 L to send mobile originated SMS messages Note This command is network dependent which means that the network must support SMS over GPRS mman cs and Syntax Response Action Remarks ype Set CGSMS lt service gt OK The Set command selects the service CME ERROR err Service preference used to send SMS messages The value that is set is not retained after a power cycle Read CGSMS CGSMS lt service gt The Read command displays the CME ERROR err Current SMS service preference setting Test CGSMS CGSMS list of The Test command displays a list of currentl
196. I New Message Indications to Terminal on page 3 82 This unsolicited message displays the received SMS DELIVER message Unsolicited Response In text mode CMGF 1 CDS lt fo gt lt mr gt lt ra gt lt tora gt lt scts gt lt dt gt lt st gt lt CR gt lt LF gt G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference In PDU mode CMGF 0 CDS lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt pdu gt The following table shows the CDS parameters Table 3 53 CDS Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt fo gt First octet of the SM mr Message Reference ra Message Recipient address tora Type of Recipient address lt scts gt Service center time stamp lt dt gt Discharge Time lt st gt Status After sending a CDS unsolicited response to the TE the G24 L will expect a CNMA new message acknowledgement from the TE within a predefined timeout of 60 seconds The G24 L will not send another CDS unsolicited response to the TE before the previous one is acknowledged If the CDS is acknowledged within the timeout the new SM is not saved in the message storage If the CDS is not acknowledged and the timeout has expired the new SM is saved in the message storage and CNMI parameter ds is set to 07 Example AT CMGF 1 OK AT CSMP 49 OK AT CSMP CSMP 49 167 0 0 OK AT CNMI 0 0 0 1 OK AT CMGS 05246800
197. ING RING 3 18 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference RING AT CRC 1 Enable extended ring format OK CRING REL ASYNC CRING REL ASYNC ath AT CRC 1 OK Mobile fax call terminated multi numbered scheme from PSTN fax machine CRING ALT Voice Fax NO CARRIER OK CLIP Calling Line Identification This command controls the Calling Line Identity CLI presentation indication to the terminal when an incoming call is detected by the G24 L This command allows the user to query the provisioning status of the CLI by the network and by the G24 L The command also allows the user to enable disable the CLI presentation by the G24 L to the terminal The CLIP indication information varies depending on what is provided by the network and what information is stored in the G24 L phone book Command T Syntax Response Action Remarks ype Set AT CLIP lt n gt OK The Set command enables or disables CME ERROR lt err gt the presentation of the CLI indication from the G24 L to the terminal Note The Set command does not address the network Read AT CLIP CLIP lt n gt lt m gt The Read command returns the CLIP OK enable disable state in the G24 L as well as in the network provisioning state of the CLI presentation Test The Test command returns the Set command options 0 1 CLIP Indication When the CLI presen
198. Input Characters and Hexadecimal 3 78 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual xi List of Tables 3 45 HESCA Parameters 22 gee ince Ede ene db gn 3 79 3 46 CSMP 2 3 80 3 47 VP Relative Format In Integer 3 80 3 48 CSDH 3 82 3 49 CNMI Parameters 0 eee ee en hr rra 3 83 3 50 Parameters 2 3 86 3 51 EMT Parameters sc eost oe oe wih E aoe deg at ia ay AL A EA 3 87 3 52 CDSI 3 88 3 53 PEIDS Parameters ne a doeet e di t RE uolet 3 89 3 54 CGML MMGL Parameters 2 1 3 92 3 55 CMGR MMGER Parameters 3 95 3 56 Layout of SMS DELIVER in PDU Mode according to 5 03 40 3 06 3 57 fo for SMS DELIVER 3 97 3 58 Layout of SMS STATUS REPORT in PDU Mode according to 5 03 40 3 97 3 59 fo for SMS STATUS REPORT Message 3 99 3 60 TP PI for SMS STATUS
199. KP Parameters of MTKP Field 3 259 3 186 MTKP Set Command 3 262 3 187 MTKP Parameters Response Code 26 3 265 3 188 Iurrent Event E 3 266 3 189 Parameters Lette eto AE ms desde 3 267 3 190 mample Language Codes reri Gets rea tained eee se eos 3 268 3 191 EXL NE Barameters ste due Reus 3 272 3 192 MTKM Unsolicited Identification 3 273 3 193 iE wos 709m Me ee eee tae es 3 274 3 194 Parameters 20 5 coute Sepa Sone 3 275 3 195 EDI PCALL Parameters 2 2 eoe esM 3 277 3 196 EMIPOBEN Patrametets owiehe 3 278 3 197 MIPODM Parameters re RT TT TET En n n ati mim mS 3 281 3 198 SMIPCLOSE Parametetrs ES 3 282 3 199 XMIPSETS Paratmetets 3 283 3 200 AMIPSEND ed 3 284 3 201 MIPPUSH Parameters 72 3 286 3 202 MIPFLUSH Parameters 3 286 3 203 MIPRUDP Parameters 3 287 3 204 MIPRITCP ES 3 288 3 205 MIPSTAT
200. M 02 90 Page 3 53 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual A 9 AT Commands Alphabetical Summary Table A 1 AT Commands Alphabetical Cont AT Command Description Page EMPC This command unlocks or resets the first PLMN of the inserted SIM Page 3 187 EPIN FMI This command is only relevant for phones that use SIM cards It verifies the PIN2 indicator This command requests manufacturer identification Page 3 181 Page 3 1 FMM This command requests the model identification Page 3 2 FMR This command requests the revision identification Page 3 3 GMI This command requests manufacturer identification Page 3 1 GMM GMR GSN This command requests the model identification This command requests the revision identification This command requests the product serial number identification Page 3 2 Page 3 3 Page 3 3 ICF This command determines the local serial port start stop asynchronous character framing used by the DCE when accepting DTE commands and transmitting information text and result codes whenever these are not done automatically Page 3 142 IPR This command is responsible for setting and saving the request baud rate Page 3 133 MADIGITAL This command switches between analog and digital audio modes Page 3 170 MAFEAT This command control
201. M module and or accessories in question to Motorola s Authorized Repair or Service Center in the original configuration and packaging as supplied by Motorola Please avoid leaving any supplementary items like SIM cards The Product should also be accompanied by a label with your name address and telephone number name of operator and a description of the problem In order to be eligible to receive warranty service you must present your receipt of purchase or a comparable substitute proof of purchase bearing the date of purchase The phone should also clearly display the original compatible electronic serial number IMEI and mechanic serial number MSN Such information is contained with the Product You must ensure that all and any repairs or servicing is handled at all times by a Motorola Authorized Service Center in accordance with the Motorola Service requirements In some cases you may be requested to provide additional information concerning the maintenance of the Products by Motorola Authorized Service Centers only therefore it is important to keep a record of any previous repairs and make them available if questions arise concerning maintenance Conditions This warranty will not apply if the type or serial numbers on the Product has been altered deleted duplicated removed or made illegible Motorola reserves the right to refuse free of charge warranty service if the requested documentation can not be presented or if the informati
202. MS Values between 0 255 lt TP PID gt Protocol Identifier Values between 1 BYTE 0 255 lt TP CT gt Command Type 1 BYTE lt TP MN gt Message Number 1 BYTE lt TP DA gt Destination address formatted according 2 12 BYTES to the formatting rules of address fields 3 104 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Table 3 65 Layout of SMS COMMAND in PDU Mode according to GSM03 40 Reference Description Length lt TP CDL gt Command data length 1 BYTE lt TP CD gt Command data 0 156 BYTES Table 3 66 lt fo gt for SMS SUBMIT Message Bit s Reference Description Message Type Indicator TP Reject Duplicates Parameter describing the message type 0 1 SMS SUBMIT in the direction MS to SC Parameter indicating whether or not the SC shall accept an SMS SUBMIT for an SM still held in the SC which has the same MR and the same DA as a previously submitted SM from the same OA 0 Instruct the SC to accept an SMS SUBMIT as mention above 1 Instruct the SC to reject an SMS SUBMIT as mention above In this case an appropriate TP FCS value will be returned in the SMS SUBMIT REPORT TP Validity Period Format Parameter indicating whether the TP VP field is present and in which format 0 0 TP VP field not present 1 0 TP VP field present relative format 0 1 TP VP field present enhanced format val
203. MS ERROR lt err gt The following table shows the CMSS parameters Table 3 62 CMSS Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt index gt 1 352 Index in storage of the message to be sent lt da gt Destination address in quoted string This field contains a single phone number lt toda gt Type of DA Value between 128 255 according to GSM 03 40 9 1 2 5 If this field is not given and first character of da is toda will be 145 otherwise 129 mr Sent message reference number Example AT CMSS 7 CMSS 12 OK AT CMSS 7 054565132 129 CMSS 13 OK Note Any character sent by TE to G24 L before G24 L has reported a result of AT CMSS operation will abort AT CMSS command execution However if SMS was already sent to network and sending operation was successful the result of operation CMSS lt mr gt will be reported by G24 L If after aborting AT CMSS command execution and before result of operation was reported by G24 L a second AT CMSS command is executed then the result of the second AT CMSS operation only will be reported by G24 L 3 102 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference CMGW Write Message to Memory This command is used to write and save a message to lt mem2 gt The message is saved in memory and the message index is displayed to the user By default messages are
204. MS ERROR lt err gt Read AT CSCS CSCS lt selected character set gt Test AT CSCS CSCS lt supported character sets gt The following table shows the CSCS parameter optional values Table 3 2 CSCS Parameters lt chset gt Character Set Input Output Format ASCII ASCII 0x00 0x7F Quoted string For example AB equals two 8 bit characters with decimal values 65 66 GSM GSM default alphabet HEX representation GSM 03 38 subclause 6 2 1 UCS2 Unicode ISO IEC 10646 32 HEX representation For example 00410042 equals two 16 bit characters with decimal values 65 66 UTF8 8 bit Unicode ISO 10646 transformation HEX representation format 8859 1 LATIN ISO 8859 1 Quoted string Example AT CSCS 3 4 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference CSCS 8859 1 ASCII GSM UCS2 UTF 8 OK AT CSCS CSCS ASCII OK AT CPBS ME AT CPBW 1 8475763000 129 Lin Zhao OK AT CSCS UCS2 OK AT CPBR 1 CPBR 1 8475763000 129 004C006E006E0020005A 00680061006F OK AT CSCS ASCII OK AT CPBR 1 CPBR 1 8475763000 129 Zhao OK CIMI Request IMSI This command displays the International Mobile Subscriber Identity number Command Response Action AT CIMI CIMI lt imsi gt AT CIMI or CME ERROR lt err gt
205. Manual 3 47 Call Control CPUC Price per Unit and Currency Table This command sets the parameters of the Advice of Charge related price per unit and currency table found in the SIM file EFPUCT PUCT information is used to convert the home units used in CAOC CACM and CAMM into currency units mman and Syntax Response Action Remarks ype Set CPUC lt currency gt OK The Set command sets the price per lt ppu gt lt passwd gt CME ERROR lt err gt Unit and the currency table SIM PIN2 is required The new value is retained after a power cycle Read CPUC CPUC The Read command displays the lt currency gt lt ppu gt current price per unit and currency CME ERROR err table Test CPUC OK The Test command indicates whether the CPUC command is functioning The following table shows the CPUC parameters Table 3 24 CPUC Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt currency gt Currency code character set 3 characters defined by CSCS command Refer to CSCS Select Terminal Character Set page 3 4 If the string begins with an alphanumeric character it may be entered with or without quotation marks for example GBP DEM ppu Price per unit A dot is used as a decimal separator precision of 1 1000 15 digit maximum for example 2 667 See notes below passwd SIM PIN2 password Maximum string length i
206. N Other values are reserved The default value is 0 lt h_comp gt Numeric parameter that controls the PDP header compression 0 OFF 1 ON Other values are reserved Note Currently only one data compression algorithm V 42bis is provided in SNDCP If and when other algorithms become available a command will be provided to select one or more data compression algorithms The default value is 0 Note The IP address may be entered without double quotes For example AT CGDCONT 1 IP RTY 123 32 45 9 OK Example AT CGDCONT CGDCONT 1 3 IP 0 1 0 1 OK AT CGDCONT CGDCONT 1 IP 0 0 0 0 0 0 CGDCONT 2 IP 0 0 0 0 0 0 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 233 GPRS CGDCONT 3 IP 0 0 0 0 0 0 OK AT CGDCONT 1 IP internetg 0 0 0 0 0 0 OK AT CGDCONT CGDCONT 1 IP internetg 0 0 0 0 0 0 CGDCONT 2 IP 0 0 0 0 0 0 CGDCONT 3 IP 0 0 0 0 0 0 OK AT CGDCONT 1 IP internetg 0 0 0 0 0 0 OK AT CGDCONT 2 IP internetg 0 0 0 0 11 OK CGQMIN Quality of Service Profile Min Acceptable This command enables the terminal to specify the minimum acceptable profile which is checked by the ME against the negotiated profile returned in the Activate PDP Context Accept message lt reliability gt lt peak gt lt mean gt Command Type Syntax Res
207. Number This AT command sets EFmsisdn in the SIM The setting is placed in the given lt index gt using lt number gt and lt alpha gt as the values to be set Additionally when setting the number in a specific storage space the lt mode gt parameter defines whether that lt number gt and corresponding lt alpha gt should be presented after entering the correct PIN number After entering the correct PIN number the last index whose mode was set to 1 is sent to the DTE This indication is unsolicited and appears when SIM information is ready Note At any given time only one index or no index can have mode 1 Therefore setting mode for one of the supported lt index gt es implicitly means that all other index es have mode 0 Set Command The Set command sets EFmsisdn in the SIM The setting is placed in the given index using number and alpha as the values to be set If only the mode value is given then the Set command is interpreted as follows April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 69 Phone Books and Clock e mode 0 Do not show any number on next CPIN insertion command mode 1 Default index equals 1 is set to mode 1 If only a pair of mode and index values are given then the Set command is interpreted as follows e mode 0 index any valid indexSet mode for given index to 0 mode 1 i
208. PRS The following figures show the phone state transactions Init General Communication OK ID is known InitPhone Sim card OK Registered to network a gt Coverage Indication No Coverage lt Ready Remote Local Connected Disconnected Remote Local Connected Disconnected CSD Data Figure 4 1 Phone State Transactions April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual Setting Up the G24 L Power On and Initial Actions Figure 4 2 Detailed Phone State Transactions 4 2 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 4 Using the Commands Recommended G24 L Initialization after Powerup Figure 4 3 provides a recommended workflow for initializing the G24 L after startup The following sections explain this workflow in detail RS232 Lines Setup Test G24 Communication Configure the RS232 Connection Optional Enable Extended Error Messages Optional Basic Commands Optional SIM Card Status G24 Network Connection G24 Phonebook Download Status Optional Ready Figure 4 3 Recommended G24 L Initialization Workflow April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 4 3 Recommended G24 L Initialization after Powerup RS232 Lines Setup There is no dynamic detection Upon power up the hardware is detected If USB is detected then USB is selected If USB is not connected then the RS232 is select
209. Page 3 50 service related network initiated notifications CUSD This command allows control of Unstructured Supplementary Page 3 53 Service Data USSD according to GSM 02 90 COLP This command refers to the GSM supplementary service COLP Page 3 56 Connected Line Identification Presentation which enables a calling subscriber to get the connected line identity COL of the called party after setting up a mobile originated call Phone Books and Clock Directory Access Commands CPBS This command handles the selection of the memory to be used for Page 3 60 reading and writing entries in G24 Ls that contain more than one phone book memory CPBR This command recalls phone book entries from a specific entry Page 3 61 number or from a range of entries CPBF This command searches the currently active phone book for a Page 3 63 particular entry by name CPBW This command stores a new entry in the phone book or deletes Page 3 64 existing entry from the phone book CSVM This command handles the selection of the number to the voice mail Page 3 66 server MDSI This command enables unsolicited reporting of indications of SIM Page 3 67 deactivation and invalidation MCSN This command sets EFmsisdn in the SIM Page 3 69 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 1 17 AT Commands Summary Table 1 1 AT Commands Cont AT Command D
210. Qualifier Parameter indicating whether the previously submitted TPDU was an SMS SUBMIT or an SMS COMMAND 0 The SMS STATUS REPORT is the result of a SMS SUBMIT 1 The SMS STATUS REPORT is the result of an SMS COMMAND Optional TP User Data Header Indicator Parameter indicating whether or not a status report will be returned to the SME 0 A status report will not be returned to the SME 1 A status report will be returned to the SME Table 3 60 lt TP Pl gt for SMS STATUS REPORT Message Bit s Description 0 0 TP PID not presence 1 TP PID not presence 1 0 TP DCS not presence 1 TP DCS presence 2 0 TP UDL not presence 1 TP UDL presence 3 7 Reserved Note Reserved bits are ignored April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 99 SMS Example AT CPMS CPMS 5 59 5 59 8 5 20 OK AT CMGR 1 CMS ERROR invalid index AT CMGR 142 CMGR STO SENT 054565034 message text OK AT CSDH 1 OK AT CMGR 142 CMGR STO SENT 054565034 129 25 0 0 05 04 03 21 22 23 08 97254120032 145 lt message length gt message text OK AT CMGW 18 gt 079179521201009511000 917952428650290004 0441424344 CMGW 143 AT CMGR 143 CMGR 2 23 0791795212010095040C917952428650290004502032110201800441424344 OK AT CPMS SM change to SM to read SMS DELIVER messages CPMS 2 20 11 61 2 20 OK AT CMGR 1
211. R 129 CMGR STO UNSENT 0544565034 129 25 0 0 05 03 15 21 22 23 08 972521100059 145 1 A OK AT CMGF 0 OK AT CMGR 129 CMGR 2 1 079179521201009519FF0A8150446505430000503051122232800141 AT CMGW 24 gt 079179521201009519000c917952428650290000A ABBAABBAABBO010441424344 CMGW 146 OK 4 12 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 4 Using the Commands Sending Messages Using AT CMGS Sends an SM from the G24 L to the network in TEXT mode the header parameters will be set according to CSMP settings In text mode CMGF 1 AT CMGS 054565028 Writing a message to be sent to specified destination address gt This is the message body lt CTRL Z gt lt CTRL Z gt ends the prompt text mode and returns to regular AT command mode CMGS 238 Message successfully sent Returns the Message Reference OK 85 97254565028 145 Writing a message to be sent to specified destination address gt message text lt CTRL Z gt CMGS 239 Message successfully sent Returns the Message Reference OK Deleting Messages Using AT CMGD AT CMGD 179 Delete a message using its index OK AT CMGR 179 The message index is now empty CMS ERROR invalid memory index Delete a group of messages Note that deletion of a number of messages may take a short time AT CMGD 1 1 Delete all read messages OK AT CMGD 1 2 Delete all read and sent messages OK AT CMGD 1 3 D
212. S sound level on the alert speaker of the G24 L The new value remains after power cycle Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set CRSL lt level gt OK The Set command sets the call ringer CME ERROR err level Read CRSL CRSL lt level gt The Read command displays the CME ERROR lt err gt Current ringer alert SMS sound level setting Test CRSL CRSL list of The Test command displays the list of supported lt level gt s supported sound level settings CME ERROR lt err gt 3 158 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the CRSL parameters Table 3 101 CRSL Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt level gt 0 Mute 1 7 Ringer sound level 1 is lowest 7 is default after flex Example AT CRSL CRSL 7 OK AT CRSL CRSL 0 7 OK AT CRSL 5 OK CLVL Loudspeaker Volume This command sets the volume of the internal loudspeaker which also affects the key feedback tone of the G24 L This command is applicable for Analog and Digital modes Note The CLVL command does not control the alert speaker In this command the new value remains after power cycle The CLVL command can be used even when the SIM is not inserted Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set CLVL lt level gt OK The
213. SW 4 0 210 000 AT FMR FMR G24 L SW 4 0 210 000 CGSN GSN Request Product Serial Number Identification This command displays the product serial number identification IMEI International Mobile Equipment Identification It can be used even when the SIM card is not inserted Command Response Action AT CGSN CGSN lt sn gt AT CGSN GSN GSN lt sn gt GSN The following table shows the CGSN GSN parameters Table 3 1 CGSN GSN Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt sn gt The IMEI International Mobile Station Equipment Identity number is comprised of 15 digits as specified by GSM 03 03 3 IMEI numbers are composed of the following elements all in decimal digits Type Approval Code TAC 6 digits Serial Number SNR 6 digits Spare digit 1 digit The TAC and SNR are protected against unauthorized changes April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 3 Modem ID Example AT CGSN CGSN 004400013805666 OK AT GSN GSN 004400013805666 OK CSCS Select Terminal Character Set This command selects the G24 L character set The G24 L supports the following character sets GSM UCS2 UTF8 8859 1 and ASCII The default value set upon system initialization or when omitting lt chest gt in set command is ASCII Command Syntax Response Action Type Set CSCS lt chset gt OK or C
214. Set command sets the internal CME ERROR err loudspeaker volume level Read CLVL CLVL lt level gt The Read command displays the CME ERROR lt err gt Current internal loudspeaker volume setting Test CLVL CLVL list of The Test command displays the supported lt level gt s possible loudspeaker volume settings CME ERROR lt err gt April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 159 Audio The following table shows the CLVL parameters Table 3 102 CLVL Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt level gt 0 7 Manufacturer specific volume range 0 is lowest volume not mute The default value is 7 after flex Example AT CLVL CLVL 7 OK AT CLVL CLVL 0 7 OK AT CLVL 3 OK CMUT Mute Unmute Currently Active Microphone Path This command is used to mute unmute the currently active microphone path by overriding the current mute state Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set CMUT lt state gt OK The Set command enables disables or uplink voice muting during a voice CME ERROR err L Read CMUT CMUT lt state gt The Read command returns the current OK uplink voice mute unmute state Test CMUT CMUT list of The Test command returns the possible supported lt state gt s lt state gt values OK The following table shows the CMUT parameters
215. Sleep mode for internal G24 L reasons non terminal communication related reasons Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT MSCTS lt control gt OK The Set command tells the G24 L whether to activate the CTS when the unit is awakening Read AT MSCTS MSCTS lt current The Read command returns the current control gt control value OK Test AT MSCTS MSCTS list of The Test command returns the possible supported lt control gt control values OK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 205 Modem Configuration and Profile The following table shows the MSCTS parameters Table 3 138 MSCTS Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt control gt 0 In Normal Mode The CTS is used for Flow Control In Sleep mode The CTS is inactive 1 Wakeup In line is Active The CTS is used for Flow Control Wakeup In line is Inactive The CTS is inactive The default value is 0 Example AT MSCTS MSCTS 0 1 OK AT MSCTS MSCTS 0 OK AT MSCTS 1 OK ATS102 1 OK Note This means that by waking up the CTS line will stay OFF and it can be activated by the Wakeup IN Line interrupt only Error Handling Commands CMEE Report Mobile Equipment Error The Set command disables or enables the use of result code CME ERROR lt err gt as an indication of an error relating to the functionality of the G24 L When e
216. URL gt lt bearers gt lt p roxy_Id gt lt alpha_id gt The TE answers this unsolicited response using the MTKP command For the general result launch browser generic error code the G24 L must provide additional information Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks 26 lt sult gt lt additional info gt OK or CME ERROR lt err gt 3 264 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the MTKP parameters for response code 26 Table 3 187 MTKP Parameters Response Code 26 lt Parameter gt Description lt result gt 0 Success 1 Failure lt additional 0 No specific cause can be given info gt 1 Bearer unavailable 2 Browser unavailable 3 G24 L unable to read provisioning data Note Additional info should be added only in case of failure err 1 Unknown result value Note When STK proactive commands are disabled by the TE MTKP unsolicited events are not issued to it In such a case the Launch Browser command is rejected with the result value Browser unavailable The diagram below demonstrates the communication during Launch Browser command Launch Browser 26 URL bearers lt proxyld gt alphald gt AT MTKP 26 lt Result gt lt additional info gt Launch Bro
217. Up Event List Defined as part of the proactive SIM service this command supplies a list of events which the SIM wants the G24 L to provide details of when these events happen Refer to Set Up Event List page 3 265 MTKR Profile Download This command displays the profile that is downloaded from the G24 L to the SIM during the SIM initialization process This profile includes the facilities relevant to the STK that are supported by the G24 L enabling the SIM to limit its instruction range to those STK features the G24 L supports Refer to Profile Structure page 3 248 Without a profile the SIM assumes that the G24 L does not support the STK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 247 GPRS Profile download is performed automatically during device initialization with no user intervention required Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Read MTKR MTKR lt profile gt The Read command displays the current STK profile The following table shows the MTKR parameters Table 3 163 MTKR Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt profile gt Displayed in hexadecimal characters each byte of the profile is represented by two characters First character Higher nibble bits 4 7 Second character Lower nibble bits 0 3 The bits are displayed in the following order byte 1 higher nibble gt lt byte 1 lower nibble gt lt byte 2 higher nibble g
218. Wakeup Out Line pin 26 brings it to active low While the Wakeup Out line is low the terminal should not enter Sleep mode The terminal should set a value of the delay in ms needed for waking it using the ATS102 command before receiving data default value is 30 ms When the data transmission is complete the G24 L gets the output wakeup line to high i Dm i i bit 1 Et 1 1 Dies 194 H bt I RT TXD ic i i i _ E m 3 DTE wake EE Is up line i output pa i Int 102 ms S102ms i i Te i i 100 AT 100 sec Time interval defined by atsl00 Figure 3 10 Wake up Outline April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 201 Modem Configuration and Profile Two modes exist Idle mode The G24 L has no data to send Wakeup mode The G24 L has data to send to the terminal After the G24 L changes the line edge to Wakeup mode there will be a delay the default is 30 ms sent by the ats102 command before sending any data to the terminal using RS232 protocol 30 it 30 m WAKEUP IN Terminal TXD S24 i L ss thah 524 E 9 i es G24 Awak Sleep mode i Clock Sleep G24 CTS Defaultwhen at mscts 0 Figure 3 11 Sleep Mode when S24 gt 0 S102 5102 WAKEUP OUT G24 TXD Figure 3 12 G24
219. ables disables the SIM ToolKit functionality Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set MTKE lt Enable gt OK The Set command tells or the G24 L in which mode CME ERROR lt err gt Read MTKE MTKE lt State gt The Read command returns the current values Test MTKE MTKE list of supported The Test command lt state gt s returns the supported OK values as a compound value The following table shows the MTKE parameters Table 3 183 MTKE Parameters lt Parameter gt Description State Indicates the state of the SIM ToolKit 0 Deactivate the SIM ToolKit functionality 1 Activate the SIM ToolKit functionality The default is 0 Example AT MTKE Test command SIM ToolKit set facilities MTKE 0 1 OK AT MTKE MTKE 0 No activation of SIM ToolKit functionality OK AT MTKE 1 Set all facilities SIM ToolKit class 2 OK AT MTKE 3 Syntax error CME ERROR AT MTKE 1 Activation of SIM ToolKit functionality OK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 257 GPRS MTKP Motorola ToolKit Proactive Unsolicited Indication In order to allow the customer to identify the pro active command sent by the SIM ToolKit an unsolicited SIM ToolKit indication with the appropriate information such as text to display priorities and so on is implemented The following table shows the MTKP Field Descriptions Table
220. ables the lt mode gt lt class gt If lt mode gt 2 and the Call Waiting indication in the G24 L and command succeeds in the network Activation deactivation CCWA and status query are supported lt status gt lt class1 gt Note When the lt mode gt parameter is set lt CR gt lt LF gt CCWA to 2 network query the lt n gt lt status gt lt class2 gt parameter is ignored This means that no enable disable action is I performed while querying the OK network Read CCWA CCWA lt n gt The Read command returns the OK enable disable status of the call waiting indication in the G24 L lt n gt Test CCWA CCWA list of The Test command returns lt n gt values supported lt n gt s supported by the G24 L as a compound value CCWA Indication When a call waiting indication is enabled by the G24 L lt n gt 1 the following unsolicited indication is sent to the terminal from the G24 L CCWA lt number gt lt type gt lt class gt lt alpha gt lt CLI validity gt April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 21 Call Control The following table shows the CCWA parameters Table 3 9 CCWA Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt n gt Enables disables the call waiting indication to the terminal by the G24 L 0 Disable 1 Enable The default is 0 lt mode gt Call waiting service request to the network When the lt mode gt parameter
221. ables the auto baud rate detection feature Read Test Command Type Syntax Response Action Set AT CBAUD lt n gt OK AT CBAUD lt rate gt or ERROR AT CBAUD AT CBAUD CBAUD lt rate gt CBAUD list of supported lt n gt s list of supported lt rate gt s The following table shows the CBAUD parameters Example Table 3 84 CBAUD Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt n gt lt rate gt Auto baud rate 600 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 9 Auto baud rate 10 115200 11 300 12 230400 13 460800 The default value is 9 AT CBAUD 57600 or AT CBAUD 8 OK These commands have the same effect 3 132 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference AT CBAUD CBAUD 57600 OK AT CBAUD CBAUD 0 13 300 600 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 230400 460800 OK IPR Local Terminal G24 L Serial Port Rate This command is responsible for setting and saving the request baud rate This numeric extended format parameter specifies the data rate at which the G24 L accepts commands Specifying a value of 9 disables the function and allows operation only at rates automatically detectable by the G24 L The specified rate takes effect following the issuing of any result code s associated with the current command line
222. accessories which you have purchased from an authorized Motorola dealer the Products to be in conformance with the applicable Motorola specifications current at the time of manufacture for a term of 1 year from date of purchase of the Product s Warranty Term You must inform Motorola of the lack of conformity to the applicable specifications of any of the Products within a period of two 2 months from the date on which you detect a defect in material workmanship or lack of conformity and in any event within a term not to exceed the Warranty Term and must immediately submit the Product for service to Motorola s Authorized Repair or Service Center Motorola shall not be bound by Product related statements not directly made by Motorola nor any warranty obligations applicable to the seller A list of the Motorola Call Center numbers is enclosed with this Product During the Warranty term Motorola will at its discretion and without extra charge as your exclusive remedy repair or replace your Product which does not comply with this warranty or failing this to reimburse the price of the Product but reduced to take into account the use you have had of the Product since it was delivered This warranty will expire at the end of the Warranty Term This is the complete and exclusive warranty for a Motorola OEM module and accessories and in lieu of all other warranties terms and conditions whether express or implied Where you purchase the
223. accumulating buffer Page 3 289 MMAD This command reads and monitors digital value from a specified ADC Page 3 149 MMAR This command changes the status of an SMS message in the G24 L memory from REC UNREAD to REC READ Page 3 101 MMICG MMGL This command handles the selection of microphone gain values This command displays a list of SMS messages stored in the G24 L memory Page 3 172 Page 3 89 MMGR This command enables the user to read selected SMS messages from the G24 L memory Page 3 94 MPCMC This command defines whether the PCM clock is generated continuously or not when module is in digital audio mode Page 3 153 MPING This command will allow verifying IP connectivity to another remote machine computer by sending one or more Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP Echo Request messages Page 3 292 MPINGSTAT This is the unsolicited response that the G24 L sends to the terminal to inform of ping execution status update and provides summary statistics of ping request when ping request execution is completed Page 3 296 MRST This command enables customer software to perform a hard reset to the G24 L unit Page 3 143 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual A 13 AT Commands Alphabetical Summary Table A 1 AT Commands Alphabetical Cont AT Command Description
224. age 3 158 alert tone SMS sound level on the alert speaker of the G24 L CLVL This command sets the volume of the internal loudspeaker which Page 3 159 also affects the key feedback tone of the G24 L CMUT This command mutes unmutes the currently active microphone path Page 3 160 by overriding the current mute state S94 This S parameter represents the Boolean status On Off of the Page 3 161 sidetone feature S96 This S parameter represents the Boolean status On Off of the echo Page 3 162 cancelling feature in the handsfree Advanced Audio Setup Commands MAPATH This command sets requests the active input accessory and the Page 3 163 output accessory for each feature MAVOL This command determines a volume setting for a particular feature Page 3 166 in a particular accessory 1 20 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 1 Product Features Table 1 1 AT Commands Cont AT Command Description Page MAMUT This command controls the muting unmuting of all input paths Page 3 168 MIC HDST_MIC DIGITAL_RX MAFEAT This command controls the various algorithm features such as Page 3 169 sidetone echo cancel and noise suppress General Audio Commands MADIGITAL This command switches between analog and digital audio modes Page 3 170 CALM This command handles the selection of the G24 L s alert sound
225. ages 0 Not supported by the G24 L 1 Supported by the G24 L lt mo gt Mobile originated messages 0 Not supported by the G24 L 1 Supported by the G24 L lt bm gt Reserved for future implementation Note Only the 128 manufacturer specific messaging service is supported by the G24 L The service is supported for all messaging types mobile terminated mobile originated and broadcast April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 75 SMS Example AT CSMS 128 CSMS 001 001 001 OK AT CSMS CSMS 128 001 001 001 OK AT CSMS CSMS 128 OK CPMS Preferred Message Storage This command handles the selection of the preferred message storage area The message storage area is divided into three parts mem1 mem2 and mem3 Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set CPMS lt mem1 gt lt mem2 gt lt mem 3 gt CPMS lt used1 gt lt totall gt lt used2 gt lt total2 gt lt used3 gt lt total3 gt OK or CMS ERROR lt err gt The Set command sets the memory storage Read CPMS CPMS lt mem1 gt lt used1 gt lt totall gt lt mem2 gt lt used2 gt lt total2 gt lt mem3 gt lt used3 gt lt total3 gt OK or CMS ERROR lt err gt The Read command displays the selected memory storage type for the three memory areas Test CPMS CPMS list of supported lt mem1 gt s list of
226. al 3 117 Network CRLP Radio Link Protocol This command displays the Radio Link Protocol parameters that are used when non transparent data calls are originated Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set CRLP OK The Set command enables lt iws gt lt mws gt lt T1 gt you to change the RLP lt gt CME ERROR lt err gt Read CRLP CRLP lt iws gt lt mws gt lt T1 gt lt N2 gt OK or CME ERROR lt err gt Test CRLP CRLP2 list of supported lt iws gt s list of supported lt mws gt s list of supported lt 1 gt 5 list of supported lt N2 gt s OK or CME ERROR lt err gt The following table shows the CRLP parameters Table 3 75 CRLP Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt iws gt IWF to MS window size The default value is 61 lt mws gt MS to IWF window size The default value is 61 lt T1 gt Acknowledgement timer T1 The default value is 48 lt N2 gt Retransmission attempts N2 in integer format refer to GSM 04 22 18 subclause 5 4 3 The default value is 15 Example AT CRLP CRLP 010 061 010 061 048 255 006 015 OK AT CRLP CRLP 061 061 048 006 OK 3 118 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference CREG Network Registration Status Command Type Syntax Response Action Rema
227. alidity gt The Validity of the Calling Line Identity presentation 0 CLI valid 1 CLI has been withheld by the originator 2 CLI is not available due to networking problems or limitations of the originating network Example AT CLIP CLIP 0 1 network 1 OK AT CLIP 1 OK CLI presentation is disabled by the G24 L 0 and is enabled by the Example CLIP indication incoming call RING CLIP 2173845400 129 128 Doe John 0 Example CLIP indication with restricted CLI AT CRC 1 OK incoming call caller restricted the CLI presentation used AT CLIR CRING VOICE CLIP 128 128 1 3 20 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference CCWA Call Waiting Command This command controls the Call Waiting supplementary service including the settings and the queries of the G24 L and the network When the Call Waiting indication is enabled by the G24 L and there is a waiting call a CCWA indication is sent from the G24 L to the terminal Note The G24 L supports only one of the services at a time Voice Data or Fax Multiparty is a voice only functionality A CCWA indication is sent to the terminal only during a voice call waiting event A CCWA indication is not sent for a fax data call during in a voice session Action Syntax Response Remarks Set CCWA lt n gt OK The Set command enables dis
228. alue is 20 Note The parameter must be a multiple of 5 for example 5 10 15 and so on If not the modulo of 5 will be ignored 0 Not active 1 Active Note A forward to phone lt number gt and the optional fields lt type gt lt subaddr gt and lt satype gt are tied to a lt reason gt and a lt class gt This means that there can be a different lt number gt for the same lt reason gt because of a different lt class gt When registering without mentioning a lt class gt lt class gt 7 is selected A lt number gt field is mandatory when registering lt mode gt 3 and it is irrelevant ignored in all other lt mode gt s 3 28 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Example AT CCFC CCFC 0 5 OK 0 3 01256316830 129 1 OK AT CCFC 1 3 0545658278 129 1 Register UC forward to of all classes OK AT CCFC 1 1 Activate UC forward to of all classes OK AT CCFC 1 2 Interrogate reason not reachable of all classes 1 1 497254151200 145 CCFC 0 2 0 CCFC 0 4 0 OK For lt reason gt 3 forward only voice calls is activated AT CCFC 4 2 Anterrogate reason all call forwarding for all classes CME ERROR no network service Interrogation of lt reason gt 30 is not supported by network AT4 CCFC 2 3 972545658278 OK AT CCFC 2 0 Disable call forwarding for reason no reply of all clas
229. and Description F Selects the line modulation standard L Monitors the speaker loudness M Monitors the speaker mode N Enables auto mode P Selects pulse dialing Selects tone dialing Wait for dial tone Y Disconnects on long space amp G Selects the guard tone amp J Jack type selection amp L Leased line operation amp M Asynch synch mode connection amp P Selects pulse dialing amp Q Communications mode options amp R Selects the CTC controls amp S Defines the DSR behavior amp T Selects tone dialing A Sets the maximum MNP block size G Sets the use of the Xon Xoff flow control J Adjusts the terminal auto rate K This command is supported for backward compatibility only and has no effect N Displays the link type Enables disables data compression B Transmits break to remote K Breaks control CBAND Changes band frequencies 3 304 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 4 Using the Commands Setting Up the G24 L Power On and Initial Actions There are three phases of connectivity for the G24 L nit General In this phase the G24 L is asked to provide basic information which ensures that the phone is functioning properly Enabling the SIM Registering the SIM on a network in order to see that wireless access is functioning properly After these three phases are completed G24 L is ready for action and you can send receive voice calls circuit switched data and G
230. and returns the current phone number of the G24 L 3 6 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Read Command Command Response Action CNUM MSISDN supported CNUM lt MSISDN1 string gt lt MSISDN1 gt lt MSISDNI type CNUM lt MSISDN2 string gt lt MSISDN2 gt lt MSISDN2 type gt CNUM MSISDN not supported CNUM lt phone_number gt The following table shows the C NUM parameters Table 3 3 CNUM Parameters Description Phone number type 129 Use for local call 145 Use for international access code 128 Unknown lt Parameter gt lt MSISDN type gt Example AT CNUM CNUM David 035558278 129 AT CNUM MSISDNSs supported CNUM PHONENUM1 2173848500 129 CNUM PHONENUMZ2 2173848501 129 CNUM PHONENUMS3 2173848502 129 MSISDNSs not supported 0 0 AT CNUM CNUM Motomix 2233445 129 0 0 0 List of All Available AT Commands This command displays a list of all the AT commands supported by the G24 L Command Response Action AT List of available AT commands April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 7 Modem ID CLAC List of All Available AT Commands Command S
231. ange Password This command sets a new password for the facility lock The password can only be changed once the required facility is enabled by the CLCK command Refer to CLCK Facility Lock on page 3 184 A password can be changed only if the provided password lt oldpwd gt has been verified The entered password lt newpwd gt must also comply to the password rules The facility value lt fac gt is not case sensitive In the password value letters are not allowed Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT CPWD lt fac gt OK The Set command sets a new password for lt oldpwd gt or the facility lock function defined by the lt newpwd gt CME ERROR err CLCK command Refer to CLCK Facility Lock on page 3 184 Read AT CPWD CME ERROR lt err gt Test AT CPWD CPWD list of The Test command returns a list of pairs supported which represent the available facilities and fac pwdlength s the maximum length of their passwords OK or CME ERROR lt err gt The following table shows the CPWD parameters Table 3 123 CPWD Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt fac gt List of supported facilities All the facility messages except for SC and P2 are sent to the network The facilities are not case sensitive SC SIM lock SIM card The SIM requests the password during G24 L power up and when this command is issued AO
232. anguage Selection event 9 Browser Termination event lt Data gt None User Activity event None Idle Screen Available event 0 Browser Termination event User terminated 1 Browser Termination event Error terminated 4 Language Selection event with string coded as follows Byte s Description Length 1 Language tag 1 2 Length 02 1 3 4 Language 2 Note Each language code consists of a pair of alphanumeric characters defined in ISO 639 4 Each character is coded on one byte using the SMS default 7 bit coded alphabet as defined in TS 23 038 with bit 8 set to 0 For a list of language codes refer to the section that follows April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 267 GPRS Language Codes The following table lists an example of the codes for each language supported by the STK for Language Selection Events Table 3 190 Sample Language Codes Code Language aa Afar ab Abkhazian af Afrikaans am Amharic ar Arabic as Assamese ay Aymara az Azerbaijani ba Bashkir be Byelorussian bg Bulgarian bh Bihari bi Bislama bn Bengali bo Tibetan br Breton ca Catalan co Corsican cs Czech cy Welsh da Danish de German dz Bhutani el Greek en English eo Esperanto es Spanish et Estonian eu Basque fa Persian fi Finnish 3 268 G24 L AT Commands Reference Ma
233. arameter gt Description lt Socket_id gt A unique number that identifies a connection provided by the terminal application 0 Invalid socket number 1 2 3 4 Valid socket number 5 Valid socket number dedicated to MPING lt Primary DNS server IP gt lt Secondary IP of the destination site in the format DNS server IP gt AAA BBB CCC DDD The range of each octant is 0 255 The value can be written in 1 2 or 3 digits April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 299 GPRS Example AT MSDNS MSDNS 1 5 lt IP gt lt IP gt OK AT MSDNS read when MIPCALL is disconnected MSDNS 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 MSDNS 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 MSDNS 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 MSDNS 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 MSDNS 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 OK AT MSDNS 2 212 150 49 10 206 49 94 234 set socket 2 prim amp sec DNS OK AT MSDNS 4 62 120 55 10 set socket 4 prim DNS only OK AT MSDNS 5 212 150 49 10 206 49 94 234 set socket 5 prim amp sec DNS OK AT MSDNS read when MIPCALL is disconnected MSDNS 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 MSDNS 2 212 150 49 10 206 49 94 234 MSDNS 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 MSDNS 4 62 120 55 10 0 0 0 0 MSDNS 5 212 150 49 10 206 49 94 234 OK AT MIPCALL 1 internet OK MIPCALL 10 170 7 91 AT MSDNS read when MIPCALL is connected MSDNS 1 192 118 9 177 192 118 11 77 MSDNS 2 212 150 49 1
234. arameters lt Parameter gt Description lt CCResult gt 0 Control response not allowed 1 Control response with modification lt Number gt Called number or SS String in ASCII format MTKA Motorola Toolkit Acknowledge This command sends acknowledge response from the user TE to the STK Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT MTKA lt n gt OK Enable or disable the user Or ACK ability CME ERROR lt err gt Execute AT MTKA User sends ACK Must enabled by the set command before use Read AT MTKA MTKA lt n gt OK Test AT MTKA MTKA 0 1 Shows list of supported OK lt n gt s 3 274 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the MTKA parameters Table 3 194 MTKA Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt n gt Action type 0 Disable default 1 Enable Notes For lt n gt 0 disable All messages should be sent to the TE automatically Sending AT MTKA has not influence For n 1 enable The first proactive message Display Text MTKP 1 should be sent to the TE Until the user send acknowledge by sending AT MTKA command NO other proactive of Display Text MTKP 1 or Menu message should be sent to the TE Other proactive or unsolicited indications and messa
235. ards or only a prefix of a number do not display any alpha identifier mman n commeng Syntax Response Action Remarks Type Set AT CPBW lt index gt OK lt number gt or L lt type gt lt text gt CME ERROR lt err gt Test AT CPBW CPBW list of This command queries the supported allowable command field and lt index gt s lt nlength gt sizes list of supported lt type gt s lt tlength gt OK The following table shows the CPBW parameters Table 3 36 CPBW Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt index gt Index for a given phone book entry lt number gt Phone number of a given entry lt type gt The address type of a phone number 129 Use for local call 145 for international access code 128 Unknown Note 128 is used to represent an email address or a mailing list In this case ph type can be used to further differentiate between the two lt text gt Text identifier for a phone book entry according to the character set as specified by command CSCS lt nlength gt The maximum size of a phone number in digits There is a limited number of PB records that be stored with this length The number of long PB records depends on the size of the SIM card EXTI extension file If the extension file is full an attempt to store a new record with more than 20 digits returns an error lt tlength gt The
236. arse So called lead and trail bytes are easily distinguished Moving forwards or backwards in a text string is easier in UTF 8 than in many other multi byte encoding The codes in the first half of the first row in Character Set Table CS2 UTF 8 lt gt ASCID are replaced in this transformation format by their ASCII codes which are octets in the range between 00h and 7F The other UCS2 codes are transformed to between two and six octets in the range between 80h and FF Text containing only characters in Character Set Table CS3 UTF 8 UCS 2 is transformed to the same octet sequence irrespective of whether it was coded with UCS 2 8859 1 Character Set Management ISO 8859 1 is an 8 bit character set a major improvement over the plain 7 bit US ASCII Characters 0 to 127 are always identical with US ASCII and the positions 128 to 159 hold some less used control characters Positions 160 to 255 hold language specific characters ISO 8859 1 covers most West European languages such as French fr Spanish es Catalan ca Basque eu Portuguese pt Italian it Albanian sq Rhaeto Romanic rm Dutch nl German de Danish da Swedish sv Norwegian no Finnish fi Faroese fo Icelandic is Irish ga Scottish gd and English en Afrikaans af and Swahili sw are also included extending coverage to much of Africa 1 14 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 1 Product Features
237. assword mode 0 Unlock 1 Lock 2 Query status lt passwd gt does not apply April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 185 Access Table 3 124 CLCK Parameters Cont lt Parameter gt Description lt class gt Sum of integers each representing a class of information lt class gt Only applies to call barring related facilities 1 Voice telephony 2 Data refers to all bearer services 4 Fax facsimile services 8 SMS Short Message Services The default value is 7 lt status gt 0 Inactive 1 Active Example AT CLCK CLCK SC AO OI OX AI IR AB AG AC FD OK AT CLCK SC 2 CLCK 0 OK AT CLCK SC 71 CME ERROR operation not allowed AT CLCK SC 71 incorrect password CME ERROR incorrect password AT CLCK SC 71 correct password OK From now SIM Card is locked and PIN is requested on power up AT CLCK AB 0 incorrect password CME ERROR incorrect password AT CLCK IR 2 CLCK 0 1 CLCK 0 2 CLCK 0 4 CLCK 0 8 OK AT CLCK IR 1 correct password lt classx gt is defaulted to 7 when not specified OK AT CLCK IR 2 CLCK 1 1 CLCK 1 2 CLCK 1 4 CLCK 0 8 OK AT CLCK 01 2 CLCK 0 1 CLCK 0 2 CLCK 0 4 CLCK 0 8 OK AT CLCK 0I 71 correct password 3 3 186 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference OK
238. ate for any specified context cannot be achieved an ERROR or CME ERROR response is returned Extended error responses are enabled by the CMEE command If the ME is not GPRS attached when the activation form of the command is executed the ME first performs a GPRS attach and them attempts to activate the specified contexts If the attach fails the ME responds with an ERROR or if extended error responses are enabled with the appropriate failure to attach error message Read AT CGACT CGACT lt cid gt The Read command returns the current lt state gt activation states for all the defined lt CR gt lt LF gt CGACT PDP contexts lt cid gt lt state gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CGACT lt cid gt lt state gt OK Test AT CGACT CGACT list of The Test command requests supported lt state gt s informaton on the supported PDP OK context activation states or CME ERROR lt err gt The following table shows the CGACT parameters Table 3 161 CGACT Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt state gt Indicates the activation state of the context 0 Non active 1 Active lt cid gt 1 3 numeric parameter that specifies a particular PDP context definition April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 245 GPRS Example AT CGACT CGACT 0 1 OK AT CGACT CGACT 1 0 CGACT 2 0 CGACT 3 0 OK AT CGACT 1 ERROR GPRS network not pre
239. atibility only and has no effect Page 3 304 This command hangs up or terminates a particular call Page 3 15 This command requests various G24 L information items Page 3 6 This command is supported for backward compatibility only and has no effect Page 3 304 This command is supported for backward compatibility only and has no effect Page 3 304 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual A 15 AT Commands Alphabetical Summary Table A 1 AT Commands Alphabetical Cont AT Command Description Page This command is supported for backward compatibility only and has no effect Page 3 304 This command returns a phone to the Online Data mode and issues a CONNECT or CONNECT lt text gt result code Page 3 33 This command is supported for backward compatibility only and has no effect This command determines whether to output suppress the result codes Page 3 304 Page 3 191 RING 102 This unsolicited event is received when an incoming call voice data or fax is indicated by the cellular network This S register sets the value of the delay before sending the data to the terminal Page 3 17 Page 3 203 24 94 This S parameter activates disables the Sleep mode If the parameter value is greater than 0 it represent the number of seconds till the G24 L enters sleep mode This S para
240. ble sleep mode feature if he wants to use continuous PCM clock feature Otherwise PCM clock will not work correctly while module is in deep sleep mode April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 153 Hardware Information Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set MPCMC lt flag gt OK The Set command is used for setting or the PCM clock configuration CME ERROR lt err gt Read MPCMC MPCMC lt flag gt The Read command returns the current OK PCM clock lt flag gt value or CME ERROR lt err gt Test MPCMC MPCMC list of The Test command returns the possible supported lt flag gt s lt flag gt values OK The following table shows the MPCMC parameters Table 3 99 MPCMC Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt flag gt 0 Non continuous PCM clock 1 Continuous PCM clock Before the AT MPCMC command is set for the first time this value is 0 Power up is according to the flex Example AT MPCMC MPCMC 0 1 OK AT MPCMC 1 OK AT MPCMC MPCMC 1 OK AT MPCMC 0 OK AT MPCMC MPCMC 0 OK 3 154 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Audio Scope The audio control can be summarized to the following three issues Path Selection of microphone and speaker to be used Gain Control of volume levels for rings voice etc Algorith
241. buffers into the protocol stack It is assumed that before using this command some data should exist due to previous MIPSEND commands Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set MIPPUSH MIPPUSH Optional parameters are used only for UDP lt Socket lt Socket_ID gt lt Status gt connections If the Destination IP and ID gt lt Destinatio caccumulated sent le Destination Port are not provided by the user n ngth a datagram is sent to the last target or the IP Destination OK default target provided by the MIPOPEN Port command accumulated sent length this parameter ERROR counts how many bytes were sent to the remote side by the G24 L TCP IP stack When user open socket accumulated sent length initialized to Zero Size of accumulated sent length is four octets unsigned digit 0 4294967295 Status 0 Success 1 socket is flowed off 2 there is no data in socket to send Read MIPPUSH MIPPUSH socket ID gt Test MIPPUSH MIPPUSH lt socket ID gt lt IP gt lt Port gt April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 285 GPRS The following table shows the MIPPUSH parameters Table 3 201 MIPPUSH Parameters lt Parameter gt Description Socket ID 1 2 3 4 Number of valid socket Destination IP IP of destination site in the format AAA BBB CCC DDD The value can be written in 1 2 or 3 dig
242. cator The default value is 0 lt bfr gt Controls the effect on buffered codes 0 Clear buffer CLAN ME Language This command handles the selection of language in the ME April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 225 UI User Interface The lt code gt parameter is a two letter abbreviation of the language The language codes as defined in ISO 639 consist of two characters e g DE EN etc Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT CLAN lt code gt OK Set command sets the or selected language ERROR Read AT CLAN CLAN lt code gt The read command displays the currently selected lan guage Test AT CLAN CLAN list of lt code gt s Test command displays list of supported language lt code gt s The following table shows the CLAN parameters Table 3 149 CLAN Parameters lt code gt Description DE German EN English IT Italian FR French ES Spanish NL Dutch SW Swedish DA Danish PT Portoguese FI Finnish NO Norwegian EL Greek TR Turkish Example AT CLAN CLAN EN OK AT CLAN CLAN DE EN IT EFR ES NL SW DA PT FI NO EL TR OK 3 226 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference AT CLAN DE OK AT CLAN CLAN DE OK CIND Indicator
243. cified context identifiers Page 3 3 Page 3 238 A 4 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Appendix A Reference Tables Table A 1 AT Commands Alphabetical Cont AT Command Description Page CGPRS This command indicates whether there is GPRS coverage Page 3 244 CGQMIN This command sets the minimum acceptable quality of service profile Page 3 234 CGQREQ This command returns the requested quality of service profile Page 3 236 CGREG This command enables disables the GPRS network status registration unsolicited result code Page 3 121 CGSMS CGSN This command handles the selection of the service or service preference used by the G24 L to send mobile originated SMS messages This command requests the product serial number identification Page 3 109 Page 3 3 CHLD This command controls the Call Hold and Multiparty Conversation supplementary services Page 3 23 CHUP xCIEV This command causes the G24 L to hang up the current GSM call An unsolicited indication regarding various phone indications that is sent to the DTE when the ind parameter of the CMER command is set to 1 Page 3 34 Page 3 229 CIMI This command requests the International Mobile Subscriber Identity number Page 3 5 CIND This command is used to query the status of various ME indicators
244. correct password OK AT CLCK ai 2 CLCK 1 1 CLCK 1 2 CLCK 1 4 OK AT CPWD ai old password new password OK CLCK Facility Lock This command locks unlocks or interrogates a G24 L or a network facility lt fac gt any kind of call barring program A password is mandatory for performing locking and unlocking actions but not for querying The features of the G24 L that are affected by this are the keypad power up operation and fixed dialing list When querying the status of a single call barring program lt mode gt 2 the lt status gt for each call type will be returned For lt fac gt SC SIM Card PIN setting and for lt fac gt FD SIM Fixed Dialing memory setting For more information about lt class gt refer to Table 3 124 showing the CLCK parameters The lt passwd gt for SC is SIM PIN and for FD it is SIM PIN2 Note Concerning lt fac gt FD When FD is enabled it is possible to make a call only to numbers that are located in the FD phone book include GPRS session 499 If the number is not in the phone book the user will receive operation not allowed In order to insert a new number to the FD phone book the user must disable the FD feature first lt mode gt 0 insert the new number and only than enable the FD feature lt mode gt 1 3 184 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Command Type Syntax Response Action
245. cription lt SocketID gt A unique number that identifies a connection Valid socket numbers 1 2 3 and 4 lt n gt 0 ACK indication 1 Broken protocol stack lt number_of_acknowledged_bytes gt Total number of bytes that were acknowledged Example MIPSTAT 1 2 MIPXOFF Flow Control Xoff This command is the unsolicited response that the G24 L sends to the terminal to stop sending data when it does not have enough memory to process new MIPSEND requests The G24 L uses the accumulating buffer prior to pushing data into the protocol stack This memory resource is protected by a Xoff_upper watermark 3 288 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Event MIPXOFF lt Socket ID gt Example MIPXOFF The G24 L detects that the accumulating buffer 1 has reached its Xoff watermark From this point the terminal is not allowed to send data until it receives the MIPXON command MIPXON Flow Control Xon This command is the unsolicited event that the G24 L sends to the terminal when it detects that it has free memory in the accumulating buffer and can process new MIPSEND requests after the MIPXOFF event Event MIPXON lt Socket ID gt Example MIPXON 1 The G24 L pushed the data into the protocol stack on socket 1 and is able to handle more data from the terminal MIPCONF Configure Internal TCP IP stack Th
246. ct Service for MO SMS Messages 3 109 CGSN Request Product Serial Number Identification 3 3 CHLD Call Related Supplementary Services 3 23 CHUP Hang Up Call 3 34 CIEV Indicator Event Reporting 3 229 CIMI Request IMSI 3 5 CIND Indicator Control 3 227 CLAC List of All Available AT Commands 3 8 CLAN ME Language 3 225 CLCC List Current Calls 3 40 CLCK Facility Lock 3 184 CLIP Calling Line Identification 3 19 CLIR Calling Line Identification Restriction 3 29 CMEE Report Mobile Equipment Error 3 206 CMER Set Request Local Key Press Echo Keypad Mode 3 225 3 227 CMGD Delete Message 3 108 CMGF Message Format 3 77 CMGL List Messages 3 89 CMGR Read Message 3 94 CMGS Send SM to Network 3 110 CMGW Write Message to Memory 3 103 CMSS Send Message From Storage 3 101 CMTI Unsolicited Result Code 3 86 CMUT Mute Unmute Currently Active Microphone Path 3 160 CNMA New Message Acknowledgement 3 84 CNMI New Message Indications to Terminal 3 82 CNUM Request MSISDN s 3 6 COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation 3 56 COPS Operator Selection 3 122 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual Index 1 Index CPAS Phone Activity Status 3 39 CPBF Find Phone Book Entries 3 63 CPBR Read Phone Book Entries 3 61 CPBS Select Phone Book Memory 3 60 CPBW Write Phone Book Entry 3 64 CPIN Enter PIN for Unlocking SIM
247. ction gt s list of and lt Data vector gt s supported lt Mode gt s list of supported lt Data vector gt s OK or CME ERROR lt err gt April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 147 Hardware Information The following table shows the MIOD parameters Table 3 96 MIOD Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt pin selection gt Selected pins for the action invoked This is a binary vector in which each bit points to pin number Vector size is 8 0 Not selected 1 Selected pin default lt mode gt GPIO pin operation mode 0 Output level only 1 Input level mode lt mode vector gt This is a binary vector in which each bit shows the operation mode of pin Data vector size is 8 0 Output level only 1 Input level mode The default value On Power Up as previously saved in FLEX bytes Before set command first used 1 This means that all lines are configured as Input before set command first used lt data vector gt This is a binary vector in which each bit shows the physical value of pin Data vector size is 8 0 Physical low signal 1 Physical high signal default The default value On Power Up as previously saved in FLEX bytes Before set command first used with lt Data vector gt and lt Mode gt 0 or after MIOD without lt Data vector gt and before MIOD command used 1 The following table
248. d 4 23 Get das bee PISA SERVERS RE 4 24 Play La odes UU AR 4 24 SetUp Menu s eee sar ee PER RM bcn e etes Reta 4 25 Select Item cres ecc dese recor E um e dos 4 25 Send SMS os sei Meee dace P ee CEE NS dea d E Wee RP POP A ER EUR 4 25 Set UP Call zs dubitatio du tU ad E lathe diode Ubique 4 26 Call Control mp EE 4 26 Send 2 ge 2 22 brc EUR ET AY DER Rb RU UD Wr abus baba 4 27 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual List of Figures 4 22 Launch Browser Re RP e ebb doe bh We et Rade DARE 4 27 4 23 Setup Event List ei Rer eee epe a eer Banga a Deoa e Rea 4 28 4 24 Handset Handsfree 2 4 32 x G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 MOTOROLA List of Tables 1 1 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 3 10 3 11 3 12 3 13 3 14 3 15 3 16 3 17 3 18 3 19 3 20 3 21 3 22 3 23 3 24 3 25 3 26 3 27 3 28 3 29 3 30 3 31 3 32 3 33 3 34 3 35 3 36 3 37 3 38 3 39 3 40 3 41 3 42 3 43 3 44 AT Commands oS ESE P REEMA VENE xa NR DUE DEDE dg 1 15 CGSN GSN Parameters 3 3 CSCS
249. d AT EPIN 1 lt passwd gt CME ERROR not supported AT EPIN 2 correct passwd OK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 181 Access TPIN Query Number of Remaining SIM PIN PUK Entering Attempts This command returns the number of remaining attempts of entering the PIN and PUK for the SIM card in use The command returns the number of remaining attempts for CHV 1 PIN2 CHV2 unblock CHV1 and PUK2 unblock CHV2 Number of available attempts is provider dependant Typically it is 3 attempts for PIN 10 attempts for PUK This command will return error if SIM is not inserted Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Read AT TPIN lt 1 gt lt unb1_chv1 gt lt chv2 gt lt unb1_chv2 gt or ERROR The following table shows the TPIN parameters Table 3 122 TPIN Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt gt Number of remaining PIN attempts lt chv2 gt Number of remaining PIN2 attempts lt unbl_chv1 gt Number of remaining PUK attempts lt unbl_chv2 gt Number of remaining PUK2 attempts Example AT TPIN TPIN 3 10 3 10 OK AT CPIN 7777 CME ERROR incorrect password AT TPIN TPIN 2 10 3 10 OK 3 182 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference CPWD Ch
250. d User enters the country OK MTKP 1 0 Weather in England is 5 C Text is sent from the SIM Send DTMF The SIM card requests to send a DTMF string The G24 L sends the DTMF during an active voice call and notifies the terminal using an MTKP of this sending action The G24 L responds with the status of the sending result to the SIM Q Display sending DTMF string 4 MTKP D Send DTMF Request Send DTMF Response Figure 4 21 Send DTMF Launch Browser SIM card requests to open a browser with a specific URL and info The G24 L notifies the terminal and waits for the request results The terminal must respond to the G24 L with a result The terminal result is passed to the SIM by the G24 L MTKP Display Launch Browser Request Launch Browser Request Launch Browser Response Launch Browser Response Figure 4 22 Launch Browser April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 4 27 STK Setup Event List The terminal updates the G24 L on any of the events The G24 L passes events from the terminal to the SIM card according to the event list The event list is requested by the SIM using the setup event list command Setup Event List 7 Send Event Report Send Event Report Figure 4 23 Setup Event List 4 28 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 4 Using the Commands TCP IP TCP
251. d 2 Subsidy unlock Reset allowed 3 188 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Example AT EMPC EMPC 3 0 OK The status of phone is the subsidy lock is not active AT EMPC lt correct gt 0 EMPC 0 1 OK The command unlocks the phone if the password was typed correctly AT EMPC lt correct pin gt 1 EMPC 0 2 OK The command resets the phone if the password was typed correctly The following case shows an example of five unsuccessful attempts at entering the pin AT EMPC lt wrong gt 0 EMPC 1 1 OK AT EMPC lt wrong gt 0 EMPC 1 1 OK AT EMPC lt wrong gt 0 EMPC 1 1 OK AT EMPC lt wrong gt 0 EMPC 1 1 OK AT EMPC lt wrong gt 0 EMPC 2 1 OK The phone moves to Penalty state AT COPS CME ERROR Phone is in penalty state AT EMPC lt correct gt 0 EMPC 0 0 OK In case of penalty after 5 min if user types a correct pin the phone will unlock April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 189 Modem Configuration and Profile Modem Configuration and Profile Modem Register Commands The G24 L holds certain data items in selected memory space named Software Registers S registers and Modem Registers Some of these registers are used as bitmaps where one register holds more than one data item All S registers can be accessed using t
252. d CALM CALM lt mode gt The Read command displays the CME ERROR lt err gt Current alert sound mode setting Test CALM CALM list of The Test command displays the list of supported lt mode gt s supported modes CME ERROR lt err gt The following table shows the CALM parameters Table 3 113 CALM Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt mode gt Alert sound mode of the G24 L 0 Ring default 1 Silent mode ring prevented Note Selecting the ring mode with this command retrieves the current alert volume level setting Example AT CALM CALM 0 1 OK AT CALM CALM 0 OK AT CALM 1 OK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 171 Audio MMICG Microphone Gain Value This command handles the selection of microphone gain values of MIC handsets not MIC headsets The new value remains after power cycle This command is applicable for Analog and Digital modes The gain levels are saved in flex Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set MMICG lt gain gt OK The Set command sets the microphone CME ERROR err gain value Read MMICG MMICG lt gain gt The Read command displays the current CME ERROR lt err gt Microphone gain Test MMICG MMICG list of The Test command displays the list of supported lt gain gt s supported gain values CME ERROR err
253. d lt index gt es OK or CME ERROR lt err gt 3 70 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the MCSN parameters Table 3 39 MCSN Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt mode gt This value defines whether lt number gt and corresponding lt alpha gt tag are presented after entering a correct PIN number 0 Do not show lt number gt and lt alpha gt in lt index gt after entering correct PIN number 1 Show lt number gt and lt alpha gt in lt index gt after entering correct PIN number The default value is 0 before MCSN has been set for the first time lt index gt An integer value between 1 and 5 representing the storage place in EFmsisdn in the SIM 1 5 Index of the storage place The default value is 1 The number of records in EFmsisdn is SIM dependent and can be less than 5 number Phone number to set in the phonebook The string type representing the phone number is written within double quotes Valid input characters are 0 9 and at start only The number of digits the lt number gt parameter is built of can vary from a minimum of 0 to a maximum of 20 digits lt alpha gt Text related to lt number gt The string type text associated with the phone number is written within double quotes The character set used for text is the one selected by the command Select TE Character Se
254. d or spills of food 8 Control unit coil cords in the Product that are stretched or have the modular tab broken 9 All plastic surfaces and all other externally exposed parts that are scratched or damaged due to customer normal use Depending on operating conditions and your usage habits wear and tear might take place of components including mechanical problems related to Product housing paint assembly sub assemblies displays and keyboards and any accessories which are not part of the Product s in box configuration The rectification of faults generated through wear and tear and the use of consumable items like batteries beyond their Optimum Performance Time as indicated in the product manual is considered to be your responsibility and therefore Motorola will not provide the free Warranty repair service for these items Installed Data Please make and retain a note of all data you have inserted into your product For example names addresses phone numbers user and access codes notes etc before submitting your product for a warranty service as such data may be deleted or erased as part of the repair or service process Please note if you have downloaded material onto your product for example ring tones ring tunes screensavers wallpaper games etc These may be deleted or erased as part of the repair process or testing process Motorola shall not be responsible for such matters The repair or testing process should not affect any such
255. d processor MIDs Message IDs Channels MO Mobile Originated sets up a call session MR Message Reference MT Mobile Terminated accepts a call session O OA Origination Address OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer P PCB Printed Circuit Board PCM Pulse Code Modulation PDN Packet Data Network PDU Packet Data Unit PID Protocol Identifier PPP Point to Point Protocol Acr amp Abbr 4 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Acronyms and Abbreviations Abbreviation Full Name QoS RA RI RTS RTS RXD S register SC SCA SCTS SIM SM SMS SN SSL ST SW flow con trol Quality of Service Recipient Address Ring Indicator Request To Send RS232 pin used for HW flow control The DTE uses this pin to stop data transmission from the MGOM on the RXD pin DTE received data from MGOM Software Resister Service Center Service Center Address Service Center Time Stamp Subscriber Identity Module Short Message Short Message Service Serial Number Secure Socket Layer protocol Created by Netscape to ensure secure transactions between a client and a server Status ISO IEC 646 SW flow control the DC1 XON and DC3 XOFF control characters April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual Acr amp Abbr 5 Abbreviation Full Name TBD TDMA TE TLS TODA TOOA TORA TOSCA TTY TXD UA UIH USB vco To Be Defined Time Divisi
256. d when the proper SIM PIN is provided and unblocks the SIM card when the proper SIM PUK is provided This command handles the selection of the preferred storage area for messages Page 3 64 Page 3 177 Page 3 76 CPOL This command is used to edit the list of preferred operators located in the SIM card Page 3 125 CPUC This command sets the parameters of the Advice of Charge related price per unit and currency table found in the SIM file EFPUCT Page 3 48 CPWD This command sets a new password for the facility lock Page 3 183 CR This command controls whether or not the extended format of an outgoing call is displayed or not Page 3 49 CRC This command controls whether to present the extended format of the incoming call indication Page 3 17 CREG This command enables disables the network status registration unsolicited result code Page 3 119 CRING This unsolicited event indicates the type of incoming call Page 3 17 CRLP This command returns the Radio Link Protocol parameters Page 3 118 CRSL This command handles the selection of the incoming call ringer and alert tone SMS sound level on the alert speaker of the G24 L Page 3 158 A 8 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Appendix A Reference Tables Table A 1 AT Commands Alphabetical Cont AT Command Descrip
257. dentify the G24 L This command refers to the GSM supplementary service COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation which enables a calling subscriber to get the connected line identity COL of the called party after setting up a mobile originated call Page 3 6 Page 3 56 COPS CPAS This command enables accessories to access the network registration information and the selection and registration of the GSM network operator This command returns the current activity status of the G24 L for example call in progress or ringing Page 3 122 Page 3 39 CPBF CPBR This command enables the user to search the currently active phone book for a particular entry by name This command recalls phone book entries from a specific entry number or from a range of entries Page 3 63 Page 3 61 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual A 7 AT Commands Alphabetical Summary Table A 1 AT Commands Alphabetical Cont AT Command Description Page CPBS This command selects the memory that is to be used for reading and writing entries in G24s that contain more than one phone book memory Page 3 60 CPBW CPIN CPMS This command enables the user to store a new entry in the phone book or delete an existing entry from the phone book This command is only relevant for phones that use SIM cards It unlocks the SIM car
258. detected Note The G24 L input power source is connected via the battery pins lt bcl gt Battery charge level VCC V Battery Level 23 7 90 3 5 3 7 60 3 4 3 5 20 3 35 3 4 10 3 3 3 35 5 lt 3 3 0 Note The G24 L does not allow the detection of battery use The power supply of the G24 L is connected via the battery pins However users can use this command to verify the level of the G24 L input power source Example AT CBC CBC 0 60 This example shows 0 battery powered with 60 power April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 129 Hardware Information OK MBC Battery Charger This command allows the battery charger to be managed start stop or automatic manage and get indication for the battery level solicited or unsolicited reports The Battery is external to the G24 L and connected via the 70 pin connector The values of the battery are 3 2V 4 2V divided to 5 battery levels Notes When the battery level is below the minimum the G24 L will not power up untill the pre chargelevel reaches the minimum level for activation The G24 L will manage the charging process and algorithm when charging is enabled The unsolicited reports will appear in the following cases in case lt Ind 1 gt 1 Each time the level of the battery changes 2 Inside the limits 3 2 and 4 2 3 Charger connected disconnected
259. ds Reference EPIN Enter SIM PIN2 to Verify PIN2 Indicator This AT command will be used to verify the PIN2 when the proper SIM PIN2 password has been provided The code presented by the ME PIN2 password will be compared with the relevant one stored in the SIM The execution of this command is possible only if the SIM is in READY state or waiting for PIN2 state If the PIN2 presented is correct the number of remaining PIN2 attempts will be reseted to its initial value allowed by the service provider If the PIN2 presented is false the number of remaining PIN2 attempts will be decremented If an incorrect password is entered for maximum attempts allowed by provider the SIM will be blocked and the user will have to unblock it To unblock the SIM card the user can use the AT CPIN command Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT EPIN lt type gt lt passwd gt OK or CME ERROR lt err gt Test AT EPIN EPIN possible list of lt type gt OK The following table shows the EPIN parameters Table 3 121 EPIN Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt type gt 2 Verify PIN2 indicator Digit type value that indicate what action need to be execute lt passwd gt String type PIN2 password 4 8 digits Example AT EPIN EPIN 2 OK AT EPIN 2 lt wrong_passwd gt CME ERROR incorrect passwor
260. e 3 171 3 172 P arametgersos 2 NUR EN PUT OPE TE 3 173 Ring Tone 225222252 5 LT MARRE RR ERE EE 3 174 EVED Parameters uc mro ERAI VI RU RU TTE RES RV 3 175 NVES Parame tersen a 3 176 SIM Card E E 3 178 FORIN Parameters 152 3 179 3 181 edu 3 182 CPWD Parameters tT 222 ie M s 3 183 TCLCK P arametersz e 3 185 cine AA D A Mp m PU E 3 188 Effects of Parameter Settings oeo ee sU Rees 3 190 N Paramete kS C RUIT M M CM REI RI De m 3 191 Om Parameters coe e HEC RUM 3 192 En Parameters dese Gok ard ede 3 192 X 0 3 193 52 Parameters ope bh thao bbe pbRS Le E E pa EU Rec Sod ab bk ds 3 196 S12 Parameters 1s v oe eee eb obe e ed E e e e E Rob aoe 3 197 OCH Parameters obe ERE RE doi x 3 198 Z Parameters i is RR Lud wonton bugs EU Qe los i d Ue gts 3 199 524
261. e On Power Up as previously saved in FLEX bytes Before set command is first used mode is set to Normal voice mode Notes VCO Voice Carry Over is intended for people who cannot hear but are able to speak clearly During a VCO relay call the Deaf or Hard of Hearing caller speaks directly to the person they are conversing with When that person responds a Communication Assistant CA will type back exactly what is said and it will appear on the screen of your TTY or VCO phone HCO Hearing Carry Over allows Speech Disabled callers who can hear well on the telephone to listen directly to the person they are talking with The Speech Disabled Relay user types his or her part of the conversation on a TTY A Communication Assistant CA then speaks the typed conversation word for word to the standard telephone user 3 58 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Figure 3 1 shows the TTY hardware configuration AT Commands eee Connection TTY Terminal 1 TTY Terminal 2 Note TTY terminal 1 is connected to G24 L via headset connector Figure 3 1 TTY Hardware Configuration Example AT MTTY MTTY 0 3 OK AT MTTY 1 OK AT MTTY MTTY 1 OK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 59 Phone Books and Clock Phone Books and Clock Directory Access Commands This set of commands enables read write access to the phone book conta
262. e If lt Report interval gt value was not set there will be no messages but you can ask for a solicited message The following table shows the MMAD parameters Table 3 98 MMAD Parameters Units 100 milli Sec in case of average computation Seconds in case of A D sampling only lt Parameter gt Description Range Remark lt Converter 1 5 Select the A2D converter Numbers lt Report gt 0 Unsolicited report is not active stop unsolicited report amp Optional for Average deactivate MMAD operation calculation 1 Unsolicited report in active for all A2D conversion events 2 Unsolicited reports are active only for out off boundaries events 3 Average report send periodic average lt Rate gt 1 255 Select the time interval between two samples 100mili for average sec Otherwise Mandatory for Average calculation lt low gt lt High gt 0 230 or 300 450 A decimal value represents the digital value Low The lowest boundary level of digital value High The Highest boundary level of digital value Default value for converters 1 3 is 0 230 Default value for converter 5 is 300 450 lt Converted Value gt A decimal value represents the returned digital value For converters 1 3 and 5 the returned value represent the input level multiplied by 100 lt Num_of_sam ples gt 2 255 The number of samples that are used for average calculation Mandatory for Average calcula
263. e server sends its IP address to the G24 L using an alternative connection for example CSD SMS and so on 4 The server application listens on a known port waiting for G24 L to connect 5 The G24 L connects to the same GPRS network as the server and receives an IP address using the MIPCALL command 6 The G24 L initiates a TCP IP connection with the listening server It knows the IP address and port number of the server 7 Once the server is connected the TCP IP connection is created and data can be transferred freely in both directions upload and download UDP IP The set of AT commands created for the TCP IP connection is used for the UDP IP connection as well Therefore UDP IP must open a UDP stack using the MIPOPEN AT command The connection created does not change any concept regarding the UDP IP known protocol which is connectionless this is just an easy way for the terminal to specify to the G24 L which of the four possible stacks should be used When establishing the UDP IP connection the G24 L is both the initiator and the listener Creating UDP IP Connections Connection with another G24 The following occurs during a UDP IP connection with another G24 1 Side A The G24 L connects to the GPRS network and receives an IP address using the MIPCALL command The G24 L opens a UDP IP stack as one of its sockets using the MIPOPEN and selecting the protocol UDP 2 Side B The G24
264. e CS6 UCS 2 Full table 7 2222 A 21 lraracter Set Table CS7 essel e eee hu A 22 viii G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 MOTOROLA List of Figures 1 1 1 2 1 3 2 1 2 2 2 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 3 10 3 11 3 12 3 13 3 14 3 15 3 16 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8 4 9 4 10 4 11 4 12 4 13 4 14 4 15 4 16 4 17 4 18 4 19 4 20 4 21 SYSLEM OVERVIEW teo aep RS efe Moses ee hate 1 5 SIdeloDee os oe Ss serena 1 9 Echo Suppression 2 bee URP WOCHE UA THEE Eee 1 9 AT Commands Protocol essei doc e ez Meere e ur ee 2 2 Basic Structure of a Command 2 3 Response to a Command Line 2 4 Flow and Structure Configuration 8 2 5 TTY Hardware Configuration 3 59 A dio IRURE PUER EGRE NEUE RIVE NM RE 3 156 Basic Audio 3 157 Advanced Audio Setup oc toe assassin asa 3 157 Analog Digital Switching cos Ee 3 158 ets deeem ete e ig iste deu EE IM De E 3 164 G24 L Audio Gain chet eee ee abet a ead eon eee 3 166 SIM
265. e G24 L responds with a message called a Result Code which tells the terminal the result of the command that was requested Result codes can indicate for example the execution status of the command or the remote modem connection status Result codes can be represented either as numerical codes or as verbose responses By default the G24 L responds with verbose response codes The result code has the following structure Prefix Code Suffix where The results code prefix is lt CR gt lt LF gt The results code suffix is lt CR gt lt LF gt Response and Indications Structure The following is the information response and indications structure Token Separator Arguments where The separator is The following is an example of Response and Results code Information Response to CMD2 Also string type subparameters possible Information Response to CMD2 lt CR gt lt LF gt CMD2 3 0 15 GSM lt CR gt lt LF gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CMD2 0 3 0 1 0 12 15 GSM IRA lt CR gt lt LF gt lt CR gt lt LF gt OK lt CR gt lt LF gt Final result code Shows acceptable ranges of each subparameter Figure 2 3 Response to a Command Line If verbose responses are enabled using the command V1 and all the commands in a command line have been performed successfully the result code lt CR gt lt LF gt OK lt CR gt lt LF gt is sent from the G24 L to th
266. e Index Cont Termination Cause Index NBR_SN_EXCEEDED 73 NBR_USER_EXCEEDED 74 Call Control by SIM Causes NOT_ALLOWED_BY_CC 75 MODIFIED TO SS BY CC 76 MODIFIED TO CALL BY CC 77 CALL_MODIFIED_BY_CC 78 App Cause FDN_FAILURE 90 COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation This command relates to the GSM supplementary service called COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation which enables a calling subscriber to obtain the connected line identity COL of the called party after setting up a mobile originated call with the G24 L For example after setting up a mobile originated call to one number that is forwarded to another number the calling party will see the number of that third party When this command is enabled and the called subscriber permits it the following intermediate result code is returned COLP lt number gt lt type gt lt subaddr gt lt satype gt lt alpha gt Note This command is activated when COLP is supported by the network Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set COLP lt n gt OK The Set command enables disables the CME ERROR lt err gt display of the COL at the TE on the G24 L It has no effect on the execution of the COLR supplementary service on the network The value set by this command is not retained after a power cycle Read COLP COLP lt n gt lt m gt The Read command displays the status
267. e Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Table 3 144 CRSM Parameters Cont lt Parameter gt Description lt 5 1 gt lt sw2 gt Integer character format Information from the SIM about the execution of the actual command These parameters are delivered to the TE in both cases on successful or failed execution of the command Responses to commands which are correctly executed sw1 sw2 Description 144 0 Normal ending of the command 145 XX Normal ending of the command with extra information from the proactive SIM containing a command for the ME Length XX of the response data 158 XX Length XX of the response data given in case of a SIM data download error 159 XX Length XX of the response data Responses to commands which are postponed sw1 sw2 Error Description 147 0 SIM Application Toolkit is busy Command cannot be executed at present further normal commands are allowed 146 Ox Command successful but after using an internal update retry routine X times 146 64 Memory problem 148 0 No EF selected 148 2 Out of range invalid address 148 4 File ID not found Pattern not found 148 8 File is inconsistent with the command 152 2 No CHV initialized 152 4 Access condition not fulfilled Unsuccessful CHV verification at least one attempt left Unsuccessful UNBLOCK verif
268. e Set command enables disables the display of notification result codes to the TE When lt n gt 1 and a supplementary service notification is received after a mobile originated call setup the CSSI notification is sent to the TE before any other mobile originated call setup result codes When several different notifications are received from the network each of them receives its own CSSI result code When m 1 and a supplementary service notification is received during a mobile terminated call setup or during a call or when a forward check supplementary service notification is received the unsolicited result code CSSU is sent to the TE In case of a mobile terminated call setup a CSSU is sent after every CLIP result code CLIP Calling Line Identification on page 3 19 When several different events are received from the network each of them receives its own CSSU result code Note The values for n and m are not saved after power cycle Read CSSN CSSN lt n gt lt m gt The Read command displays the current supplementary service notification setting Test CSSN CSSN 0 1 0 1 The Test command displays the list of supported CSSN values 3 50 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the CSSN parameters Table 3 26 CSSN Parameters
269. e allows the SIM card to store a mapping of MCC MNC code pairs to the displayed operator name As a result several operators can share a single network while having their handsets display their own name as the network operator Testing the enhanced ONS feature requires a SIM ONS SIM card 3 122 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference SELECT Syntax Response Action Remarks Type Set AT COPS lt mo OK The Set command can force an attempt to de gt lt format gt or select and register a specific GSM network lt gt operator The mode selects whether this is done automatically by the G24 L whether the selection is forced to an operator lt oper gt given in format lt format gt If the selected operator is not available no other operator is selected except when the lt mode gt is set to 4 lt mode gt 2 forces an attempt to deregister from the network lt mode gt 3 sets the operator format to all further Read commands COPS as well The selected mode applies to future network registrations for example once you deregister from the network the G24 L remains unregistered until you select lt mode gt 0 lt mode gt 1 or lt mode gt 4 Read AT COPS COPS The Read command returns the current mode lt mode gt lt format gt lt op and the currently selected operator er gt OK or CME ERROR lt err gt Test AT
270. e call not a supplementary service notification 6 Forward check supplementary Yes service message received can be received at any time 7 Call is being connected with the Yes remote party in an alerted state using an explicit call transfer operation during a voice call 8 Call has been connected with the Yes other remote party using an explicit call transfer operation during a voice call or during mobile terminated call setup Number and subaddress parameters may be present lt number gt String type phone number of format defined by lt type gt lt type gt Type of address octet in integer format refer to GSM 04 08 8 subclause 10 5 4 7 lt subaddr gt String type subaddress of format defined by lt satype gt lt satype gt Type of subaddress octet in integer format refer to GSM 04 08 8 subclause 10 5 4 8 9 Deflected call No mobile terminated call setup Example AT CSSN test command CSSN 0 1 0 1 OK AT CSSN 0 0 disable both options OK AT CSSN 1 0 set n value as enabled m disabled OK AT CSSN CSSN 1 0 display the current n amp m values OK CSSI 1 displayed after mobile originated call setup of call forward and n enable CSSU 2 displayed when a call has been placed on hold during the call using the CHLD AT command and m enable 3 52 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference CUSD Unstructured Supp
271. e change notification 1 File change notification 2 SIM initialization and file change notification 3 SIM initialization 4 SIM reset Values when ProactiveCmdType 22 Set Up Idle Mode Text lt idle mode text string gt Text string to display when the G24 L is in idle mode Values when ProactiveCmdType 24 Send DTMF lt alpha id gt Alpha ID of the DTMF string Values when ProactiveCmdType 26 Launch Browser lt URL gt URL text string of up to 100 characters lt bearers gt 0 Bearer unspecified 1 Bearer SMS for future use 2 Bearer CSD 4 Bearer USSD for future use 8 Bearer GPRS and all possible intersections Currently only 2 bearer types are supported CSD and GPRS Valid bearers are 0 2 8 10 lt proxy_Id gt Text string containing name identity of the gateway or proxy used for connecting to the URL max 20 characters lt alpha_id gt Text string identifying the current connection max 20 characters 3 260 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT MTKP lt Cmd OK The Set command allows Type gt lt Result gt or the user to answer the lt Data gt CME ERROR lt err gt following proactive commands GET_INKEY Key pressed from the user GET_INPUT Message entered by the user Enable disable the DTMF ser
272. e following table shows the S94 parameters Table 3 105 S94 Parameters Parameter Description n 0 Disable sidetone 1 Enable sidetone On power up the sidetone is enabled Example ATS94 0 Disable sidetone OK ATS94 2 CME ERROR lt err gt ATS94 000 Sidetone disabled OK 96 Echo Canceling This command suppresses a large amount of the output sound picked up by the input device cancels all echo 596 value is saved in the Flex The following table explains the use of the ATS96 set Table 3 106 ATS96 and ATS94 Behavior ATS96 ATS94 Echo Cancel Noise Suppress ST 0 0 Disabled Disabled Disabled 0 1 Disabled Disabled Enabled 1 0 Enabled Enabled Disabled 1 1 Enabled Enabled Disabled Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set ATS96 lt n gt OK The Set command sets the echo or canceling and noise suppression status CME ERROR lt gt Read ATS96 lt 000 disabled The Read command returns the echo 001 enabled gt canceling and noise suppression status OK or CME ERROR lt err gt Test ATS96 CME ERROR lt err gt 3 162 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the S96 parameters Table 3 107 S96 Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt n gt 0 Disable
273. e network MTPY Multi party Conversation Conference calls The network does not reserve more than one traffic channel for a mobile station therefore the G24 L can have only one call on hold at a time April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 23 Call Control Note Only voice calls can be put on HOLD A precondition for the multi party service is that the G24 L is in control of one active call and one call on hold In this situation the G24 L can request the network to begin the MTPY Multi Party service Once a MTPY call is active remote parties may be added disconnected or separated removed from the MTPY call but remain connected to the served mobile subscriber The maximum number of remote parties is 5 In this command the term CALL refers to a single or MTPY call A single Active call is considered a MTPY call with one call index numbered as 1 Command Response Action CHLD lt n gt If the call is terminated OK approve request was submitted NO CARRIER If the call state is changed link split from active to hold and so on OK approve request was done If the call is terminated and another call is answered OK approve request was submitted NO CARRIER OK call answered and is now connected command Syntax Response Action Remarks Type Test CHLD CHLD list of supported lt n gt s The Test command returns lt n gt values OK supported by the G24
274. e number of interrupts on the DTE side and reduce data sending delay time on our side G24 L sends wakeup out pulse when the interval between one burst of sent received data to the other is bigger than specified in ATS 100 Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set ATS100 lt delta gt OK The set command sets the terminal Or minimum time limit for entering sleep CME ERROR err 09 Read ATS100 delta The Read command returns the current OK ATS100 value 3 204 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Table 3 137 Command parameters lt Parameter gt Description Remarks lt delta gt Time interval between one burst of sent received This value is saved on power data to the other before the terminal enters sleep down mode 0 Wakeup out feature isn t active default when 5100 set command is never used 255 Time in seconds Example ats100 001 OK ats100 0 OK ats100 000 OK MSCTS Enable Disable CTS During Wakeup Period This command defines the behavior of the CTS line when the G24 L is in normal mode not Sleep mode The command configures the G24 L CTS line behavior always to follow the flow control requirements or to follow it only if the terminal initiated a serial transmission session This saves the terminal from following the CTS interrupt every time the G24 L exits
275. e shows the MIPODM parameters Table 3 197 MIPODM Parameters lt Parameter gt Description Socket ID A unique number that identifies a connection Valid socket numbers 1 2 3 and 4 Source Port Port of source site Port range 1 65535 decimal digits Remote IP IP of the remote site in the format AAA BBB CCC DDD The range of each octet is 0 255 The value can be written in 1 2 or 3 digits Host name of remote site The host name convention should meet the rules as describe in RFC 1035 section 2 3 Conventions Syntax is not validated except the maximum length 255 characters Remote Port Port of remote site Port range 1 65535 decimal digits for outgoing connection Port 0 for incoming connection Protocol Type of protocol stack 0 TCP 1 UDP State 0 Inactive 1 Active Note Motorola does not recommend using port numbers below 1024 These numbers are defined to be reserved for operating systems Example Opening socket 3 in Online Data Mode using TCP protocol from port 1104 designation IP 123 245 213 012 designation port 1124 AT MIPODM 3 1104 172 90 237 221 1124 0 OK MIPODM 3 1 Enter invalid command format AT MIPODM ERROR Check opened in Online Data Mode socket state when G24 L is pseudo command mode AT MIPODM MIPODM 3 1 OK Listen socket over TCP AT MIPODM 1 1100 0 0 0 0 0 0 Listens to any port at any IP OK MIPODM 1 1 122 221 32
276. e terminal If numeric responses are enabled using the command VO the result code 0 lt CR gt is sent instead If verbose responses are enabled using the command V1 and sub parameter values of a command are not accepted by the G24 L or if the command itself is invalid or cannot be performed for any reason the result code lt CR gt lt LF gt ERROR lt CR gt lt LF gt is sent to the terminal and no subsequent commands in the command line are processed If the numeric responses are enabled using the command the result code 4 lt CR gt is sent instead The ERROR or 4 response may be replaced by CME ERROR lt err gt when the command was not processed due to an error related to G24 L operation G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapier 2 Introduction to AT Commands AT Commands Protocol amp Structure Configuration The AT commands message flow and structure may be configured by the terminal The G24 L can be configured not to follow a command with an echo and or results code It can be configured to transmit the results code in either of two ways Verbose or Numeric This and other configurations can be set using the following commands Command Description 3 lt value gt Command line termination character default setting 0x13 4 lt value gt Response formatting character default 0x10 5 lt value gt Command line editing character default Ox 8
277. e that are called Basic AT commands A Repeat Last Command This command repeats the last command It is not necessary to press Enter after this command p mand Syntax Response Action ype Execute Repeats last command Example AT amp D amp D 2 OK A amp D 2 OK AT Check AT Communication This command only returns OK me mand Syntax Response Action ype Execute AT OK Example AT OK CPIN Enter PIN for Unlocking SIM Card or Enter PUK for Unblocking SIM Card This command unlocks the SIM card when the proper SIM PIN is provided and unblocks the SIM card when the proper SIM PUK is provided April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 177 Access The SIM card is unlocked only once the provided pin is verified as the SIM PIN If the required PIN determined by the error code returned from the requested operation or the Read command is SIM PUK or SIM PUK2 the second pin is required This second pin lt newpin gt is used to replace the old pin in the SIM card When entering the pin a lt new pin gt is not required Note The SIM card lock is another level of security independent of the phone lock See Access Control Commands on page 3 177 for more information Figure 3 8 presents a diagram of what occurs when using the SIM card Note that if an incorrect password is entered three times the G24 L requires that a
278. e the data is being sent to Network immediately Only one socket is allowed at the same time in Online Data Mode April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 279 GPRS The MIPODM command returns a MIPSTAT Socket ID gt lt Error gt unsolicited event if it fails For example if it was rejected by the remote side Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT MIPODM OK The Set command returns lt Socket ID gt or Remote IP and Source Por Socket Regi 4 lt Remote gt ID gt lt State gt lt Remote IP gt lt Remote parameters orly Tor sockets opened in Listen lt Remote Port gt Port gt mode lt Protocol gt or MIPSTAT lt Socket ID gt lt Status gt or ERROR lt err gt Read AT MIPODM MIPODM lt SocketID gt When a socket opens in for each socket that can be opened Online Data Mode the command returns actual j Socket ID value and 1 MIPODM 0 0 value active G24 L if there are no free sockets will be in pseudo command mode for receiving the command Test AT MIPODM MIPODM list of supported socket ID gt s list of supported source port gt s list of supported lt Destination gt 5 list of destination port gt s list of supported lt protocol gt s 3 280 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following tabl
279. e through speaker AT MAVOL 1 1 3 Accy 1 speaker feature 1 voice vol 3 volume level OK Set volume level 5 for voice and keypad through speaker AT MAVOL 1 3 5 Accy 1 speaker feature 3 voice and keypad vol 5 volume level OK AT MAVOL Requests the volume level of the current path s features Currently the voice outputs through speaker and its volume level is 5 MAVOL 1 1 5 Accy 1 speaker feature 1 voice vol 5 Currently the keypad outputs through speaker and its volume level is 5 MAVOL 1 2 5 Accy 1 speaker feature 2 keypad vol 5 Currently the alert outputs through alert speaker and its volume level is 2 MAVOL 4 4 2 Accy 4 alert speaker feature 4 alert vol 2 Currently the ring outputs through alert speaker and its volume level is 2 MAVOL 4 8 2 Accy 4 alert speaker feature 8 ring vol 2 OK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 167 Audio MAMUT Input Devices Mute This command controls the muting unmuting of all input paths mic headset mic or digital RX Upon power up all the devices are unmuted Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set MAMUT lt accy gt OK The Set command mutes unmutes lt state gt or any input accessory or any CME ERROR lt err gt combination of them Read MAMUT MAMUT lt accy1 gt lt state gt The Read command returns the MAMUT lt accy2 gt lt state gt current mu
280. e with Section 5 amp 6 of the People s Republic of China s Electronic Industry Marking Standard for Control of Pollution Caused by Electronic Information Products The disclosure table and symbols shown below cover the electronic information product EIP supplied Aah EMI BOCK OE Be EY WRK esami hoe ae eco 14 CER Cr6 PBB PBDE RANA BA SUUM OE E EEST 11363 2006 ER S BA F o RNA BA SER RIP CE ZEB EEN SE 19 J BE GER EH SJ T 11363 2006 MERLE REEK o ojo o Accessories X lo lo The two symbols shown below indicate the product is recyclable and the number denotes the Environmental Friendly Use Period for the EIP indicated above it Transceiver module amp Accessories Battery Except Battery 20 5 Limitation of Liability The Products are not designed intended or authorized for use as components in systems intended for surgical implant into the body in other applications intended to support or sustain life for the planning construction maintenance operation or use of any nuclear facility for the flight navigation communication of aircraft or ground support equipment or in any other application in which the failure of the Product could create a situation where personal injury or death may occur If CUSTOMER should use any Product or provide any Product to a third party
281. echo canceling Disable noise suppression 1 Enable echo canceling Enable noise suppression Example ATS96 1 Enable echo canceling OK ATS96 4 CME ERROR lt err gt ATS96 001 Echo canceling enabled OK Advanced Audio Setup Commands This group of commands enables accessory devices to control certain audio aspects within the system MAPATH Audio Path This command sets requests the active input accessory and the output accessory for each feature For example you can choose the headset mic to be active the voice and keypad feedbacks to go to the speaker and the alerts and rings to go to the alert speaker On power up the default path mic speaker and alert speaker are restored Note MAPATH cannot be used to set digital audio but only to read it In order to set the digital audio path use MADIGITAL For more information refer to section MADIGITAL Analog Digital Audio Switching on page 3 170 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 163 Audio The following diagram shows the audio paths Input Handset Microphone gt Q Input voice Headset Microphone OH Features Headset Speak Voice Key feedback Output 1 Handset Alert M Alert Transduc Ring 1 Figure 3 6 Audio Paths Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set MAPATH OK The Set command sets the audio path
282. ed For a pin description refer to the G24 L Developer s Kit Manual 6802984C10 e Check DSR Line On Activate DTR Activate RTS Figure 4 4 RS232 Lines Setup 4 4 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 4 Using the Commands Test G24 L Communication This is a preliminary step During this step the ability to communicate with the G24 L using AT commands is tested A p Check RS232 Connection or Change UART Baud Rate OK Figure 4 5 Test G24 L Communication Communication example AT ATE1 By default the echo should be enabled AT OK Confirm that G24 L replies with OK Basic Configuration These are optional steps If required specific RS232 pin behavior can be selected Extended error notification is recommended for debugging and field support purposes Configure the RS232 Connection Optional Baud rate line behavior and flow control for example AT CBUAD 1 15200 AT amp Cx AT amp Dx AT amp Kx Note If the baud rate has been changed you must change the baud rat of the UART as well Enable Extended Error Messages Optional for example AT CMEE 2 or 1 Basic Commands Optional Figure 4 6 Basic Configuration April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 4 5 Recommended G24 L Initialization after Powerup 1 Baud setting example AT CBAUD 6 Setting baud rate for 19200 OK AT CB
283. ed DISPLAY TEXT see 3GPP TS 11 14 version 8 9 0 Release 1999 subclause 6 4 1 b2 SEND DTMF command see 3GPP TS 11 14 version 8 9 0 Release 1999 subclause 6 4 24 b3 Proactive SIM PROVIDE LOCAL INFORMATION BCCHChannel List coding as per 3GPP TS 11 14 version 8 9 0 Release 1999 subclause 12 29 b4 Proactive SIM PROVIDE LOCAL INFORMATION language b5 Proactive SIM PROVIDE LOCAL INFORMATION TimingAdvance b6 Proactive SIM LANGUAGE NOTIFICATION b7 Proactive SIM LAUNCH BROWSER b8 RFU bit 0 Table 3 173 Profile Structure Byte 10 Soft keys support Bit Description bl Soft keys support for SELECT ITEM see 3GPP TS 11 14 version 8 9 0 Release 1999 subclause 6 4 9 b2 Soft Keys support for SET UP MENU see 3GPP TS 11 14 version 8 9 0 Release 1999 subclause 6 4 8 b3 RFU bit 0 b4 b5 b6 b7 b8 3 252 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Table 3 174 Profile Structure Byte 11 Soft keys information Bit Description bl Maximum number of soft keys available b2 b3 b4 b5 FF value is reserved for future use b6 b7 b8 Table 3 175 Profile Structure Byte 12 Bearer independent protocol proactive commands class e Bit Description bl Proactive SIM OPEN CHANNEL b2 Proactive SIM CLOSE CHANNEL b3 Proactive SIM RECEIVE DATA b4 Pr
284. ed SM is saved in message storage 3 84 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference If the command is executed but no acknowledgment is expected or some other G24 L related error occurs the final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT CNMA OK or CMS ERROR lt err gt Read The Read command for CNMA is not defined by ETSI and therefore is not supported by the G24 L The G24 L returns an error Test The Test command for CNMA is not defined by ETSI and therefore is not supported by the G24 L The G24 L returns an error Example AT CNMI 3 2 OK AT CMSS 142 054565132 send to myself CMSS 74 OK CMT 97254565132 03 04 09 17 14 33 08 new message text AT CNMA OK AT CNMI CNMI 3 2 0 0 OK AT CNMI 0 0 0 1 OK AT CSMP 49 OK AT CSMP CSMP 49 167 0 0 OK AT CNMI CNMI 0 0 0 1 0 OK AT CMSS 295 CMSS 184 OK CDS 6 184 972524680592 145 05 08 02 17 19 23 08 05 08 02 17 19 24 08 0 AT CNMA OK AT CNMI CNMI 0 0 0 1 0 OK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 85 SMS CMTI Unsolicited Response New SMS DELIVER Receipt Indication The CMTI unsolicited response is sent to the TE upon receipt of a new SMS DELIVER SM if the CNMI parameter lt mt gt is set to 1 Refer to CNMI New Message Indication
285. ed by the user If the SIM includes an alpha identifier in the command the G24 L displays this string for the user in the form of a MTKP unsolicited response In all other cases no information is sent to the user Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set MTKP 24 lt enable OK The Set command disable gt or activates and deactivates CME ERROR lt err gt command Unsolicited MTKP 24 lt alpha identifier Response string gt Read MTKP 24 lt status gt The Read command displays the current status of the send DTMF command April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 263 GPRS The diagram below demonstrates the communication between the SIM the G24 L and the TE regarding a DTMF command during an active voice call 5 9 MTKP MTKP 24 1 gt l Send DTMF gt 4 DTMF Sent 24 alpha id gt 24 0 la AT MTKP MTKP 24 0 Send DTMF gt lt Unable to process Figure 3 14 Communication During DTMF Command Launch Browser This is a proactive command that requests a browser inside a browser enabled user terminal to interpret the content corresponding to a URL It is forwarded to the TE using an unsolicited event mechanism Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Unsolicited Response MTKP 26 lt
286. ed features are provided Sidetone Sidetone reduces the microphone audio input that is routed to the selected speaker so that the person speaking can hear himself or herself talking This creates a slight echo because the speaker 1 8 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 1 Product Features sound then gets picked up again by the microphone and is again routed to the speaker and so on Echo suppress is designed to take care of this echo ay Figure 1 2 Sidetone Echo Suppression Echo suppression suppresses a large amount of the output sound picked up by the input device cancels all echoes Remote G24 L G 2 Out line is filtered by In line Suppression Solution Figure 1 3 Echo Suppression Noise Suppress Noise suppression improves audio quality in all modes by suppressing environment noise from being picked up by the input device Technical Description The path features provide full control over the navigation of the audio in the product The gain features provide full control over the volume levels of the different output accessories and tones April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 1 9 Improved OEM Features The algorithm provides full control over activation deactivation of audio quality features such as echo canceling and noise suppression The user can access these features by means of AT commands These are de
287. eived by the terminal AT CSCS Read the current character set CSCS ASCII Currently using ASCII character set OK AT CMGR 128 Read SMS entry 128 CMGR STO UNSENT Motorola G24 L OEM Module The content of SMS entry 128 OK When the USC2 character set is used the following is received by the terminal AT CSCS Read the current character set CSCS UCS2 Currently using UCS2 character set OK AT CMGR 128 CMGR STO UNSENT 004D006F0074006F0072006F006C006100200067003200300020004F0045004D 00200040006 00640075006 0065 The content of SM entry 128 OK The following is an ASCII translation of the SM contents 004D M 006F 0 0074 t 006F 0 0072 r 006F 0 006C 1 0061 a 0020 space 0067 g 0032 2 0030 0 0020 space 004F 0045 004D M 0020 space 004D M 006F 0064 0075 u 006C 1 0065 As this SMS was originally written in ENGLISH meaning ASCII letters each digit quadruplet starts with double zeros 00 When other languages are used the quadruplets have different values April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 4 21 Sleep Mode Sleep Mode Note The notation of TXD and RXD are from the perspective of the terminal unless otherwise specified The terminal should activate Sleep mode by sending ATS24 n n number of seconds To disable Sleep mode send ATS24 0 Example of G24 L Entering Sleep Mode Terminal TX ATS24 n Terminal TX ATxxx
288. eld value of ICMP header Every lt type gt has its own defined lt code gt values Refer to IETF RFC 792 for lt code gt valid values lt RTT gt Specifies Round Trip Time RTT measured in milliseconds This parameter will be reported in command response only if Echo Reply message was received Notes 1 Ping request is being executed from the moment the valid AT MPING set command was received by G24 L until MPINGSTAT unsolicited report with lt status gt equal either to 0 or 2 is sent to DTE or ping request execution was aborted with AT MPING 0 command Refer to description of MPINGSTAT unsolicited response for details 2 In some cases the reply message for an Echo Request message might be not an Echo Reply messages but rather some other ICMP message which is reporting an error in datagram processing For purpose of reporting an exact type of response for sent Echo Request message unsolicited response includes lt type gt and lt code gt fields The first octet of the data portion of the IP datagram is an ICMP lt type gt field The value of this field determines the format of the remaining data The lt type gt and lt code gt fields jointly define ICMP message type For example a case when an Echo Request message encapsulated in IP datagram to be forwarded by a gateway has exceeded TTL equal zero In this case the gateway must discard the datagram and may return an ICMP Time Exceeded message
289. elete all read sent and unsent messages OK AT CMGD 1 4 Delete all messages OK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 4 13 Call Control Call Control The following figure is a detailed view of the states the G24 L goes through for Voice and CSD Data as shown in Figure 4 2 Note that between the time the OK is received and the actual connection occurs call state alerts are received Figure 4 10 Call States Dialing Using ATD atd 44 34 56 78 VOICE call number includes international access code OK OK atd17085763400 Second VOICE call OK OK Call to 44345678 is being put on hold ath Hang up active call NO CARRIER OK AT CHLD 0 Hang up held call NO CARRIER OK atd 44 34 56 78 call OK Move to online Data state ESC sequence back to the Command state is sent from the terminal is not displayed ath Hang up data call NO CARRIER OK Data call terminated AT FCLASS 1 OK atd 44 34 56 78 FAX call NO CARRIER Fax call was terminated by remote side 4 14 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 4 Using the Commands atd035659260 345 22 VOICE call with tones sent after connecting OK OK 345 Sent as DTMF tones 2 Pause 22 Sent as DTMF tones ath Voice call is hung up NO CARRIER OK atd0356592 60 DATA FAX call with comma Comma is ignored 035659260 is dialed OK Direct Dialing from Phone Book This example
290. empts is 5 seconds The default value is 1 before it was changed for the first time lt mode gt This value defines the search mode The mode defines whether network selection and registration are performed automatically by the G24 L or whether the selection is forced to the specific operator to which the G24 L is registered to at a given moment 0 Automatic 1 Manual The default value is 0 before it was changed for the first time Example AT MFS Test command MES 0 3 0 1 OK Read command MES 1 0 OK AT MFS 3 Set only Frequency of search OK MES 3 0 AT MFS 2 1 Set Frequency of search and search mode OK MES 2 1 POWER CYCLE phone Previous values restored after power up MES 2 1 OK AT MFS 0 OK MES 0 1 OK 3 128 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Hardware Information Hardware Information Commands CBC Battery Charger Connection This command enables a user to query the battery charger connection The battery level is an avarage value which is updated every 30 seconds Command Type Syntax Response Action Read CBC CBC lt bes gt lt bel gt The following table shows the CBC parameters Table 3 81 CBC Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt gt Charger detection 0 Charger not detected 1 Charger
291. entry location lt n gt Available memories may be queried with Select Phone Book Storage Test command CPBS Note This command does not change the used memory set Originates a call to a phone number from entry location lt n gt in the Current Phone Book Set by CPBS Note Current used memory phone book set read is done through the memory command CPBS CPBS respectively The following table shows the D gt parameters Table 3 5 D gt Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt alpha gt String type value which should be equal to an alphanumeric field in a phone book entry The used character set should be the one selected with Select Terminal Character Set CSCS lt alpha gt is case sensitive and should be placed in quotes alpha n This parameter is also called speed dial location It is an integer type memory location n should be in the range of locations available in the memory used mem This parameter is not case sensitive Example AT CPBS me OK AT CSCS ASCII OK Phone flash memory ASCII characters AT CPBW 1 035659090 129 VoiceMail OK AT CPBR 1 CPBR 001 035659090 129 OK atd VoiceMail OK OK ath NO CARRIER OK Phonebook by name April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 13 Call Control atd gt 1 Speed dial from phonebook OK OK ath
292. er a call MTKP 24 lt status gt has been successfully established 26 Displays a browser for URLs inside MTKP lt ProactiveCmdType gt browser enabled G24s lt URL gt lt bearers gt lt proxy_Id gt lt alpha_id gt Note The Cmd Type numbers refer to the proactive command which was sent from the SIM This is the ProactiveCmdType field For get inkey and get input a one minute timer is set and any response for these unsolicited commands after one minute is not accepted 3 258 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the MTKP parameters Table 3 185 MTKP Parameters of MTKP Field Description lt Parameter gt Description ProactiveCmdType 1 Display Text lt Priority gt 0 Normal priority of display 1 High priority of display lt Text gt Text information in ASCII format ProactiveCmdTypez2 Get Inkey ResponseType 0 Digit 0 9 and 1 SMS alphabet 2 UCS2 characters 3 Yes No HelplInfo 0 No help information available 1 Help information is available lt Text gt Text information in ASCII format ProactiveCmdType 3 Get Input lt ResponseType gt 0 Digit 0 9 and 1 SMS alphabet 2 UCS2 characters lt SecurityMode gt 0 Security off 1 Security on lt SizeMin gt Minimum length of input lt SizeMax gt Maximum
293. er number an ERROR result code is issued e Immediately following this number either a or character IA5 3 15 or 3 13 respectively appears 2 is used to read the current value of the indicated S parameter wow is used to set the S parameter to a new value lt parameter_number gt lt parameter_number lt value gt If the is used the new value to be stored in the S parameter is specified in decimal form following the Extended Syntax Command Format Both actions and parameters have names which are used in the related commands Names always begin with the character IA5 2 11 Following the from one to sixteen 16 additional characters appear in the command name All GSM cellular commands have the prefix 4C All Fax commands have the prefix All General modem commands have the prefix Most Motorola propriety commands have the prefix M 2 6 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 2 Introduction to AT Commands Command Argument Types lt value gt consists of either a numeric constant or a string constant lt compound_value gt consist of several lt value gt parameters separated by commas Example of compound_value lt value1 gt lt value2 gt lt valueN gt Numeric Constants Numeric constants are expressed in decimal hexadecimal or binary form In the G24 L the definition of each command specifies which form is used for values a
294. er there is GPRS coverage Note GPRS coverage will be detected only when SIM has GPRS ability Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Execute AT CGPRS CGPRS lt mode gt The Execute command returns the OK mode of the GPRS coverage or CME ERROR lt err gt Read AT CGPRS CGPRS lt mode gt The Read command returns the mode OK of the GPRS coverage or CME ERROR lt err gt The following table shows the CGPRS parameters Table 3 160 CGPRS Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt mode gt 0 1 GPRS coverage No GPRS coverage There is no parameter default value Example Without GPRS coverage AT CGPRS CGPRS 0 OK AT CGPRS CGPRS 0 OK With GPRS coverage AT CGPRS CGPRS 1 OK G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference CGACT PDP Context Activate or Deactivate This command activates deactivates the specified PDP context s Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT CGACT lt state gt OK The Set command lt cid gt or activates deactivates the specified PDP lt cid gt context s When the command is NO CARRIER completed the ME remains in V 25 or command state If any PDP context is CME ERROR lt err gt already in the requested state the state for that context remains unchanged If the requested st
295. err gt Test AT CPBF CPBF lt nlength gt lt tlength gt OK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 63 Phone Books and Clock The following table shows the CPBF parameters Table 3 35 CPBF Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt findtext gt Case sensitive text substring even of one letter to search for according to the character set specified by the CSCS command lt index1 gt Index for a given phone book entry lt index2 gt lt number gt Phone number of a given entry lt type gt The address type of a phone number 129 Use for local call 145 Use for international access code 128 Unknown Note 128 is used to represent an email address or a mailing list In this case ph type can be used to further differentiate between the two lt text gt Text identifier for a phone book entry that starts with the substring lt findtext gt according to the character set as specified by command CSCS In case the lt findtext gt is not empty the enteries will be sorted by name Example AT CPBS MT Selecting phone book OK AT CPBF k Searching for and not finding it OK AT CPBF Voice Searching for string Voice and finding Voice Mail CPBF 101 97252999080 145 Mail OK AT CPBF Searching for everything in phone book and finding all entries CPBF 2 8475767800 129 Moto Voicemail
296. es from the G24 L Page 3 94 memory MMGR This command reads selected SMS messages from the G24 L Page 3 94 memory MMAR This command changes the status of an SMS message in the G24 L Page 3 101 memory from REC UNREAD to REC READ CMSS This command selects and sends pre stored messages from the Page 3 101 message storage CMGW This command writes and saves messages in the G24 L memory Page 3 103 CMGD This command deletes messages from the G24 L memory Page 3 108 1 18 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 1 Product Features Table 1 1 AT Commands Cont AT Command Description Page CGSMS This command handles the selection of the service or service Page 3 109 preference used by the G24 L to send mobile originated SMS messages CMGS This command sends an SM from the G24 L to the network Page 3 110 MCSAT This command enables disables exercises SMS alert tone for an Page 3 111 arriving SMS Network Network Commands 4CSQ This command displays the signal strength received by the G24 L Page 3 117 CRLP This command displays the Radio Link Protocol parameters Page 3 118 CREG This command enables disables the network status registration Page 3 119 unsolicited result code CGREG This command enables disables the GPRS network status Page 3 121 registration unsolicited result code COPS This command
297. escription Page System Date and Time Access Commands CCLK This command reads sets the G24 L s current date and time settings Page 3 73 SMS SMS Commands CSMS This command handles the selection of the SMS message service Page 3 75 type CPMS This command handles the selection of the preferred storage area for Page 3 76 messages CMGF This command handles the selection of message formats Page 3 77 CSCA This command handles the selection of the SCA and the TOSCA Page 3 78 CSMP This command sets the Text Module parameters Page 3 79 CSDH This command shows the Text Mode parameters Page 3 81 CNMI This command sends an unsolicited indication when a new SMS Page 3 82 message is received by the G24 L CNMA This command acknowledges the receipt of a CMT response Page 3 84 This unsolicited message including the SMS message index is sent Page 3 86 upon the arrival of an SMS message CMT This unsolicited message displays the received SMS DELIVER Page 3 86 message CDSI This unsolicited message indicates that a new Page 3 88 SMS STATUS REPORT message was received and is stored in location lt index gt CDS This unsolicited message displays the received Page 3 88 SMS DELIVER message CMGL This command displays a list of SMS messages stored in the G24 L Page 3 89 memory MMGL This command displays a list of SMS messages stored in the G24 L Page 3 89 memory CMGR This command reads selected SMS messag
298. ess 0 1 0 Call not in progress 1 Call in progress 5 Roaming indicator 0 1 0 Not roaming 1 Roaming 6 SIM Pin 1 requested 0 1 0 SIM pin ready 1 SIM pin required 7 SIM SMS full 0 1 0 SIM SMS storage is not full 1 SIM SMS storage is full 8 GPRS coverage 0 2 0 No GPRS coverage 1 GPRS coverage 2 EDGE coverage Note GPRS EDGE coverage will be detected only when SIM has GPRS ability 12 SIM insertion removal 0 1 0 SIM card removed from phone indication 1 SIM card inserted into phone April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 229 GPRS GPRS GPRS Functionality GSM 07 07 defines commands that a TE may use to control a GPRS ME via a non multiplexed character stream interface This places certain limitations on the functionality of the interface For example it is not possible for the ME to send control information to the TE or for the TE to send commands to the ME whilst the interface is in the online data state unless the layer 2 protocol itself supports this feature GSM 07 60 12 However G24 L specific escape mechanism DTR is provided to enable the TE to switch the G24 L into limited online command state The G24 L specific escape mechanism use DTR as an escape signal following amp D parameters and designed for limited non network related commands This specific mechanism purpose is to give the user a way to retrieve the signal strength The time limit of consecutive DTR toggles is a minimum o
299. essories software applications and peripherals specific examples include but are not limited to batteries chargers adapters and power supplies when such accessories software applications and peripherals are not manufactured and supplied by Motorola xxiv G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Preface What is Not Covered by the Warranty This warranty is not valid if the defects are due to damage misuse tampering neglect or lack of care and in case of alterations or repair carried out by unauthorized persons The following are examples of defects or damage not covered by this product warranty 1 Defects or damage resulting from use of the Product in other than its normal and customary manner 2 Defects or damage from misuse access to incompatible sources accident or neglect 3 Defects or damage from improper testing operation maintenance installation adjustment unauthorized software applications or any alteration or modification of any kind 4 Breakage or damage to antennas unless caused directly by defects in material or workmanship 5 Products disassembled or repaired other than by Motorola in such a manner as to adversely affect performance or prevent adequate inspection and testing to verify any warranty claim 6 Defects or damage due to range coverage availability grade of service or operation of the cellular system by the cellular operator 7 Defects or damage due to moist liqui
300. eters lt Parameter gt Description lt n gt 1 Returns numeric response 2 Returns verbose response The default value is 2 lt report gt The total number of characters and line terminators up to 2041 in the information text The text must not contain the sequence 0 lt CR gt or OK lt CR gt Numeric format followed by verbose format 1 Unassigned or unallocated number 3 No route to destination 6 Channel unacceptable 8 Operator determined barring 16 Normal call clearing 17 User busy 18 No user responding 19 User alerting no answer 21 Call rejected 22 Number changed 26 Non selected user clearing 27 Destination out of order 28 Invalid number format incomplete number 29 Facility rejected 30 Response to STATUS ENQUIRY 31 Normal unspecified 34 No circuit channel available 38 Network out of order 41 Temporary failure 42 Switching equipment congestion 43 Access information discarded 44 Requested circuit channel not available 3 214 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Table 3 143 CEER Parameters Cont lt Parameter gt Description lt report gt 47 Resources unavailable unspecified continued 49 Quality of service unavailable 50 Requested facility not subscribed 55 Incoming calls barred within the CUG 57 Bearer capability not authorized 58 Bearer capability not presently available 6
301. eters 75 na a sd 3 48 Parameters Troman ernn Qe e o eee EE a A e e ada EE 3 49 FO SSIN Patatnelersaeeee En E A TAE E E 3 51 XGSSI Notification Values eere nesa E ss ae 3 51 CSSU Notification Values netee s e ee etr ret Ue etas bsnl etui ERAS a 3 51 005 0 Eu eU DNE DNE NE E 3 53 CUSD Termination Cause Table Index srt bbe hee bbs EET 3 54 1 amp uu euentus 3 57 MTTY Parameters 3 58 CPBS Parameters ssc se died bog eid PS ER 3 61 CPBR 2 3 62 tC PBE Parameters o sbi terete beetles oe se sex REP teh do EU E REI NE 3 64 CPBW Parameters 3 65 4CS VM Parameters 2 ec i ete dae barnes amas eons bbe bebe 3 67 MDSI 1 3 68 Parameters 1 edie is weed Real duc aa denis eth wide NR Rer Pie 3 71 CCLK Parameters 0 0 ee eee rh 3 74 4 CSMS Parameters E LpnpBRISG Mex p Ee ER CR nb ba abet eed Sober 3 75 CPMS 3 77 CMGF Parameters 1 ex va e RO CN D Aue 3 77 CSCA
302. ets the tone CME ERROR lt err gt duration Read VTD lt n gt The Read command displays the CME ERROR lt err gt Current tone duration Test VTD VTD list of The Test command displays the list of supported lt n gt s supported tone durations CME ERROR lt err gt The following table shows the VTD parameters Table 3 117 VTD Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt n gt Defines the length of tones emitted by the VTS command 0 600 Multiples of 100 msec 0 is equivalent to 1 that is 100 msec The default is 5 multiples of 100 msec Example AT VTD VTD 0 600 OK AT VTD VTD 5 OK AT VTD 10 OK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 175 Audio VTS Command Specific Tone Duration This command transmits a string of DTMF tones when a voice call is active DTMF tones may be used for example when announcing the start of a recording period The duration does not erase the VTD duration Refer to WTD Tone Duration on page 3 175 Note In GSM the tone duration value can be modified depending on the specific network If the active call is dropped in the middle of playing a tone the following unsolicited message transfers to TE VTS Call termination stopped DTMF tones transmission Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set VTS OK The Set command sets the tone and
303. eturned if non basic command was entered in case of penalty state When penalty state is over the unit will be transited to a Lock state Availability of subsidy lock feature was determined only by the special flexing If another flex was determined the command will return EMPC 3 0 for read command and EMPC 1 0 for set command April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 187 Access Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set EMPC lt pin gt lt action gt EMPC lt unlock gt lt reset gt OK or CME ERROR lt err gt The Set command checks the password with requested action type All parameters are mandatory field If the pin is wrong or inserts wrong action no action is taken towards the G24 L and an error message CME ERROR is returned to the terminal The Set command issued gives the code corresponding to the required action Read EMPC EMPC 3 lt reset gt OK or CME ERROR lt err gt The read command returns the current EMPC reset value only The following table shows the EMPC parameters Table 3 125 EMPC Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt pin gt Subsidy Lock pin code lt action gt 0 Unlock subsidy 1 Reset subsidy lt unlock gt 0 Correct pin code is entered 1 Wrong pin code is entered 2 Wait 3 No meaning lt reset gt 0 No subsidy lock 1 Subsidy lock Reset not allowe
304. f 90 seconds The G24 L specific is not designed to support online command and data states both at the same time therefore any wrong or extreme usage can cause unexpected behaviors The basic GPRS concept is be always connected and there is no charge for being connected only per real data transferred GPRS Commands This section defines commands that a terminal may use to control aGPRS ME GPRS MTs vary widely in functionality A class A ME might support multiple PDP types as well as circuit switched data and use multiple external networks QoS profiles At the other extreme a class C ME might support only a single PDP type using a single external network and rely on the HLR to contain the PDP context definition A comprehensive set of GPRS specific commands is defined below to provide the flexibility needed by the more complex ME The commands are designed to be expandable to accommodate new PDP types and interface protocols merely by defining new values for many of the parameters Multiple contexts may be activated if the interface link layer protocol is able to support them The commands use the extended information and error message capabilities described in this specification For MTs of intermediate complexity most commands have simplified forms where certain parameters may be omitted For the simplest MTs and for backwards compatibility with existing communications software it is possible to control access to the GPRS using existing m
305. fault value is 43 3 196 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference 12 This command handles the selection of the guard time which is stored in S Register 12 and specifies the behavior of escape characters during CSD connection Note For a guard time specified by S Register 12 no character should be entered before or after The duration between escape codes must be smaller than the guard time Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set S12 guard time OK The Set command sets the CSD escape 4CME ERROR err Character guard time value if all parameters are valid Read 12 lt guard_time gt The Read command displays the OK current CSD escape character guard CME ERROR err 119 The following table shows the S12 parameters Table 3 132 S12 Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt guard_time gt CSD escape character guard time units of 50 msec Range is 0 to 255 The default value is 20 S Show the Status of the Commands and S registers in Effect This command displays the status of selected commands and S registers G Software Control This command sets the use of the software control It is used for backward compatibility J Terminal Auto Rate This command adjusts the terminal auto rate It is used for backward compatibility N Link Type
306. fer to CSCS Select Terminal Character Set page 3 4 Example AT COLP 0 OK AT COLP 2 CME ERROR Numeric parameter out of bounds MTTY Motorola TTY Configuration This AT command is used to enable or disable TTY Tele Typewriter support in G24 L modules Note Tele typewriter or Teletype a typewriter with an electronic communication TTY is an electronic device for text communication via a telephone line used when one or more of the parties have hearing or speech difficulties April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 57 Call Control Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT MTTY lt n gt OK The SET command is used for setting or the current TTY mode CME ERROR lt err gt Read AT MTTY n The READ command returns the OK current TTY mode lt n gt or CME ERROR lt err gt Test AT4 MTTY MTTY 0 3 The Test command returns the possible OK value s range or CME ERROR lt err gt The following table shows the MTTY parameters Table 3 32 MTTY Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt n gt Normal voice mode 1 Full TTY mode both uplink and downlink support TTY data used when both side parties are deaf 2 VCO mode Voice Carry Over uplink is voice active downlink is TTY 3 HCO mode Hearing Carry Over downlink is voice active uplink is TTY The default valu
307. for any such use CUSTOMER hereby agrees that MOTOROLA is not liable in whole or in part for any claims or damages arising from such use and further agrees to indemnify and hold MOTOROLA harmless from any claim loss cost or damage arising from such use EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY STATED ABOVE THE PRODUCTS ARE PROVIDED AS IS AND MOTOROLA MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS IMPLIED STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE REGARDING THE PRODUCTS MOTOROLA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE Under no circumstances shall MOTOROLA be liable to CUSTOMER or any other party for any costs lost revenue or profits or for any other special incidental or consequential damages even if xxii G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Preface MOTOROLA has been informed of such potential loss or damage And in no event shall MOTOROLA s liability to CUSTOMER for damages of any nature exceed the total purchase price CUSTOMER paid for the Product at issue in the dispute except direct damages resulting from patent and or copyright infringement which shall be governed by the INDEMNITY Section of this Agreement The preceding states MOTOROLA s entire liability for MOTOROLA s breach or failure to perform under any provision of this Agreement Warranty Notification Motorola guarantees to you the original purchaser the OEM module and
308. ges RING CLCC MTKP 10 should be sent automatically to the TE Example AT MTKA MTKA 0 1 OK AT MTKA 0 set ACK to disabled OK AT MTKA MTKA 0 OK Example of receiving messages from STK and no ACK is required MTKP 1 0 YOUR RECHARGE OF TSH 250 00 TO 0756706666 IS SUCCESSFUL MTKP 1 0 Transaction successful MTKM VodaFASTA MTKM 96 5 Recharge 0 MTKM 97 5 Transfer 0 MTKM 98 5 Report 0 MTKM 99 5 Administration 0 MTKM 100 5 Exit 0 AT MTKA 1 set ACK to enabled OK AT MTKA MTKA 1 OK Example of receiving messages from STK and ACK is required April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 275 GPRS MTKP MTKP MTKM MTKM MTKM MTKM MTKM MTKM MIPC 1 0 YOUR RECHARGE OF TSH 250 00 TO 0756706666 IS SUCCESSFUL AT MTKA No other message should be display until this command sent 1 0 Transaction successful AT MTKA No other message should be display until this command sent VodaFASTA 96 5 Recharge 97 5 Transfer 0 98 5 Report 0 99 5 Administration O 100 5 Exit 0 P ALL Create a Wireless Link This command sets up a PPP Point to Point Protocol connection with the GGSN Gate GPRS Support Node and returns a valid dynamic IP for the G24 L Note The DCD line changes only to reflect the state change from command mode to data mode Read Test Comma
309. ges but not more than once every 10 seconds Note The CCM value depends on the network properties charge for MO or and MT calls There are two states in which the command can be activated In IDLE state returns the last call cost na voice data state returns the accumulated cost including the current call mman Command Syntax Response Action Remarks Type Set CAOC lt mode gt OK The Set command returns the CCM or value from the G24 L or 4CAOC cem activates deactivates unsolicited reports or CME ERROR lt err gt Read CAOC CAOC lt mode gt The Read command returns the current CAOC OK CAOC mode OK or CAOC lt ccm gt or CME ERROR lt err gt Test CAOC list of The Test command returns the supported lt mode gt s supported mode values OK The following table shows the CAOC parameters Table 3 21 CAOC Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt mode gt 0 Queries the CCM value 1 Deactivates unsolicited reporting of the CCM value 2 Activates unsolicited reporting of the CCM value Note lt gt String type value representing three bytes of the current call meter value in hexadecimal format for example 00001 indicates decimal value 30 3 44 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Example Example with prepaid SIM card with 56
310. h round trip times 3 292 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Read MPING MPING lt count gt The read command lt size gt lt TTL gt displays currently selected parameters SEOs erate values for MPING set command If ping OK sending procedure is currently in process then user selected parameters for AT MPING command will be displayed otherwise default parameter values will be displayed Test MPING MPING List of supported The test command lt mode gt s Range of lt count gt s Range displays all supported of lt size gt s Range of lt TTL gt s parameters values for Range of lt TOS gt s Range of MPING set lt TimeOut gt s c mmand OK The following table shows the MPING command parameters Table 3 207 MPING Command Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt mode gt 0 Abort current ping request execution 1 Launch new ping request There is no default value appropriate ERROR will be displayed if parameter is not supplied lt Destination IP hostname Specifies the target machine computer which is identified either by IP address 4 octets long in dotted decimal notation or by host name of maximum 255 not including double quotes characters long in dotted notation Each octet of IP address has valid value
311. h lt freq gt and Search mode lt mode gt If only the lt freq gt value is given then the Set command is interpreted as follows Store new freq value The mode value remains unchanged If freq and mode values are given then the Set command is interpreted as follows Store new freq and mode values Otherwise an error message is sent to the DTE Note If the phone is not registered then a set operation of Search mode to Manual is refused and ERROR is sent to the DTE Read MFS MES lt freq gt lt mode gt The Read command returns the current OK settings for values of lt freq gt and lt mode gt or CME ERROR lt err gt Test MFS MES List of The Test command returns the possible supported lt freq gt List freq and mode values of supported lt mode gt s OK or CME ERROR err April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 127 Network The following table shows the MFS parameters Table 3 80 MFS Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt freq gt This value defines the frequency of search 0 Continuous Minimum interval between subsequent search attempts is 1 second 1 Medium Minimum interval between subsequent search attempts is 10 seconds 2 Slow Minimum interval between subsequent search attempts is 30 seconds 3 Fast Minimum interval between subsequent search att
312. haracter Set Table CS7 ASCII table Decimal Octal Hex Binary Value Description 117 165 075 01110101 u 118 166 076 01110110 v 119 167 077 01110111 w 120 170 078 01111000 x 121 171 079 01111001 y 122 172 07A 01111010 7 123 173 07 01111011 left opening brace 124 174 07C 01111100 vertical bar 125 175 07D 01111101 right closing brace 126 176 07 01111110 tilde 127 177 07F 01111111 DEL delete A 26 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Acronyms and Abbreviations Abbreviation Full Name A ACCH AT Command Channel Used for AT commands TCP IP Internal GPRS session Voice Call and SMS applications AGC Automatic Gain Control AOC Advice of Charge APN Access Point Name ASCII A standard seven bit code character set ATA AT command for call answer ATD AT command for call originating ATH AT command for Hanging up a call ATO AT command to return to Data mode after temporarily exiting by ESC BM Broadcast Message A certificate authority or certification authority is an entity which issues digital certificates for use by other parties It is an example of a trusted third party CB Cell Broadcast CBM Cell Broadcast Message CDS Call Data Services External GPRS session CSD session FAX session Certificate A public key certificate or identity certificate is a certificate which uses a d
313. haracter framing Read ICF ICF The Read command displays the lt format gt lt parity gt currently selected character framing CME ERROR lt err gt Test ICF ICF list of The Test command displays a list of supported lt format gt supported lt format gt and lt parity gt values list of values supported lt parity gt values CME ERROR lt err gt The following table shows the ICF parameters Table 3 93 ICF Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt format gt Determines the number of bits in the data bits the presence or absence of a parity bit and the number of stop bits in the start stop frame 1 8 Data 2 Stop can be set only with lt parity gt 4 2 8 Data 1 Parity 1 Stop can be set with parity of 0 or 1 3 8 Data 1 Stop default can be set only with lt parity gt 4 4 7 Data 2 Stop can be set only with lt parity gt 4 5 7 Data 1 Parity 1 Stop be set with parity of 0 or 1 6 7 Data 1 Stop can be set only with lt parity gt 4 7 8 Data 1 Parity 2 Stop can be set with parity of 0 or 1 8 7 Data 1 Parity 2 Stop can be set with parity of O or 1 lt parity gt Determines how the parity bit is generated and checked if present 0 Odd 1 Even 4 No parity default Example AT ICF ICF 3 4 OK AT ICF ICF 1 8 0 1 4 OK AT ICF 5 1 OK 3 142 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual
314. he 5 command described in S Bit Map Registers on page 3 194 Some registers can also be accessed using dedicated commands detailed below V G24 L Response Format This command determines the response format of the data adapter and the contents of the header and trailer transmitted with the result codes and information responses This command also determines whether the result codes are transmitted in a numeric or an alphabetic verbose form The text portion of information responses is not affected by this setting The following table shows the effect that setting this parameter has on the format of information text and result codes Table 3 126 Effects of Parameter Settings vo V1 Information Responses lt ATVO gt lt cr gt lt lf gt lt ATV1 gt lt cr gt lt lIf gt 0 1 lt verbose code gt lt cr gt lt lf gt 2 RING code gt lt cr gt lt if gt 3 NO CARRIER 4 ERROR 5 NO DIALTONE 6 BUSY 7 NO ANSWER Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set ATV lt value gt OK The Set command sets the format of or information responses and result CME ERROR err 9495 Read ATV lt current value gt The Read command reads the current setting of response format Test The Test command for V is not defined and therefore is not supported by the G24 L The G24 L returns an error 3 190
315. he ASCII and UTF 8 character sets ASCII 7bit Byte Encoding UTF 8 Bit Encoding 00 7F OXXXXXXX Character Set Table CS3 UCS 2 lt gt UTF 8 The following table shows the conversion between the UCS 2 and UTF 8 character sets UCS2 UTF 8 Byte Encoding Bit Encoding Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 0000 007F 000000000xxxxxx Oxxxxxxx x 0080 07FF 00000 110 10 0800 FFFF 2222 11107222 10 10 Note Conversion from the default GSM alphabet to the above character set is straightforward Conversions of the characters listed below the table are not supplied Character Set Table CS6 UCS 2 Full table Character Set Table CS6 UCS 2 is not provided due to its size April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual A 21 Character Set Table CS7 ASCII table Character Set Table CS7 ASCII table The following table shows the conversion for the ASCII character set Decimal Octal Hex Binary Value Description 000 000 000 00000000 NUL Null char 001 001 001 00000001 SOH Start of Header 002 002 002 00000010 STX Start of Text 003 003 003 00000011 ETX End of Text 004 004 004 00000100 EOT End of Transmission 005 005 005 00000101 ENQ Enquiry 006 006 006 00000110 ACK Ackn
316. he service Receiving a Data Call ATA Enter This command instructs the modem to be the answering modem Either party may be the answering or the originating modem but both parties cannot be the same modem at the same time You hear the modem handshake and see the result code CONNECT Note Outgoing Voice Call during CSD Call when switching to Command mode If using Dial Command to make Outgoing Voice Call currently active CSD Call is dropped and the new Voice Call is generated G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Call Control AT Commands D Dial Command This command places a DATA VOICE call on the current network The default call type is a data call CSD There must be an explicit request in order to make a VOICE call If a DATA call was originated and answered by the remote side a OK notification is sent to the terminal from the G24 L and it moves to the online Data state For more information about call failure use the AT CEER command described in CEER Extended Error Report on page 3 213 Note If there is an active voice call and the terminal sends another ATD voice call command to the G24 L the active call is put on hold and the new number is called Command Response Action ATD lt number gt VOICE CALL OK 2nd response Voice call connected OK DATA CONNECT When MO call fails 2 General Failure
317. i gt Two byte cell ID in hexadecimal format April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 119 Network Example AT CREG CREG 000 002 OK AT CREG CREG 000 001 OK AT CREG 2 OK AT CREG CREG 002 001 2065 988b OK AT CREG 1 OK AT CREG CREG 001 001 OK AT CREG 0 OK 3 120 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference CGREG GPRS Network Registration Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT CGREG lt n gt OK The Set command controls the or presentation of an unsolicited result 4CME ERROR err code CGREG and the result of the Read operation Read AT CGREG CGREG The Read command returns the status lt n gt lt stat gt lt lac gt lt ci gt of the result code presentation and OK shows whether the network has currently indicated the GPRS sae registration of the G24 L Location CME ERROR err information elements lac and ci are returned only when lt n gt 2 and the G24 L is registered in the network Test AT CGREG CGREG list of The Test command displays the supported lt n gt s supported values of lt n gt OK The following table shows the CGREG parameters Table 3 77 CGREG Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt n gt 0 Disables the network registration unsolicited result code 1 Enables the
318. ible Once the connection is established data can be transferred to and from the remote side The user should take the CSD call setup time into account Network operators charge the user for the call time regardless of data usage Features and Benefits CSD operation enables the terminal to perform a data transfer over a circuit switched link It enables the user to Connect to a remote modem without any Internet network involvement Own areal IP address and enable its access by connecting to an external ISP The following are examples of standard CSD call uses Connecting an Internet Service Provider ISP Remotely accessing corporate Intranet via Remote Access Server RAS User specific protocol where the user defines both the remote and local sides Technical Description GSM network operators typically support the non transparent CSD bearer service through a modem interworking function This means that a G24 L initiates a data call and the network routes the call to the modem interworking function which is located at the Mobile Switching Center MSC of the GSM network The modem interworking function then dials the number supplied by the mobile station This is different from voice calls where the GSM network itself routes the call often to another mobile station on the same network The GSM network does not route data calls it dials the requested number on behalf of the mobile station and leaves the routing to
319. ication at least one attempt left Authentication failed 152 8 In contradiction with CHV status 152 16 In contradiction with invalidation status 152 64 Unsuccessful CHV verification no attempt left Unsuccessful UNBLOCK CHV verification no attempt left CHV blocked UNBLOCK CHV blocked April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 219 UI User Interface Table 3 144 CRSM Parameters Cont lt Parameter gt Description sw1 sw2 Error Description 152 80 Increase cannot be performed Max value reached 103 XX Incorrect parameter P3 NOTE XX gives the correct length or states that no additional information is given 00 107 XX Incorrect parameter P1 or P2 109 XX Unknown instruction code given in the command 110 XX Wrong instruction class given in the command 111 XX Technical problem with no diagnostic given lt response gt Response of a successful completion of the command previously issued hexadecimal character uppercase format STATUS and GET RESPONSE return data which gives information about the current elementary data file_id This information includes the type of file and its size refer to GSM 11 11 After READ BINARY or READ RECORD command the requested data will be returned lt response gt is not returned after a successful UPDATE BINARY or UPDATE RECORD command
320. ice 5 8 1 1 11 Quo AC E 1 11 F atires x 1 11 Technical Description su cese pet br ME UR ashe RR adage eas 1 12 Character Sets 2225222 va REIR ACRES RN ere ee dune e RR E Bus 1 13 ASCII Character Set 1 13 GSM Character Set 1 1 13 UCS2 Character Set Management 1 13 UTF 8 Character Set 1 13 8859 1 Character Set Management 1 14 AT Commands Summary 212 22 1 15 Chapter 2 Introduction to AT 2 1 AT Commands Overview oie sus ecb opie Sealab Sada REC E pub ek 2 1 General Symbols Used in AT Commands Description 2 1 General System Abbreviations 2 2 2 AT Commands Protocol esl RR VERAT eee REMAIN te A 2 2 AT Commands Structures 26 NURSE REEL EE RE tance ed RUE NER esas 2 3 Command Str ct re i e he cae 2 3 Results Code Structure ec rere
321. icial specifications ITU I ETSI or manufacturer specific Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set ATSn lt value gt OK The Set command is allowed for or read write S registers and not allowed CME ERROR lt err gt for read only S registers Read ATSn lt current value of S register n gt or CME ERROR lt err gt Test The Test command for Sn is not defined by ITU and therefore is not supported by the G24 L The G24 L returns an error 3 194 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the different S registers and their associated values Sn Description Min Value Max Value Default Value 50 Sets gets number of rings before 0 255 0 auto answer 52 Sets gets escape code character 0 255 43 S3 Sets gets carriage return code 0 127 13 character 54 Sets gets line feed code 0 127 10 S5 Sets gets command line editing 0 127 8 character backspace S7 Sets the number of seconds in 1 255 30 which connection must be established before the call is disconnected 12 Sets gets guard time in units of 0 255 20 50 msec for the escape character during CSD connections 14 Read only Holds values of En 170 in bit 1 Qn in bit 2 Vn in bit 3 S21 Read only Holds values of amp Dn 40 in bits 2
322. id only in PDU mode 1 1 TP VP field present absolute format TP Status Report Request Parameter indicating if a status report is requested by the MS 0 A status report is not requested 1 A status report is requested TP User Data Header Indicator Parameter indicating whether the beginning of the User Data field contains a Header in addition to the short message or contains only the short message 0 The TP UD field contains only the short message 1 The beginning of the TP UD field contains a Header in addition to the short message TP Reply Path Parameter indicating that Reply Path is set or not 0 TP Reply Path parameter is not set 1 TP Reply Path parameter is set April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 105 SMS Table 3 67 lt fo gt for SMS COMMAND Message Bit s Reference Description 0 1 Message Type Indicator Parameter describing the message type 10 SMS COMMAND in the direction MS to SC 5 TP Status Report Request Parameter indicating if a status report is requested by the MS 0 A status report is not requested 1 A status report is requested 6 TP User Data Header Indicator Parameter indicating whether the beginning of the User Data field contains a Header in addition to the short message or contains only the short message 0 The TP UD field contains only the short message 1 The beginning of the TP UD field contains a Header in addi
323. igital signature to bind together a public key with an identity information such as the name of a person or an organization their address and so forth The certificate can be used to verify that a public key belongs to an individual Cipher Suite set of cryptographic algorithms A cipher suite specifies one algorithm for each of the following tasks Key exchange Bulk encryption and Message authentication CSD Circuit switched Data CSNS Single Numbering Call Scheme CTS Clear to Send April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual Acr amp Abbr 1 Abbreviation Full Name CTS RS232 pin used for HW flow control The MGOM uses this pin to stop data transmission from the DTE on the TXD pin D DA Destination Address DCD Data Carrier Detect DCE Data Communication Equipment G24 DCSs Data Coding Schemas DLC Data Link Connection DLCO The multiplexer control channel DLCI Data Link Connection Identifier DSP Digital Signal Processor DSR Data Set Ready DSR MGOM is ON and ready to communicate with the DTE device DT Discharge Time DTE Data Terminal Equipment such as terminals PCs and so on Also called Application Processor AP DTMF Dual Tone Multi Frequency DTR Data Terminal Ready E EF Elementary Files EONS Enhanced Operator Name String ERM Error Recovery Mode ESC Exit to Command Mode from Data Mode usually the sequence ETSI European Telecommunication S
324. il 15 2008 Chapter 4 Using the Commands Terminal Synchronization In this step the terminal requests the stored phonebook SMS and so on from the G24 L 0 5 Sec Delay AT CPBS CPBS QD OK Figure 4 9 Terminal Synchronization April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 4 9 SMS SMS Managing Stored Messages in the G24 L Memory AT CPMS me Select NVM as preferred memory storage using the CPMS command CPMS 11 61 11 61 2 20 OK AT CMGF 1 move to TEXT mode OK AT CMGL ALL List all messages in memory storage CMGL 225 STO UNSENT 054565132 lt Message body gt CMGL 223 STO UNSENT 4565029 Example of G24 L response lt Message body gt CMGL 222 STO SENT 054565029 lt Message body gt CMGL 221 STO SENT 054565132 Message body gt CMGL 220 STO Message body gt OK AT CMGL STO UNSENT List all messages of a certain type for example stored unsent messages CMGL 225 STO UNSENT 054565132 lt Message body gt CMGL 223 STO UNSENT 4565029 lt Message body gt CMGL 220 STO UNSENT lt Message body gt OK AT CMGR 225 Read any message from the list using its index CMGR STO UNSENT 054565132 lt Message body gt OK AT CMGR 9 CMS ERROR invalid index AT CPMS sm CPMS 2 20 11 61 2 20 OK AT CMGR 9 CMGR REC UNREAD 97254565132
325. indication is prompted Example AT CLCC CLCC 0 1 OK AT CLCC CLCC 1 0 0 0 0 01256316830 129 Shmuel OK AT CLCC April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 41 Call Control CLCC 0 OK AT CLCC 1 Example with unsolicited indication OK ATD055490698 OK CLCC 1 0 2 0 0 055490698 129 Alpha CLCC 1 0 3 0 0 055490698 129 Alpha OK CLCC 1 0 0 0 0 055490698 129 Alpha ATH NO CARRIER OK CLCC 1 0 6 0 0 055490698 129 Alpha MCST Call Status Messages This command displays the current state of the call processing and also enables disables the unsolicited indication of any change in the call processing state CME ERROR lt err gt Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set MCST lt n gt OK The Set command Enables disables the or unsolicited call status messages Read MCST MCST lt state gt The Read command returns the current OK call processing state MCST Indication When a change in call state occurs and the MCST is set to n 1 the G24 L will give the following indication MCST lt state gt 3 42 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference MCST Parameters The following table shows the MCST parameters Table 3 20 MCST Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt n gt 0 Disable MCST unsolicited indication 1 Enable M
326. ined within the G24 L including both the numeric and the alpha information contained in the location The presentation is according to GSM 07 07 In some cases it may be possible to use these commands to access the dialed and received call stacks However as these phone books cannot be edited the CPBW command does not work on them CPBS Select Phone Book Memory This command handles the selection of the memory to be used for reading and writing entries in the G24 L s phone books memory When there is a separate storage on the SIM card and in the G24 L s internal EEPROM mman x Command Syntax Response Action Remarks Type Set AT CPBS lt storage gt OK The Set command selects the phone lt pin2 gt or book memory storage which is to be CME ERROR err used by other phone book commands pin2 is optional while storage FD only Read CPBS CPBS The Read command returns the lt storage gt lt used gt lt tot currently selected phone book al gt memory number of used entries and total number of entries in the phone book memory Test CPBS CPBS list of Test command returns the supported supported lt storage gt s storages as a compound value OK Note Read format of CPBS joins RC and MC therefore the united list will be prompted 3 60 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following
327. ing of the network by the G24 L CHLD This command controls the Call Hold and Multiparty Conversation Page 3 23 supplementary services CCFC This command controls the call forwarding supplementary service Page 3 27 CLIR This command enables disables the sending of caller ID information Page 3 29 to the called party for an outgoing call CBST This command handles the selection of the bearer service and the Page 3 31 connection element to be used when data calls are originated This command returns a phone to Online Data mode issues a Page 3 33 CONNECT or CONNECT lt text gt result code amp Q This command selects the asynchronous mode and has no effect Page 3 33 CHUP This command causes the G24 L to hang up the current GSM call Page 3 34 CSNS This command handles the selection of the bearer or teleservice to Page 3 34 be used when a mobile terminated single numbering scheme call is established MDC This command enables you to select the desired messages to be Page 3 36 displayed upon connection of a voice call with a remote party CTFR1 This command terminates an incoming call and diverts the caller to Page 3 37 the number previously defined in CCFC or to a voice mail if one exists for the subscriber MVC This AT command is used to choose and configure the Page 3 38 priority order of the supported voice codecs vocoders MTTY This command is used to enable disable the TTY Tele Typewriter Page
328. ing the G24 L to accumulate 400 bytes on socket 2 prior to sending MIPSETS 0 OK MIPSEND 1 444444 MIPSEND 1 1497 OK MIPSEND 2 DD Passing data to the G24 L socket 2 MIPSEND 2 1499 OK MIPPUSH 1 Terminal asks the G24 L to flush the buffer in sockets 1 and 2 MIPPUSH 0 MIPPUSH 2 MIPPUSH 0 MIPCLOSE 1 Terminal closes sockets 1 and 2 MIPCLOSE 1 OK MIPCLOSE 2 MIPCLOSE 2 OK MIPCALL 0 Terminal hangs up the link OK MIPSETS 1 120 Asking the G24 L to accumulate 120 bytes on socket 1 prior to sending MIPSETS 0 OK MIPSEND 1 444444 Passing 3 bytes of data to the G24 L socket 1 Note Size remaining in socket 1 buffer is 1497 bytes MIPSEND 1 1497 MIPPUSH 1 At this point the terminal can decide on flushing the remainder to the stack Xoff and Xon Example In this example it is assumed that the buffer size is 1500 and that some kind of error happened on the protocol stack MIPSEND 1 A344343ABC343438980BC AB4 Passing data to G24 L socket 1 MIPSEND 1 1200 Note Size remaining in socket 1 accumulating buffer is 1200 bytes MIPSEND Z1 A344343ABC343438980BC A23 MIPSEND 1 0 Note No free space in buffer MIPXOFF 1 The G24 L detects that the accumulating buffer on socket 1 has no free space to accumulate data and data cannot be sent to the protocol stack From this point on the terminal is not allowed to send data until it receives the
329. ion Overview The GPRS allows the service subscriber to send and receive data in an end to end packet transfer mode without utilizing network resources in circuit switched mode Features and Benefits GPRS enables the cost effective and efficient use of network resources for packet mode data applications Always connected Nosetup time before data transmission Costchange based on current data communication not time based Technical Description GPRS Class B Operation The G24 L is attached to both GPRS and other GSM services but can only operate one set of services at a time GPRS or CSD The G24 L can activate a GPRS context and at the same time be alerted for an incoming CSD call This functionality is available on the G24 L single serial line by following the steps below 1 While in GPRS listen to the RI signal RS232 for an incoming CSD call ring April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 1 1 CSD Operation 2 Upon being interrupted by the RI signal drop the DTR line to switch to command mode depending on the previous DTR configuration AT amp D 3 Answer the call suspending the GPRS session 4 Atthe end of the call pull the DTR to resume the GPRS session CSD Operation Overview GSM CSD bearer service the most widely used data service provides non transparent error correction and flow control data rate of 9 6 kbit s Data transfer over Circuit Switched Data CSD is poss
330. ion is required 0 No further user action required either network initiated USSD Notify or no further information needed after a mobile initiated operation 1 Further user action required either network initiated USSD Request or further information needed after a mobile initiated operation 2 USSD terminated by the network the reason for the termination is indicated by the index as described in Table Note 3 Other local client has responded 4 Operation not supported 5 Network time out April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 53 Call Control Example AT CUSD CUSD 0 1 2 OK AT CUSD 1 100 OK CUSD 2 26 ERROR AT CUSD CUSD 1 OK Response of the command lt m gt 2 reason 26 SIGNALING Note When the mobile initiated operation is successful the MS is implemented according to the required version It waits for the USSD response from the network and then sends it to the TE before the final result code Table 3 30 CUSD Termination Cause Table Index Termination Cause Index NO_CAUSE 0 CC_BUSY PARAMETER_ERROR N INVALID_NUMBER OUTGOING_CALL_BARRED BIO TOO MANY CALLS ON HOLD UA NORMAL DROPPED 10 NETWORK 12 INVALID CALL ID 13 NORMAL CLEARING 14 TOO_MANY_ACTIVE_CALLS 16 UNASSIGNED_NUMBER 17 NO_ROUTE_TO_DEST 18 RESOURCE_UNAVAILABLE 19
331. is command allows to configure TCP stack parameters such as retransmissions number upper and bottom limits of retransmission timeout close delay It can be used to configure TCP socket April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 289 GPRS parameters before socket activation or when the socket is in active state Configuration values will be stored in G24 L until power circle Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT MIPCONF lt OK The Set updates TCP socket gt lt retr_n or stack configuration um gt lt min_TO gt CME ERROR lt err gt Seer lt max_TO gt lt max_close_delay gt JL lt is_nack_ind_r eq gt Read MIPCONF MIPCONF The read command 1 lt retr_num gt lt min_TO gt lt max_TO gt returns current max close delay is nack ind req Settings of TCP stack lt CR gt lt LF gt parameters MIPCONF 2 lt retr_num gt lt min_TO gt lt max_TO gt lt max_close_delay gt lt is_nack_ind_req gt lt CR gt lt LF gt MIPCONF 3 lt retr_num gt lt min_TO gt lt max_TO gt lt max_close_delay gt lt is_nack_ind_req gt lt CR gt lt LF gt MIPCONF 4 lt retr_num gt lt min_TO gt lt max_TO gt lt max_close_delay gt lt is_nack_ind_req gt Test MIPCONF MIPCONF The Test command 1 4 1 5 1 10 10 600 1 75 0 2 returns the possible parameters values Time values can be inserted with resolution of 100 milliseconds
332. is not given the network is not interrogated 0 Disable 1 Enable 2 Query status lt class gt Sum of integers each representing a class of information 1 Voice telephony 2 Data refers to all bearer services 4 Fax facsimile services The default value is 7 lt gt Calling line number number format is specified by lt type gt lt type gt Type of address octet in integer format 145 Default when the dialing string includes the international access code character t 129 Default when making a local call 128 Type of number is unknown usually the output when the number itself is unknown lt status gt Call waiting support by the network output for lt mode gt 2 0 Not active 1 Active lt alpha gt Name of the calling party if provided by the network or if the number is found in the G24 L phone books CLI validity gt The Validity of the Calling Line Identity presentation 0 CLI valid 1 CLI has been withheld by the originator 2 CLI is not available due to networking problems or limitations of the originating network Note When the parameter lt mode gt is 2 Query status the first parameter is ignored and the third parameter is always treated as class 7 Example 1 OK AT CCWA CCWA 0 1 OK AT CCWA CCWA 1 Enable call waiting on G24 L 3 22 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Command
333. ism s that SIM applications require to interact and operate with the G24 L Using this mechanism the SIM can notify the terminal via the G24 L that a specific action is requested A full list of supported actions is listed in the Proactive SIM section For more information regarding the STK mechanism refer to the GSM 11 11 20 GSM 11 14 ETSI standards Profile Download Profile downloading provides a mechanism for the G24 L to transmit information describing its capabilities to the SIM During the early profile download phase of the protocol the G24 L negotiates and confirms its ability to support the capabilities requested by the STK Data Transfer into the SIM STK data transfer uses the short message service SMS as a transfer layer April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 1 3 Improved OEM Features Set up Idle Mode Text The proactive SIM mechanism enables the SIM to initiate actions to be handled by the G24 L Using this service the SIM can inform the G24 L that it has information pending for action The SIM can issue a variety of protocol commands through this mechanism for example Displaying text Sending a short message e Setting up a voice call to a number held by the SIM Setting up a data call to a number whose bearer capabilities are held by the SIM Sending an SS control or USSD string Playing a tone nitiating a dialogue with the user get inkey get input Providing local info
334. ist All 3 7 Overview 2 1 Protocol 2 2 Protocol and Structure Configuration 2 5 Structure 2 3 Summary 1 15 A 1 Using 4 1 Values 2 8 AT Commands Reference 3 1 List of All Available AT Commands 3 7 amp C Circuit 109 Behavior 3 136 amp D Circuit 108 Behavior 3 138 amp F Set to Factory Defined Configuration 3 198 amp J 3 304 amp K RTS CTS Flow Control 3 135 amp V View Configuration 3 221 amp W Store User Profile 3 222 amp Y Default User Profile 3 224 CACM Accumulated Call Meter 3 46 CAMM Accumulated Call Meter Maximum 3 47 CAOC Advice of Charge 3 44 Index CBAND Change Radio Band 3 197 CBAUD Baud Rate Regulation 3 132 CBC Battery Charger Connectionl 3 129 CBST Select Bearer Service Type 3 31 Call Forwarding Number and Conditions 3 27 CCLK Read Set System Date and Time 3 73 CCWA Call Waiting Command 3 21 CEER Extended Error Report 3 213 CFSN Read Factory Serial Number 3 5 CGACT 3 245 CGACT PDP Context Activate or Deactivate 3 245 CGATT GPRS Attach or Detach 3 237 CGCLASS GPRS Mobile Station Class 3 231 CGDCONT Define PDP Context 3 232 CGMI Request Manufacturer ID 3 1 CGMM Request Model ID 3 2 CGMR Request Revision 3 3 CGPRS GPRS Coverage 3 244 CGOMIN Quality of Service Profile Min Acceptable 3 234 CGQREQ Quality of Service Profile Requested 3 236 CGREG GPRS Network Registration 3 121 CGSMS Sele
335. its Destination 0 65535Port of destination site Written in decimal digits Port Example AT MIPPUSH 1 Terminal asks the G24 L to flush the buffer in socket 1 was opened using the MIPOPEN command MIPPUSH 0 OK MIPFLUSH Flush Data from Buffers This command causes the G24 L to flush delete data accumulated in its accumulating buffers Command Type Syntax Response Action Set MIPFLUSH lt Socket ID gt ERROR or MIPFLUSH lt Socket ID gt OK Read MIPFLUSH MIPFLUSH socket ID gt Test MIPFLUSH MIPFLUSH lt Socket ID gt The following table shows the MIPFLUSH parameters Table 3 202 MIPFLUSH Parameters lt Parameter gt Description Socket ID 1 2 3 4 Number of valid sockets 3 286 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Example AT MIPFLUSH 2 Socket number 2 was previously opened using the MIPOPEN command MIPFLUSH 2 OK AT MIPFLUSH 5 ERROR AT MIPFLUSH MIPFLUSH 12 OK MIPRUDP Receive Data from UDP Protocol Stack This unsolicited event is sent by the G24 L to the terminal when data is received from the UDP protocol stack Set Command Event MIPRUDP lt Source IP gt lt Source Port gt lt socket ID gt lt Left gt lt Data gt The following table shows the MIPRUDP parameters Table 3 203 MIPRUDP Parameters
336. its or third party products used in the product described herein are NOT fault tolerant and are NOT designed manufactured or intended for use as on line control equipment in the following hazardous environments requiring fail safe controls the operation of Nuclear Facilities Aircraft Navigation or Aircraft Communication Systems Air Traffic Control Life Support or Weapons Systems High Risk Activities Motorola and its supplier s specifically disclaim any expressed or implied warranty of fitness for such High Risk Activities Trademarks Q MOTOROLA MOTOROLA and the Stylized M Logo are registered in the US Patent amp Trademark Office All other product or service names are the property of their respective owners Copyright 2007 Motorola Inc REV052604 MOTOROLA Table of Contents Chapter 1 Manual Scope 2a veos e Vee iene dete d basa d xvii Target Audience 44 usos Rm Rint ethos eve dera RETIA PER EE REA E OR VES xvii Manual 22 Ub UEM HS xvii Applicable Doc tniehts ues be Re RSE DEE DDE NEGAR e EE ERR RES xviii Contact US ie eode a ene uM Ett te Wal ee diy es xviii Text Conventions ses RES dO d Rs xviii Manual Banner 1 xix Field 5 PROP DUUM x
337. ix GeneraliSafetyss ecce oett DM EA NECI xix Caring for the Environments ele UMEN REESE xxi Limitation of Liability OUTLET UE RARE we xxii Warranty NOULICALODG EUN UR ER SU RENS TUE NECI MED xxiii How to Get Warranty Serviced 2272 t SER NU IRA RUE MRNA US UNIES Sew eie oe xxiii Claiming XXiV Conditions i EE Whatis Not Covered by the Warranty ede EE REPRE EGO eee RENE XXV Installed Data du E ER UH e MATE RM TU Re RM XXV Out of Warranty Repalms 77 npe RU E Rum e ere he EY EE XXV Revision History We AURA AE RE US xxvi Product Features 2 2222 205 beste e 1 1 Connectivity Interface 1 1 GPRS Operation zc me vot Ud SUUS MER 1 1 QN fad CN LI ANM EI E 1 1 Features and Benefits 1 1 Technical Description GPRS Class B 1 1 CSD Operation 22 eeu MO ee 22002 Le ves oe AI E MaDe ees 1 2 OVeTVIeW ene REN e t TEE PUNIRE ERR eae Re a Mu eM caen DR 1 2 Beatures and Benefits 2 EUER ES Me 1 2 Technical Description 1 2 Improved OEM tU RE RENTE 1 3 SIM Application 1
338. knowledged within 60 seconds the new message is saved in database Setting TEXT Mode Parameters Using AT CMGW and AT CMGS AT CSMP CSMP 17 167 0 0 OK 0544565034 gt text is entered ctrl z gt CMGW 141 OK AT CSDH 1 OK AT CMGR 141 CMGR STO UNSENT 0544565034 129 17 0 0 167 97254120032 145 lt messsage length gt lt message body gt AT CSMP2 1 256 0 0 CMS ERROR numeric parameter out of bounds April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 4 11 SMS Writing Saving and Sending Messages Using AT CMGW and AT CMSS Writing messages into the database with or without destination address In TEXT mode the header parameters will be set according to CSMP settings AT CMGW Writing a message without destination address gt message text ctrl z gt CMGW 142 OK 054565132 Writing a message with destination address gt message text ctrl z gt CMGW 143 OK AT CMSS 143 Send a message to the destination address with which it was stored using the message index OK AT CMSS 143 054565029 Send a message to a destination address regardless of the destination address with which it was stored if any using the message index OK AT CMSS 3 054565029 In this way received messages stored in the inbox can also be sent OK AT CSMP2 25 05 03 15 21 22 23 08 OK AT CMGW2 0544565034 A lt CTRL Z gt CMGW 129 OK AT CMG
339. l Command T Syntax Response Action Remarks ype Read AT CBST CBST lt speed gt lt name gt lt ce gt OK Test AT CBST CBST list of The Test command returns values supported supported by the MA as compound lt speed gt s list of values supported lt name gt s list of supported lt ce gt s OK The following table shows the CBST parameters Table 3 14 CBST Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt speed gt 0 Auto bauding automatic selection of the speed this setting is possible in case of 3 1 kHz modem and non transparent service 6 4800 bps V 32 7 9600 bps V 32 14 14400 bps V 34 68 2400 bps V 110 or X 31 flag stuffing 70 4800 bps V 110 or X 31 flag stuffing 71 9600 bps V 110 or X 31 flag stuffing 75 14400 bps V 110 or X 31 flag stuffing The default value is 7 Note Currently the G24 L supports 2 baud rates 4800 and 9600 bps 2 protocols V 110 and V 32 lt name gt 0 Data circuit asynchronous UDI or 3 1 kHz modem 1 Data circuit synchronous UDI or 3 1 kHz modem The default value is 0 lt ce gt 0 Transparent Reserved for future implementation 1 Non transparent default Example AT CBST CBST 000 004 006 007 014 068 070 071 075 000 001 000 003 OK AT CBST CBST 007 000 001 OK AT CBST 6 OK AT CBST CBST 006 000 001 OK 3 32 G24 L AT
340. l lt CR gt lt LF gt Converter number lt Report gt lt Rate gt lt Low gt lt High gt gt Num of samples Average calc duration Report _ interval lt CR gt lt LF gt Converter number lt Report gt lt Rate gt lt Low gt lt High gt gt lt Num_of_samples gt lt Average_calc_duration gt lt Report_ interval gt gt lt CR gt lt LF gt Converter number lt Report gt lt Rate gt lt Low gt lt High gt gt lt Num_of_samples gt lt Average_calc_duration gt lt Report_ interval gt OK Reads the setting of the A D converters Test AT MMAD MMAD range of lt Converter_Number gt s range of lt Report gt range of lt Rate gt range of lt Low gt range of lt High gt range of lt Num_of_samples gt range of lt Average_calc_duration gt range of lt Report_interval gt OK Provides the range of the parameters 3 150 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Case Average calculation isn t active 4MMAD Converter number Converted Value OK Average calculation is active 4MMAD OK Converter number Average Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Unsolicited AT MMAD lt Conver If lt Report gt value is 3 Messages ter_number gt the report will be generated according to report interval valu
341. l 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual Modem ID CGMM GMM FMM Request Model ID These commands request the model identification The G24 L outputs a string containing information about the specific model including a list of the supported technology used and the particular model number Command Response Action AT CGMM CGMM lt list of supported technologies gt lt model gt AT GMM GMM lt list of supported technologies gt lt model gt AT FMM FMM lt list of supported technologies gt lt model gt Example AT CGMM CGMM GSM900 GSMI1800 GSM1900 GSM850 MODEL G24 L OK The following table shows the CGMM string parameters String Description GSM900 GSM at 900 MHz GSM1800 GSM at 1800 MHz GSM1900 GSM at 1900 MHz North American PCS GSMS850 GSM at 850 MHz 3 2 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference CGMR GMR FMR Request Revision These commands request the revision identification The G24 L outputs a string containing the revision identification information of the software version contained within the device Command Response Action AT CGMR CGMR lt revision gt AT GMR GMR lt revision gt AT FMR FMR lt revision gt Example AT CGMR CGMR G24 L SW 4 0 210 000 AT GMR GMR G24 L
342. l 3 with the addition of a more precise specification of the bi directional behavior of characters as used in the Arabic and Hebrew scripts The 65 536 positions in the 2 octet form of UCS2 are divided into 256 rows with 256 cells in each The first octet of a character representation denotes the row number the second the cell number The first row row 0 contains exactly the same characters as ISO IEC 8859 1 The first 128 characters are thus the ASCII characters The octet representing an ISO IEC 8859 1 character is easily transformed to the representation in UCS2 by placing a 0 octet in front of it UCS2 includes the same control characters as ISO IEC 8859 also in row 0 UTF 8 Character Set Management UTF 8 provides compact efficient Unicode encoding The encoding distributes a Unicode code value s bit pattern across one two three or even four bytes This encoding is a multi byte encoding UTF 8 encodes ASCII in a single byte meaning that languages using Latin based scripts can be represented with only 1 1 bytes per character on average UTF 8 is useful for legacy systems that want Unicode support because developers do not have to drastically modify text processing code Code that assumes single byte code units typically does not fail completely when provided UTF 8 text instead of ASCII or even Latin 1 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 1 13 Character Sets Unlike some legacy encoding UTF 8 is easy to p
343. l closes the socket that wasn t opened Sockets 1 and 2 are opened No opened sockets G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference MIPSETS Set Size for Automatic Push This command causes the G24 L to set a watermark in the accumulating buffer When the watermark is reached data is pushed from the accumulating buffer into the protocol stack Data chunks between the terminal and the G24 L are limited to be smaller than 80 characters 160 characters in coded form In order to reduce the overhead of sending small amounts of data over the air the G24 L uses an accumulating buffer The terminal can specify a watermark within the accumulating buffer size limits to indicate how much data should be accumulated When the data in the accumulating buffer exceeds the watermark only data equal to the watermark is sent Data remaining in the buffer is sent with the next packet Note If there is data in the accumulating buffer the MIPSETS command will be rejected Command Type Syntax Response Action Set MIPSETS Socket ID gt lt Size gt OK or ERROR MIPSETS lt err gt Read MIPSETS MIPSETS lt SocketID gt lt Current Size Settings gt For all ACTIVE sockets Test MIPSETS MIPSETS 1 4 list of supported lt size gt s The following table shows the MIPSETS parameters Table 3 199 MIPSETS Parameters lt Parameter gt Descri
344. lementary Service Data This command allows control of Unstructured Supplementary Service Data USSD according to GSM 02 90 Mobile initiated operations are supported mman and Syntax Response Action Remarks ype Set CUSD lt n gt lt str gt OK The Set command enables disables the 4CME ERROR err display of the following unsolicited result code CUSD lt m gt lt str gt the USSD response from the network to the TE The new value is not retained after a power cycle Read CUSD CUSD lt n gt The Read command displays the CME ERROR lt err gt Current value of lt n gt Test CUSD CUSD list of The Test command displays the supported lt n gt s supported values of lt n gt CME ERROR lt err gt The following table shows the CUSD parameters Table 3 29 CUSD Parameters lt Parameter gt Description n 1 Enable Sets displays the result code presentation status of the G24 L 0 Disable default 2 Cancel session str CSCS A USSD string that when included causes a mobile initiated USSD string or response USSD string to be sent to the network The response USSD string is returned in a subsequent unsolicited CUSD result code str starts with either The maximum length is 200 characters based on When str is not included the network is not queried m Whether further user act
345. length of input HelplInfo 0 No help information available 1 Help information is available lt Text gt Text information in ASCII format Values when ProactiveCmdType 5 Play tone lt ToneType gt 1 Dial tone 3 Network Congestion 4 Radio ack 5 Tone Dropped 6 Tone Error 7 Tone Call waiting 8 Alert classic 10 Powerup 11 Confirm 12 Negative lt TimeUnit gt 0 Minutes 1 Seconds 2 Tenths of seconds lt Timelnterval gt 1 255 Time required expressed in units lt Text gt Text information in ASCII format April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 259 GPRS Table 3 185 MTKP Parameters of MTKP Field Description Cont lt Parameter gt Description Values when ProactiveCmdType 9 Send SMS lt Text gt Text information in ASCII format Values when ProactiveCmdType 10 Send SS lt Text gt Values when ProactiveCmdType 12 Setup Call Text information in ASCII format lt Parameter gt 0 Set up call but only if not currently busy on another call 1 Set up call putting all other calls if any on hold 2 Set up call disconnecting all other calls if any lt CalledNb gt Called number in ASCII format lt Redials gt 0 Redial allowed 1 Redial not allowed lt Text gt Text information in ASCII format Values when ProactiveCmdType 13 Refresh lt RefreshType gt 0 SIM initialization and full fil
346. letes messages from the G24 L memory Page 3 108 CMGF This command handles the selection of message formats Page 3 77 CMGL This command displays a list of SMS messages stored in the G24 L memory Page 3 89 CMGR This command enables the user to read selected SMS messages from the G24 L memory Page 3 94 CMGS This command sends an SM from the G24 L to the network Page 3 110 CMGW This command writes and saves messages in the G24 L memory Page 3 103 CMSS This command selects and sends pre stored messages from the message storage Page 3 101 A 6 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Appendix A Reference Tables Table A 1 AT Commands Alphabetical Cont AT Command Description Page CMUT This command mutes unmutes the currently active microphone path by overriding the current mute state Page 3 160 CMT This unsolicited message forwards the SMS upon its arrival Page 3 86 This unsolicited message including the SMS index is sent upon the arrival of an SMS This command acknowledges the receipt of a CMT response Page 3 86 Page 3 84 CNMI This command sends an unsolicited indication when a new SMS message is received by the G24 L Page 3 82 CNUM COLP This command returns up to five strings of text information that i
347. ls the data 1 255 30 8 adaptor how many seconds to wait for a remote data adaptor s carrier signal before hanging up The register value can be increased if the data adaptor does not detect a carrier within the specified time If the data adaptor detects a remote carrier signal within the specified time it sends a CONNECT response and enters Data mode If it does not detect a remote carrier signal within the speci fied time it sends the NO ANSWER or 8 response hangs up and returns to the Com mand Mode S 12 Time in 50ths of a second until OK is dis 0 255 20 8 played after entering command mode by an escape sequence Example AT amp WO OK AT amp WI OK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 223 UI User Interface amp Y Default User Profile Command Type Syntax Response Action Set amp Y lt n gt OK or CME ERROR lt err gt The following table shows the amp Y parameters Table 3 147 amp Y Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt n gt User s profile number 0 Selects power up configuration to user s profile 0 1 Selects power up configuration to user s profile 1 The default value is 0 Example AT amp YO OK AT amp YI OK 3 224 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference CMER Mobile Equipment Event Reporting
348. lt gt 3 110 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference If after aborting AT CMGS command execution and before result of operation was reported by G24 L a second AT CMGS command is executed then the result of the second AT CMGS operation only will be reported by G24 L MCSAT Motorola Control SMS Alert Tone This command enables disables exercises the SMS alert tone for an arriving SMS It does not apply on Cell Broadcast SMS wa mand Syntax Response Action Remarks ype Set MCSAT lt mode gt OK The Set command is used to lt dcs_mask gt or Suppress mute the voice notification CME ERROR err alert tone of a specific incoming SMS identified by the received dcs mask s property Enable voice notification alert tone of all incoming SMS events Activate the current alert tone for an incoming SMS event Read MCSAT MCSAT The Read command returns the current mode dcs mask mode and current lt dcs_mask gt s wl OK or CME ERROR lt err gt Test MCSAT MCSAT list of The Test command returns the possible supported lt mode gt s lt mode gt values OK or CME ERROR lt err gt The following table shows the MCSAT parameters Table 3 71 MCSAT Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt mode gt 0 Suppress alert tone 1 Enable alert tone 2 Play alert
349. lt dcs gt or additional parameters needed when SM is sent to the network or placed in storage when text format message mode is selected CMS ERROR lt err gt April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 79 SMS Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Read AT CSMP CSMP The read command returns the current lt fo gt lt vp gt lt pid gt lt dcs gt parameters value OK or CMS ERROR lt err gt Test AT CSMP OK The test command just returns OK or CMS ERROR lt err gt The following table shows the CSMP parameters Table 3 46 CSMP Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt fo gt first octet of GSM 03 40 in integer format For detailes see CMGW definitions The default value at power up is 17 Message type is SMS SUBMIT and relative VP format vp Validity Period depending on SMS SUBMIT fo TP Validity Period Format bits setting Either in integer format see Table 3 47 or in time string format yy MM dd hh mm ss zz If there is no correlation between the VPF and the VP value an error message will be returned lt pid gt Protocol Identifier The one octet information element by which the SM TL either refers to the higher layer protocol being used or indicates interworking with a certain type of telematic device 0 no interworking SME to SME pro
350. lt err gt by the local context lt reliability gt lt peak gt identification parameter lt cid gt lt mean gt As this is the same parameter that is used in the CGDCONT command the CGQREQ command is effectively an extension of the CGDCONT command The QoS profile consists of a number of parameters each of which may be set to a separate value A special form of the Set command CGQREQ lt cid gt causes the requested profile for context number lt cid gt to become undefined Read AT CGQREQ CGQREQ lt cid gt The Read command returns the lt precedence gt lt delay gt current settings for each defined reliability peak mean context OK or CME ERROR lt err gt Test AT CGQREQ CGQREQ lt PDP_type gt The Test command returns list of supported values supported as a compound lt precedence gt s list of value If the ME supports several supported lt delay gt s list of PDP types the parameter value supported lt reliability gt s list ranges for each PDP type are of supported lt peak gt s list of returned on a separate line supported lt mean gt s OK or CME ERROR lt err gt 3 236 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the CGQREQ parameters Table 3 155 CGQREQ Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt cid gt A numeric parameter
351. m Activation of audio algorithms echo cancellation noise suppression and sidetone The G24 L incorporates two audio modes Basic Audio and Advanced Audio Each mode has a different behavior and a set of relevant AT commands Figure 3 3 describes the two audio modes switching between them and the AT commands related to each mode Audio Control of Path Gain and Algorithms is available by these two different modes sets of commands It is advised to select the audio mode according to the application needs either the Basic Audio set or the Advanced Audio set Basic Audio This mode of commands suits most users It provides a simple audio control In this mode the G24 L will also adjust the paths automatically upon headset interrupt The G24 L powers up in Basic Audio mode Basic audio specific commands are CRSL CLVL CMUT 594 596 Advanced Audio This mode suits users who require a full control of the audio When using these advanced commands the audio control will ignore the headset interrupt when the headset will be connected the paths will not change automatically Upon invoking any of the advanced Audio specific commands MAVOL MAPATH MAFEAT MAMUT the G24 L enters Advanced Audio mode G24 L remains in Advanced audio mode until the next power up While in Advanced Mode all Basic Audio AT commands CRSL CLVL CMUT S94 S96 are blocked and will return an error General Audio Commands The f
352. m Date and Time Access Commands 3 73 TCP IP 3 276 UL 3 216 Unsolicited UI Status Messages 3 229 V G24 Response Format 3 190 X Result Code Selection and Call Progress Monitoring Control 3 193 Z Reset to Default Configuration 3 199 AT Commands Summary 1 15 A 1 AT Commmands Reference CSCS Select Terminal Character Set 3 4 AT Communication Check 3 177 Audio 1 8 3 155 MA Audio Control Commands 3 163 Features and Benefits 1 8 Overview 1 8 Technical Description 1 9 Tone Commands 3 158 Audio Path 3 163 Audio Tone Commands 3 158 Automatic Push Set Size 3 283 Battery Charger Connection 3 129 Baud Rate Regulation 3 132 Bearer Select 3 31 Bit Map Registers 3 194 Buffers Flush Data 3 286 C Call Indicator 3 17 Call Control 3 9 4 14 Dialing Electronic Telephone Service 3 10 Hanging Up 3 10 Managing a CSD Data Call 3 9 Receiving Data Call 3 10 Simple Dialing 3 9 Switching Modes 3 10 Call Control Commands 3 11 Call Forwarding Conditions 3 27 Numbers 3 27 Call Progress Monitoring Control 3 193 Call Waiting 3 21 Calling Line Identification 3 19 Identification Restriction 3 29 Capability Reporting 3 8 Cellular Result Codes 3 17 Character Set Terminal 3 4 Character Set Conversion tables 1 13 Character Sets 8859 1 14 ASCII 1 13 GSM 1 13 UCS2 1 13 UTF 8 1 13 Charge Advice 3 44 Circuit 108 Behavior 3 138 Circuit 109 Behavior 3 136 Clock 3 60 Command
353. m Overview on page 1 5 displays the system overview which comprises the following links and layers Physical layer links The terminal is connected to the G24 L using a physical RS 232 connection The G24 L is connected to the GGSN using a GPRS link The GGSN is connected to the Internet via some sort of physical connection usually telephone or cable Point to point layer links AT command protocol is used to transfer data between the terminal and the G24 L After authentication the G24 L is linked to the GGSN using PPP protocol The GGSN is connected to its Internet service provider using some protocol TCP UDP layer The G24 L can transfer data with the WEB using either TCP IP or UDP IP protocols The protocol stacks in the terminal or in the OEM must be managed when using TCP IP or UDP IP protocols The G24 L software can manage these stacks internally This enables the G24 L to relieve the terminal from the job of managing these protocols Note Currently the embedded TCP IP feature may be used only for mobile initiated connections The embedded TCP IP feature cannot listen on a port for incoming connections Audio Overview The audio digital and analog feature in the G24 L module involves three main issues path routes the current input and output devices gain volume management and algorithm For more information refer to Audio on page 3 155 Features and Benefits The following algorithm relat
354. m failure 195 Invalid SME address 196 Destination SME barred 197 SM Rejected Duplicate SM 198 TP VPF not supported 199 TP VP not supported 208 SIM SMS storage full 209 No SMS storage capability in SIM 210 Error in MS 211 Memory Capacity Exceeded 213 SIM Data Download Error 255 an unspecified error 300 ME failure 3 210 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Table 3 141 CMS Errors Cont lt Parameter gt Description lt err gt 301 SMS service of ME reserved Continued 302 operation not allowed 303 operation not supported 304 invalid PDU mode parameter 305 invalid text mode parameter 310 SIM not inserted 311 SIM PIN required 312 5 PIN required 313 SIM failure 314 SIM busy 315 SIM wrong 316 SIM PUK required 317 SIM PIN2 required 318 SIM PUK2 required 320 memory failure 321 invalid memory index 322 memory full 330 SMSC address unknown 331 network service 332 network timeout 340 no CNMA acknowledgement expected 500 unknown error 512 network busy 513 invalid destination address 514 invalid message body length 515 phone is not in service 516 invalid preferred memory storage 517 user terminated Table 3 142 STK Errors lt Parameter gt Description lt
355. mand defines the G24 L 8 GPIO pins data value The feature is flex enabled or disabled This command is a basic command The feature is active by default however changing the FLEX can eliminate it Note Support of the GPIO pins comes instead of supporting the keypad of the Evaluation board Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT MIOC lt Pin OK The set command defines the logic selection gt lt Data vector or value of selected pins to high or low when pin is configured as output ibis ido The G24 L saves the new setting in flex Only selected pins are affected Set action is allowed only for pins configured as output In case Data vector includes values of input pins those values will be ignored In case pin selection includes input pins an error will be issued Operation not allowed No action will take place Read MIOC MIOC Data vector The read command returns the actual logical value of the 8 GPIO pins OK Test MIOC MIOC list of The test command returns the possible supported Pin ranges of Pin selection s and Data selection gt s list of vector s supported Data vector gt s OK or CME ERROR lt err gt 3 144 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the MIOC parameters Table 3 95 MIOC Parameters lt Parameter gt Desc
356. meter represents the Boolean status On Off of the sidetone feature Page 3 202 Page 3 161 S96 This S parameter represents the Boolean status On Off of the echo cancelling feature in the handsfree Page 3 162 Sn This command reads writes values of the S registers and includes registers 1 49 Page 3 194 This command is supported for backward compatibility only and has no effect Page 3 304 This command determines the response format of the data adapter and the contents of the header and trailer transmitted with the result codes and information responses Page 3 190 A 16 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Appendix A Reference Tables Table A 1 AT Commands Alphabetical Cont AT Command Description Page This command defines the data adaptor response set and the CONNECT result code format Page 3 193 This command is supported for backward compatibility only and has no effect Page 3 304 This command resets the default configuration Page 3 199 Character Set Table CS1 GSM gt UCS 2 The following table shows the conversion between the GSM and UCS 2 character sets Symbol GSM GSM 03 38 UCS 2 ISO 10646 1 0x00 0x0040 0x01 0x00A3 0x02 0x0024 Y 0x03 0x00A5 0 04 0 00 8 0 05 0
357. minal April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 199 Modem Configuration and Profile enables the G24 L sleep mode and signals its readiness for sleep For this purpose a set of AT commands and dedicated HW lines are defined Note The Sleep mode feature is not relevant when using USB In USB mode the G24 L is always awake While USB is connected do not use the following 1 Sleep mode AT commands 2 Sleep mode dedicated HW line wake in wake out Sleep Mode AT Commands The following are the Sleep mode AT commands e ATS24 Activates deactivates Sleep mode The G24 L receives a request to activate or deactivate Sleep mode e ATS102 Sets the value of the delay before sending data to the terminal The G24 L receives the value that defines the period to wait between sending the wake up signal and sending data to the terminal e ATS100 The minimum time that takes the Terminal to enter sleep mode Only if this time period passes the G24 L will wait ATS102 time between wake up out line and data transmission e AT MSCTS The UART CTS line control The G24 L receives a request to define the behavior of the CTS line when the G24 L is in Sleep mode It enables or disables activation of the CTS line after wakeup Sleep Mode HW Signals Two HW lines are used e One for waking the G24 L Wakeup In e One for waking the terminal Wakeup Out Terminal Does Not Wake the G24 L If the Terminal Uses Hardware Flow Cont
358. n 036 044 024 00100100 dollar sign 037 045 025 00100101 percent 038 046 026 00100110 amp ampersand 039 047 027 00100111 single quote 040 050 028 00101000 left opening parenthesis 041 051 029 00101001 right closing parenthesis 042 052 02A 00101010 asterisk 043 053 02B 00101011 plus 044 054 02C 00101100 single quote 045 055 02D 00101101 minus or dash 046 056 02 00101110 dot 047 057 02 00101111 forward slash 048 060 030 00110000 0 049 061 031 00110001 1 050 062 032 00110010 2 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual A 23 Character Set Table CS7 ASCII table Decimal Octal Hex Binary Value Description 051 063 033 00110011 3 052 064 034 00110100 d 053 065 035 00110101 5 054 066 036 00110110 6 055 067 037 00110111 7 056 070 038 00111000 8 057 071 039 00111001 9 058 072 03A 00111010 colon 059 073 03B 00111011 semi colon 060 074 03C 00111100 lt less than 061 075 03D 00111101 equal sign 062 076 03E 00111110 gt greater than 063 077 03F 00111111 question mark 064 100 040 01000000 AT symbol 065 101 041 01000001 A 066 102 042 01000010 B 067 103 043 01000011 C 068 104 044 01000100 D 069 105 045 01000101 E 070 106 046 01000110 F 071 107 047 01000111 G 072 110 048 01001000 H 073 111 049 01001001 074 112 04A 01001010 J 075 113
359. n Remarks Set CMGF lt mode gt OK The Set command sets the message or format to use CMS ERROR err Read CMGF CMGF lt mode gt The Read command displays the current message format Test CMGF CMGF list of The Test command lists all the supported lt mode gt s supported message formats The following table shows the CMGF parameters Table 3 43 CMGF Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt mode gt Message format 0 PDU mode default 1 Text mode April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 77 SMS Example AT CMGF 1 OK AT CMGF 1 OK AT CMGF CMGF 0 1 OK CSCA Service Center Address This command handles the selection of the SCA and the TOSCA The SCA is the phone number of the SC Service Center The TOSCA can be 129 local or 145 international where 129 is the default value The TOSCA parameter of the Set command is optional and can be omitted If the SCA parameter of the Set command is prefixed by the character it indicates that TOSCA is 145 The following table shows the CSCA input characters and their hexadecimal values Table 3 44 CSCA Input Characters and Hexadecimal Values Character Description Hexadecimal 0 9 International allowed at start only Digits Ox2B 0x30 Ox31 0x32 0x33 0x34 0x35 0x36 0x37 0x38 0x39 Instructions Ox2A 0x23
360. nable back network update time Test CCLK CCLK list of supported lt time gt s OK or CME ERROR lt err gt The Test command returns valid parameters for the CCLK Set command Execute CCLK OK or CME ERROR lt err gt The Execute command causes system clock to be overridden by network System Clock value immediately Note CCLK Read command will represent the network update time after CCLK Execute command This value will be represented after power cycle as well April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 73 Phone Books and Clock The following table shows the CCLK parameters Table 3 40 CCLK Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt time gt ASCII string of format yy MM dd hh mm ss zz or yy MM dd hh mm ss yy 2 digit year 2000 2069 MM 2 digit month 01 12 dd 2 digit day of month 00 31 hh 2 digit hour 00 23 mm 2 digit minute 00 59 Ss 2 digit seconds 00 59 Zz optional time zone offset from GMT in quarter hours 47 48 If this value is not specified the time zone offset will be 0 Example AT CCLK CCLK 88 12 31 23 59 59 47 48 OK AT CCLK 01 01 01 01 01 01 08 OK AT CCLK CCLK 01 01 01 01 01 01 08 OK AT CCLK 02 02 02 02 02 02 OK Power cycling AT CCLK CCLK 02 02 02 02 02 02 00 OK AT CCLK 03 03 03 03
361. nabled G24 L related errors cause a CME ERROR lt err gt final result code instead of the regular ERROR final result code Usually ERROR is returned when the error is related to syntax invalid parameters or terminal functionality For all Accessory AT commands besides SMS commands the CMEE set command disables or enables the use of result code CME ERROR lt err gt as an indication of an error relating to the functionality of the G24 L When enabled G24 L related errors cause CME ERROR err final result code instead of the regular ERROR result code For all SMS AT commands that are derived from GSM 07 05 the CMEE Set command disables or enables the use of result code CMS ERROR lt err gt as an indication of an error relating to the functionality of the G24 L When enabled G24 L related errors cause a CMS ERROR lt err gt final result code instead of the regular ERROR final result 3 206 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT CMEEZ lt n gt OK The Set command enables or disables the or use of result code CME ERROR err as an indication of an error relating to the TCME functionality of G24 L Read AT CMEE CMEE lt n gt The Read command returns the current OK setting format of the result code Test AT CMEE CMEE list of The Test command returns values supp
362. nd Type Syntax Response Action Set MIPCALL Operation lt APN gt OK lt User name gt lt Password gt MIPCALL lt local IP address gt or ERROR lt err gt MIPCALL 0 MIPCALL MIPCALL lt status gt lt IP gt MIPCALL MIPCALL list of supported lt operation gt s Note Note The MIPCALL command does not return the prompt to the terminal until the IP is received from the provider or time out has occurred therefore no other commands can be issued in the meantime The MIPCALL command does not have a general ABORT mechanism therefore a command cannot be issued until the previous command ends When a call exists the dynamic IP address will be returned For example AT MIPCALL MIPCALL 1 172 17 237 80 3 276 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the MIPCALL parameters Table 3 195 MIPCALL Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt status gt 0 Disconnect 1 Connected APN APN of service provider in quotation marks Contact your service provider for details User name User name in provider server in quotation marks Contact your service provider for details Password Password for provider server in quotation marks Contact your service provider for details Local IP address given by server after PPP negotiation IP address
363. nd information responses Q This command determines whether to output suppress the result Page 3 191 codes April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 1 21 AT Commands Summary Table 1 1 AT Commands Cont AT Command Description Page E This command defines whether the G24 L echoes the characters Page 3 192 received from the user whether input characters are echoed to output X This command defines the data adaptor response set and the Page 3 193 CONNECT result code format Sn This command reads writes values of the S registers and includes Page 3 194 registers 1 49 94 96 Audio and 102 Sleep mode S This command displays the status of selected commands and Page 3 197 S registers G This command sets the use of the software flow control Page 3 197 J This command adjusts the terminal auto rate Page 3 197 N This command displays the type of link Page 3 197 CBAND This command is supported for backward compatibility only and Page 3 197 has no effect This command displays the most recently updated value stored in Page 3 198 the S register amp F This command restores the factory default configuration profile Page 3 198 Z This command resets the default configuration Page 3 199 Sleep Mode Commands S24 This S parameter activates disables the Sleep mode If the parameter Page 3 202 value is greater than 0 it
364. nd open a connection with a remote side Page 3 279 MIPOPEN This command causes the G24 L to initialize a new socket and open a connection with a remote side Page 3 277 MIPPUSH This command causes the G24 L to push the data accumulated in its accumulating buffers into the protocol stack Page 3 285 MIPRTCP This unsolicited event is sent to the terminal when data is received from the TCP protocol stack Page 3 287 MIPRUDP This unsolicited event is sent to the terminal when data is received from the UDP protocol stack Page 3 287 MIPSEND This command causes the G24 L to transmit the data that the terminal provides using an existing protocol stack Page 3 284 MIPSETS This command causes the G24 L to set a watermark in the accumulating buffer When the watermark is reached data is pushed from the accumulating buffer into the protocol stack Page 3 283 A 12 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Appendix A Reference Tables Table A 1 AT Commands Alphabetical Cont AT Command Description Page MIPSTAT This unsolicited event is sent to the terminal indicating a change in link status Page 3 288 MIPXOFF This unsolicited event is sent to the terminal to stop sending data Page 3 288 MIPXON This unsolicited event is sent to the terminal when the G24 L has free memory in the
365. ndex any valid indexSet mode for given index to 1 If only mode index and number values are given then the Set command is interpreted as follows Store in index of EFmsisdn in the SIM the number Since no alpha was given corresponding alpha will be identical to the alpha already stored in this index Also store the mode value for this index If all parameters are given then the Set command is interpreted as follows Store in index of EFmsisdn in the SIM the number and corresponding alpha In case an empty string was given as the alpha parameter the corresponding alpha will be an empty string Also store the mode value for this index Note Only the last index whose mode was set to 1 will be sent to the DTE Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set MCSN lt mode gt OK See above lt index gt lt numb er gt lt alpha gt 4 CME ERROR err Read MCSN MCSN lt index gt The Read command queries the current OK settings for the lt index gt of the storage place in which the lt mode gt is equal to 1 If no index has its lt mode gt set to 1 CME ERROR lt err gt then the response lt index gt will be or equal to 0 Test MCSN MCSN list of The Test command returns the possible supported lt mode gt and lt index gt values lt mode gt s list of supporte
366. ne This command defines the G24 L 8 GPIO pins configuration The feature is flex enabled or disabled This command is a basic command The feature is active by default however changing the FLEX can eliminate it Note When using the GPIO lines feature lines should not be connected directly to ground a resistor must be used This is applicable when changing an I O from input to output Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT MIOD lt Pin OK The set command defines the behavior selection gt lt Mode gt or mode of each selected IO pin lt Data vector gt The G24 L saves the new setting in CME ERROR lt err flex The selected pins are affected Validity check of all parameters will be done and appropriate standard error will be issued In case of legal parameters the new configuration is set If lt Data vector gt doesn t supply and new lt Mode gt is output a line will care physical high signal In case lt Data vector gt is supply and includes values of input pins those values will be ignored In case lt Mode gt is input and lt Data vector gt is supply an error will be issued Operation not allowed No action will be done Read MIOD MIOD lt Mode vector gt The read command returns the current behavior mode of the 8 GPIO pins OK Test MIOD MIOD list of The test command returns the possible supported lt Pin ranges of lt Pin selection gt s lt Mode gt s sele
367. new outgoing message is saved in the next free memory location from index 101 up to index 352 SMS Type SMS Index Max Number of SMS Incoming messages SIM dependent 2 20 Outgoing and CB 21 250 messages 22 270 1 12 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 1 Product Features Character Sets The following includes the references to various tables that provide conversions between the different character sets e CS1 GSM to UCS2 e CS2 ASCII to from UTF8 e CS3 UCS2 to from UTF8 For the full content of a specific conversion table refer to Appendix A Character Set Tables ASCII Character Set Management The ASCII character set is a standard seven bit code that was proposed by ANSI in 1963 and finalized in 1968 ASCII was established to achieve compatibility between various types of data processing equipment GSM Character Set Management In G24 L the GSM character set is defined as octant stream This means that text is displayed not as GSM characters but in the hex values of these characters UCS2 Character Set Management UCS2 is the first officially standardized coded character set eventually to include the characters of all the written languages in the world as well as all mathematical and other symbols Unicode can be characterized as the restricted 2 octet form of UCS2 on the most general implementation leve
368. ng party has not specified the required bearer capability for example because the call originated in the PSTN In these cases the CSNS command is used to select the desired bearer or teleservice for a single numbering scheme in which one MSISDN is associated with each IMSI The CSNS command has a default mode so is not mandatory to set it If the network uses a single numbering scheme and the calling party has not specified the required service then the network omits the bearer capability information mman command Syntax Response Action Remarks Type Set CSNS lt mode gt lt repeated gt OK The Set command selects the CME ERROR lt err gt bearer or teleservice to be use when a mobile terminated single numbering scheme call is established Read CSNS CSNS lt mode gt The Read command displays the currently active CSNS mode Test CSNS CSNS list of The Test command displays the supported mode gt s list of supported CSNS modes lt repeated gt 3 34 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the AT CSNS parameters Table 3 15 CSNS Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt mode gt CSNS mode 0 Voice default 2 Fax TS 62 4 Data lt repeated gt Defines for how long to save the new setting 0 One shot new setting is not saved 1 CSNS mode is sa
369. ng whether or not a status report will be returned to the SME 0 A status report will not be returned to the SME 1 A status report will be returned to the SME 7 TP Reply Path Parameter indicating that Reply Path is set or not 0 TP Reply Path parameter is not set TP Reply Path parameter is set Table 3 58 Layout of SMS STATUS REPORT in PDU Mode according to GSM03 40 Reference Description Length sca Mandatory 1 3 12 BYTES Service Center address When length is 1 length BYTE 20 1 BYTE length number of followed octets Mandatory 1 BYTE lt tosca gt value between 128 255 lt fo gt Mandatory 1 BYTE First Octet See Table 3 59 lt mr gt Mandatory 1 BYTE April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 97 SMS Table 3 58 Layout of SMS STATUS REPORT in PDU Mode according to GSMO03 40 Cont Reference Description Length lt TP RA gt Mandatory Recipient address formatted according to the formatting rules of address fields 2 12 BYTES lt TP SCTS gt Mandatory The TP Service Center Time Stamp field is given in semi octet representation and represents the local time as described in GSMO03 40 7 BYTE lt TP DT gt Mandatory Discharge Time of lt TP ST gt is given in semioctet representation and represents the local time as described in GSM03 40 7 BYTES lt TP ST gt Mandatory Status of the MO message 1 BYTE lt
370. nsure that the aborting character is recognized by the G24 L it should be sent at the same rate as the preceding command line The G24 L may ignore characters sent at other rates When an aborting event is recognized by the G24 L it terminates the command in progress and returns an appropriate result code to the terminal as specified for the particular command When a command is aborted this does not mean that its operation is reversed In the case of some network commands when the abort signal is detected by the G24 L although the command is aborted following G24 L network negotiation the operation might be fully completed partially completed or not executed at all 2 8 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Modem ID Subscriber Unit Identity These commands allow the user to query the type of device that is attached the technology used in the device as well as basic operating information about the device CGMI GMI FMI Request Manufacturer ID These commands display manufacturer identification The G24 L outputs a string containing manufacturer identification information indicating that this is a Motorola device Response Action CGMI Motorola CGMI Motorola CGMI Motorola Command AT CGMI AT GMI AT FMI Example AT CGMI CGMI Motorola OK AT GMI CGMI Motorola OK AT FMI FMI Motorola Apri
371. ntained Batteries Batteries can cause property damage and or bodily injury such as burns if a conductive material such as jewelry keys or beaded chains touch exposed terminals The conductive material may complete an electrical circuit short circuit and become quite hot Exercise care in handling any charged battery particularly when placing it inside a pocket purse or other container with metal objects Use only Motorola original batteries and chargers Your battery may contain symbols defined as follows Symbol Definition Important safety information will follow Your battery or phone should not be disposed of in a fire Your battery or phone may require recycling in accordance with local laws Contact your local regulatory authorities for more information Your battery or phone should not be thrown in the trash Your phone contains an internal lithium ion battery OLilon BATT XX G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Preface Dangerous procedure warnings Warnings such as the example below precede potentially dangerous procedures throughout this manual Instructions contained in the warnings must be followed You should also employ all other safety precautions that you deem necessary for the operation of the equipment in your operating environment Warning example Warning Dangerous voltages capable of causing death are present in this equipmen
372. ntered lt ctrl Z ESC gt G24 L The following table shows the CMGS parameters Table 3 70 CMGS Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt da gt Destination address in quoted string This field contains a single MIN number lt toda gt Type of DA Value between 128 255 according to GSM 03 40 9 1 2 5 If this field is not given and first character of da is toda will be 145 otherwise 129 lt length gt Size of message in PDU mode format in octets excluding SMSC data mr Sent message reference number PDU Message header and contents in PDU mode format See description in CMGW section Example AT CMGS 064593042 129 gt This is the message body lt CTRL Z gt lt CTRL Z gt ends the prompt text mode and returns to regular AT command mode OK AT CMGF 0 OK AT CMGS 24 gt 079179521201009511FF0B917962543940F20008001400410042004300440045 lt CTRL Z gt CMGS 128 OK Note Any character sent by TE to G24 L before G24 L has reported a result of AT CMGS operation will abort AT CMGS command execution However if SMS was already sent to network and sending operation was successful the result of operation CMGS lt mr gt will be reported by G24 L A flex dependant enhancement enables the reporting of numeric error code to TE in case the sending operation has failed The numeric error code will be reported in format CMGS ERROR
373. ntifier of a elementary data file on SIM Mandatory for every lt command gt except of STATUS April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 217 UI User Interface Table 3 144 CRSM Parameters Cont lt Parameter gt Description lt P1 gt lt P2 gt Integer type Parameters passed on by the ME to the SIM These parameters are man lt P3 gt datory for every command except GET RESPONSE and STATUS READ BINARY P1 Offset high 0 255 lt P2 gt Offset low 0 255 lt P3 gt Length 0 255 READ BINARY P1 Rec No 0 255 P2 Mode 02 next record 03 previous record 04 absolute mode current mode the record number is given in with P1 00 denoting the current record lt P3 gt Length 0 255 GET RESPONSE lt P1 gt 00 lt P2 gt 00 lt P3 gt Length 0 255 UPDATE BINARY P1 Offset high 0 255 P2 Offset low 0 255 P3 Length 0 255 UPDATE RECORD P1 Rec No 0 255 P2 Mode 02 nextrecord 03 previous record 04 absolute mode current mode the record number is given in with 1 00 denoting the current record P3 Length 0 255 STATUS P1 00 P2 00 P3 Length 0 255 data Information which shall be written to the SIM hexadecimal character format Man datory for UPDATE BINARY and UPDATE RECORD 3 218 G24 L AT Commands Referenc
374. nual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Table 3 190 Sample Language Codes Cont Code Language fj Fiji fo Faroese fr French fy Frisian ga Trish gd Scots gl Galician gn Guarani gu Gujarati ha Hausa he Hebrew hi Hindi hr Croatian hu Hungarian hy Armenian ia Interlingua id Indonesian ie Interlingua ik Inupiak is Icelandic it Italian iu Inuktitut ja Japanese jw Javanese ka Georgian kk Kazakh kl Greenlandic km Cambodian kn Kannada ko Korean ks Kashmiri ku Kurdish ky Kirghiz April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 269 GPRS Table 3 190 Sample Language Codes Cont Code Language la Latin In Lingala lo Laothian It Lithuanian lv Latvian mg Malagasy mi Maori mk Macedonian ml Malayalam mn Mongolian mo Moldavian mr Marathi ms Malay mt Maltese my Burmese na Nauru ne Nepali nl Dutch no Norwegian oc Occitan om Afan or Oriya pa Punjabi pl Polish ps Pashto pt Portuguese qu Quechua rm Rhaeto Romance m Kirundi TO Romanian ru Russian TW Kinyarwanda sa Sanskrit 3 270 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Table 3 190 Sample Language Code
375. oactive SIM SEND DATA b5 Proactive SIM GET CHANNEL STATUS b6 RFU bit 0 b7 b8 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 253 GPRS Table 3 176 Profile Structure Byte 13 Bearer independent protocol supported bearers class e Bit Description bl CSD supported by ME b2 GPRS supported by ME b3 RFU bit 0 b4 b5 b6 Number of channels supported by ME b7 b8 Table 3 177 Profile Structure Byte 14 Screen height Bit Description bl Number of characters supported down the ME display as defined in t2 3GPP TS 11 14 version 8 9 0 Release 1999 subclause 5 3 1 b3 b4 b5 b6 RFU bit 0 b7 b8 Screen Sizing Parameters supported as defined in 3GPP TS 11 14 version 8 9 0 Release 1999 section 5 3 3 254 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Table 3 178 Profile Structure Byte 15 Screen width Bit Description bl b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 Number of characters supported across the ME display as defined in 3GPP TS 11 14 version 8 9 0 Release 1999 subclause 5 3 2 b8 Variable size fonts supported Table 3 179 Profile Structure Byte 16 Screen effects Bit Description bl Display can be resized as defined in 3GPP TS 11 14 version 8 9 0 Release 1999
376. ocuments Applicable Documents G24 L Module Hardware Description 6802984C05 G24 L Developer s Kit 6802984C10 Contact Us We at Motorola want to make this guide as helpful as possible Keep us informed of your comments and suggestions for improvements For general contact technical support report documentation errors and to order manuals use this email address M2M CustomerCare motorola com Motorola appreciates feedback from the users of our information Text Conventions The following special paragraphs are used in this guide to point out information that must be read This information may be set off from the surrounding text but is always preceded by a bold title in capital letters Note Note Presents additional helpful noncritical information that you can use Warning Warning Presents information to warn you of a potentially hazardous situation in which there is a possibility of personal injury Important Important Presents information to help you avoid an undesirable situation or provides additional information to help you understand a topic or concept Caution Caution Presents information to identify a situation in which damage to software stored data or equipment could occur thus avoiding the damage xviii G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Preface Manual Banner Definitions A banner text in the page footer under the book title f
377. odem compatible commands This modem compatible mode of operation is described below 3 230 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference CGCLASS GPRS Mobile Station Class This command is used to set the G24 L to operate according to the specified GPRS mobile class If the requested class is not supported an ERROR or CME ERROR response is returned Extended error responses are enabled by the CMEE command Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Read AT CGCLASS CGCLASS class The Read command returns the current OK GPRS mobile class or CME ERROR lt err gt Test AT CGCLASS CGCLASS list of The Test command is used for requesting supported lt class gt s information on the supported GPRS OK mobile classes or CME ERROR lt err gt Note Issuing GPRS actions over a poor quality connection may cause protocol errors and harm data validity To prevent these problems G24 L is equipped with a protection mechanism that confirms GPRS signal strength before issuing GPRS network related commands The following table shows the CGCLASS parameters Table 3 152 CGCLASS Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt class gt String parameter that indicates the GPRS mobile class B Class B Example AT CGCLASS CGCLASS B OK Note If a SIM card without GPRS allowance is used AT CGCLASS CG
378. of a given entry lt type gt The address type of a phone number 129 Use for local call 145 Use for international access code 128 Unknown 128 is used to represent an email address or a mailing list In this case ph type can be used to further differentiate between the two text Text identifier for a phone book entry according to the character set as specified by command CSCS lt nlength gt The maximum number of digits in the lt number gt lt tlength gt The maximum number of characters in the lt text gt entry 3 62 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Example At cpbs ME OK At cpbr CPBR 1 100 40 24 OK At cpbr 1 OK At cpbr 1 3 There is nothing written in entry 1 2 3 OK At cpbs MT OK At cpbr CPBR 1 350 40 24 OK At cpbr 1 3 OK At cpbr 1 350 CPBR 101 97252999080 145 Voice Mail OK CPBF Find Phone Book Entries This execution command enables the user to search for a particular entry by name in the currently active phone book If no matching entry is found the command returns OK If multiple matches are found all are returned mman n Command Syntax Response Action Type Set CPBF lt findtext gt CPBF lt index1 gt lt number gt lt type gt lt text gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CBPF lt index2 gt lt number gt lt type gt lt text gt OK or CME ERROR lt
379. ollowing audio commands can be used in both Basic and Advanced audio modes VTD VTS CALM MMICG MADIGITAL April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 155 Audio Table 3 100 shows the differences between Basic and Advanced audio modes in controlling the audio Table 3 100 Basic and Advanced Audio Modes Comparison Basic Audio Advanced Audio Path Paths are set automatically upon interrupt Paths are set manually All routings are available any microphone with any speaker for each type of sound voice keypad ring etc Gain There are two types of gains phone voice keypad and ring There is a matrix of gains a different gain is saved for each type of sound through a specific speaker For example one volume level for rings through the speaker and a different volume level for rings through the transducer Therefore there will be 16 different volume levels which is the product of the number of output accessories speaker headset speaker transducer and digital output and the number of audio tones voice keypad ring and alert Algorithm Algorithms are set by ATS94 and ATS96 Algorithms are set by AT MAFEAT Audio Setup The G24 L has two audio modes Basic Audio and Advanced Audio Each mode has a different behavior and a set of relevant AT commands Figure 3 2 describes the two audio modes switching between them
380. ommand mode send the Escape Sequence command If the modem responds with OK to the Escape command the modem is in Command mode and the dial connection is still active and you can use the AT command set The Character The character in the Escape Sequence pattern can be changed using the S2 S register Refer to S Bit Map Registers page 3 194 Escape is detected only by the G24 L and not by the remote side The remote side stays in the Data mode Hanging Up If you are using a communications program use the Hang up or Disconnect AT command in the program to disconnect the call When using computers in the Dumb Terminal mode return to the Command mode by typing the Escape Sequence and then hang up by typing the Hang up command as follows ATH Enter If the G24 L responds with OK the dial connection is closed Dialing to an Electronic Telephone Service When you dial to an electronic telephone service such as telephone banking you must typically instruct the modem to dial a number then to wait for call establishment and then send the password for entering the banking account A typical command line might look like this ATD876 5555 123456 Enter The modem dials the number then pauses to wait for the call connection the comma in the command line causes the pause You can also create a longer pause by including several commas in a row in the command line and then send the password to t
381. on Multiple Access Terminal Equipment Transport Layer Security protocol for establishing a secure connection between a client and a server TLS is based on SSL 3 0 protocol Type of Destination Address Type of Origination Address Type of Recipient Address Type of SCA Tele Typewriter DTE transmit data to MGOM Unnumbered Acknowledgement Unnumbered Information with Only Header Checksum Universal Serial Bus Voice Carry Over This is available for people who cannot hear but are able to speak clearly During a VCO relay call the Deaf or Hard of Hearing caller speaks directly to the person they are conversing with When that person responds a Communication Assistant CA types back exactly what is said to the screen of the TTY or VCO phone Numerics 8859 Character Set Management 1 14 A Abbreviations General System 2 2 Aborting Commands 2 8 Access Control Commands 3 177 Acknowledgement New Message 3 84 Address Service Center 3 78 Argument Types in AT Commands 2 7 ASCII Character Set Management 1 13 AT Command Reference CALM Alert Sound Mode 3 171 CFUN Shut Down Phone Functionality 3 141 CLVL Loudspeaker Volume 3 159 CPOL Preferred Operators 3 125 CRSL Call Ringer Level 3 158 CSVM Voice Mail Server 3 66 VTD Tone Duration 3 175 AT Commands Aborting Commands 2 8 Command Argument Types 2 7 Command Mode Types 2 7 Command Token Types 2 6 General Symbols in Description 2 1 Introduction 2 1 L
382. on is incomplete illegible or incompatible with the factory records Repair at Motorola s option may include reflashing of software the replacement of parts or boards with functionally equivalent reconditioned or new parts or boards Replaced parts accessories batteries or boards are warranted for the balance of the original warranty time period The Warranty Term will not be extended All original accessories batteries parts and OEM module equipment that have been replaced shall become the property of Motorola Motorola does not warrant the installation maintenance or service of the products accessories batteries or parts Motorola will not be responsible in any way for problems or damage caused by any ancillary equipment not furnished by Motorola which is attached to or used in connection with the Products or for operation of Motorola equipment with any ancillary equipment and all such equipment is expressly excluded from this warranty When the Product is used in conjunction with ancillary or peripheral equipment not supplied by Motorola Motorola does not warrant the operation of the Product peripheral combination and Motorola will not honor any warranty claim where the Product is used in such a combination and it is determined by Motorola that there is no fault with the Product Motorola specifically disclaims any responsibility for any damage whether or not to Motorola equipment caused in any way by the use of the OEM module acc
383. opyrighted computer program Accordingly any copyrighted Motorola or other 3rd Party supplied SW computer programs contained in the Motorola products described in this instruction manual may not be copied reverse engineered or reproduced in any manner without the express written permission of Motorola or the 3rd Party SW supplier Furthermore the purchase of Motorola products shall not be deemed to grant either directly or by implication estoppel or otherwise any license under the copyrights patents or patent applications of Motorola or other 3rd Party supplied SW except for the normal non exclusive royalty free license to use that arises by operation of law in the sale of a product VENDOR COPYRIGHT Apache Software Foundation Copyright 2004 2005 All Rights Reserved Usage and Disclosure Restrictions License Agreements The software described in this document is the property of Motorola Inc and its licensors It is furnished by express license agreement only and may be used only in accordance with the terms of such an agreement Copyrighted Materials Software and documentation are copyrighted materials Making unauthorized copies is prohibited by law No part of the software or documentation may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language or computer language in any form or by any means without prior written permission of Motorola Inc High Risk Materials Components un
384. or 1 Example MTKP 1 0 Hello Display text cmd was sent from SIM number 1 with normal priority number 0 and the text is hello 3 262 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Send DTMF This proactive SIM service command requests the G24 L to send a DTMF string after successfully establishing a call This command can be used at any time during a call The G24 L does not locally generate audible DTMF tones to play to the user This command can be activated deactivated by the user using the command MTKP 24 The setting defined by the user is retained during the currently active call and is restored after a power cycle If a DTMF command is sent to the G24 L while this command is disabled the G24 L sends an Unable to process terminal response to the SIM The terminal response indicating that the command has been performed successfully is sent after the complete DTMF string is sent to the network by the G24 L If the command is sent in idle mode or if a call is terminated or put on hold before the complete DTMF string is sent to the network the G24 L informs the SIM using terminal response 20 with the additional information Not in speech call If the user indicates the need to end the proactive SIM application session while the G24 L is sending the DTMF string the G24 L stops sending the string and sends the following terminal response Proactive SIM application session terminat
385. or a single call mman d and Syntax Response Action Remarks ype Set CLIR lt n gt OK The Set command instructs the G24 L to enable disable CLI restriction for all MO calls Read CLIR CLIR lt n gt lt m gt The Read command returns the current OK setting of CLIR on the network lt m gt and on the G24 L lt n gt Test CLIR CLIR list of supported The Test command returns lt n gt values lt n gt s supported by the G24 L The following table shows the CLIR parameters Table 3 13 CLIR Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt n gt Adjustment for outgoing calls 0 Presentation indicator is used according to the subscription of the CLIR service 1 CLIR invocation 2 CLIR suppression The default is 2 lt m gt Subscriber CLIR service status in the network 0 CLIR not provisioned 1 CLIR provisioned in permanent mode 2 Unknown for example no network and so on 3 CLIR Temporary mode presentation restricted can be the default 4 CLIR Temporary mode presentation allowed can be the default Example AT CLIR CLIR 0 1 2 OK AT CLIR CLIR 1 4 AT CLIR 2 OK atd054565195 MO voice call OK calling a G24 L that has 054565195 SIM and is CLIP enabled will receive the following on the terminal RING CLIP 128 128 1 3 30 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter
386. or example Preliminary or FOA indicates that some information contained in the manual is not yet approved for general customer use Field Service For Field Service requests use this email address n2csfs01 motorola com General Safety Remember safety depends on you The following general safety precautions must be observed during all phases of operation service and repair of the equipment described in this manual Failure to comply with these precautions or with specific warnings elsewhere in this manual violates safety standards of design manufacture and intended use of the equipment Motorola Inc assumes no liability for the customer s failure to comply with these requirements The safety precautions listed below represent warnings of certain dangers of which we are aware You as the user of this product should follow these warnings and all other safety precautions necessary for the safe operation of the equipment in your operating environment Ground the instrument To minimize shock hazard the equipment chassis and enclosure must be connected to an electrical ground If the equipment is supplied with a three conductor AC power cable the power cable must be either plugged into an approved three contact electrical outlet or used with a three contact to two contact adapter The three contact to two contact adapter must have the grounding wire green firmly connected to an electrical ground safety ground at the power o
387. orted lt n gt s supported by the terminal as a compound OK value The following table shows the CMEE parameters Table 3 139 CMEE Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt n gt 0 Disable the CME ERROR lt err gt result code and use ERROR 1 Enable the CME ERROR lt err gt or CMS ERROR lt err gt result codes and use numeric lt err gt values or STK ERROR lt err gt result codes and use numeric lt err gt values 2 Enable the CME ERROR lt err gt or CMS ERROR lt err gt result codes and use verbose lt err gt values or STK ERROR lt err gt result codes and use numeric lt err gt values The default value is 0 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 207 Modem Configuration and Profile Table 3 140 CME Errors lt Parameter gt Description err eee amp detegere TT 15 SUD mds ee M 0 09 d 60 100 103 106 107 Numeric format followed by verbose format phone failure no connection to phone phone adaptor link reserved operation not allowed operation not supported PH SIM PIN required PH FSIM PIN required PH FSIM PUK required SIM not inserted SIM PIN required SIM PUK required SIM failure SIM bu
388. otorola products described in this instruction manual may be include or describe copyrighted Motorola material such as computer programs stored in semiconductor memories or other media Laws in the United States and other countries preserve for Motorola and its licensors certain exclusive rights for copyrighted material including the exclusive right to copy reproduce in any form distribute and make derivative works of the copyrighted material Accordingly any copyrighted material of Motorola and its licensors contained herein or in the Motorola products described in this instruction manual may not be copied reproduced distributed merged or modified in any manner without the express written permission of Motorola Furthermore the purchase of Motorola products shall not be deemed to grant either directly or by implication estoppel or otherwise any license under the copyrights patents or patent applications of Motorola as arises by operation of law in the sale of a product Computer Software Copyrights The Motorola and 3rd Party supplied Software SW products described in this instruction manual may include copyrighted Motorola and other 3rd Party supplied computer programs stored in semiconductor memories or other media Laws in the United States and other countries preserve for Motorola and other 3rd Party supplied SW certain exclusive rights for copyrighted computer programs including the exclusive right to copy or reproduce in any form the c
389. owledgm ent 007 007 007 00000111 BEL Bell 008 010 008 00001000 BS Backspace 009 011 009 00001001 HT Horizontal Tab 010 012 00A 00001010 LF Line Feed 011 013 00B 00001011 VT Vertical Tab 012 014 00C 00001100 FF Form Feed 013 015 00D 00001101 CR Carriage Return 014 016 00 00001110 SO Shift Out 015 017 OOF 00001111 SI Shift In 016 020 010 00010000 DLE Data Link Escape 017 021 011 00010001 DCI XON Device Control 1 018 022 012 00010010 DC2 Device Control 2 019 023 013 00010011 DC3 XOFF Devic e Control 3 020 024 014 00010100 DC4 Device Control 4 021 025 015 00010101 NAK Negative Acknowledge ment 022 026 016 00010110 SYN Synchronous Idle A 22 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Appendix A Reference Tables Decimal Octal Hex Binary Value Description 023 027 017 00010111 ETB End of Trans Block 024 030 018 00011000 CAN Cancel 025 031 019 00011001 EM End of Medium 026 032 00011010 SUB Substitute 027 033 01B 00011011 ESC Escape 028 034 01C 00011100 FS File Separator 029 035 01D 00011101 GS Group Separator 030 036 O1E 00011110 RS Request to Send Record Separator 031 037 OIF 00011111 US Unit Separator 032 040 020 00100000 SP Space 033 041 021 00100001 exclamation mark 034 042 022 00100010 double quote 035 043 023 00100011 number sig
390. parameter AT CMGW 19 gt 079179521201009511000 917952428650290004 A 044142434477 UDL is not equal to UD length CMS ERROR invalid PDU mode parameter 17 gt 079179521201009501000 9179524286502900040441424344 No in PDU message CMGW 131 OK AT CMGR 131 CMGR 2 17 079179521201009501000C9179524286502900040441424344 OK AT CMGW 14 gt 07917952140230 212000000000 9179524286502900 SMS Command CMGW 132 OK AT CMGR 132 CMGR 2 14 07917952140230F212000000000C9179524286502900 OK AT CMGF 1 OK AT CMGR 132 CMGR STO UNSENT 18 0 0 0 972524680592 145 0 OK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 107 SMS CMGD Delete Message This command handles deletion of a single message from memory location lt index gt or multiple messages according to lt delflag gt If the optional parameter lt delflag gt is entered and is greater than 0 the lt index gt parameter is practically ignored If deletion fails result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned Note The deletion of multiple commands is a time consuming process that may require more than 60 seconds to complete Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set CMGD lt index gt OK lt delflag gt or CMS ERROR lt err gt Read The Read command for CMGD is not defined by ETSI and therefore is not supported by the G24 L The G24 L returns an error Test CMGD CM
391. play of the extension text Table 3 166 Profile Structure Byte 3 Proactive SIM Bit Description bl Proactive SIM DISPLAY TEXT b2 Proactive SIM GET INKEY b3 Proactive SIM GET INPUT b4 Proactive SIM MORE TIME b5 Proactive SIM PLAY TONE b6 Proactive SIM POLL INTERVAL b7 Proactive SIM POLLING OFF b8 Proactive SIM REFRESH April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 249 GPRS Table 3 167 Profile Structure Byte 4 Proactive SIM Bit Description bl Proactive SIM SELECT ITEM b2 Proactive SIM SEND SHORT MESSAGE b3 Proactive SIM SEND SS b4 Proactive SIM SEND USSD b5 Proactive SIM SET UP CALL b6 Proactive SIM SET UP MENU b7 Proactive SIM PROVIDE LOCAL INFORMATION MCC MNC LAC Cell ID amp IMEI b8 Proactive SIM PROVIDE LOCAL INFORMATION NMR Table 3 168 Profile Structure Byte 5 Event driven information Bit Description bl Proactive SIM SET UP EVENT LIST b2 Event MT call b3 Event Call connected b4 Event Call disconnected b5 Event Location status b6 Event User activity b7 Event Idle screen available b8 Event Card reader status Table 3 169 Profile Structure Byte 6 Event driven information extensions Bit Description bl Event Language selection b2 Event Browser Termination b3 Event Data available b4 Event Channel status 3 250
392. ponds to an unsolicited event MTKM This is both a command and an unsolicited event The command Page 3 272 selects items from the menu MTKC This unsolicited event notifies the terminal when supplementary Page 3 274 services SMS Control or Call Control are modified MTKA This command sends acknowledge response from the user TE to Page 3 274 the STK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 1 23 AT Commands Summary Table 1 1 AT Commands Cont AT Command Description Page TCP IP Commands MIPCALL This command creates a wireless PPP connection with the GGSN Page 3 276 and returns a valid dynamic IP for the G24 L MIPOPEN This command causes the G24 L to initialize a new socket and open Page 3 277 connection with a remote side MIPODM This command causes the G24 L to initialize a new socket in Online Page 3 279 Data Mode and open a connection with a remote side MIPCLOSE This command causes the G24 L to free the socket accumulating Page 3 282 buffer and disconnect the G24 L from a remote side MIPSETS This command causes the G24 L to set a watermark in the Page 3 283 accumulating buffer When the watermark is reached data is pushed from the accumulating buffer into the protocol stack MIPSEND This command causes the G24 L to transmit the data that the Page 3 284 terminal provides using an existing protocol stack
393. ponse Reply with single character Y N Figure 4 13 Get Inkey Note All responses to unsolicited events are expected within one minute April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 4 23 STK Get Input The SIM card requests to display text on the terminal and waits for a response from the terminal user The response is a string Display text Get Input Request Input Response Reply with string Figure 4 14 Get Input Note All responses to unsolicited events are expected within one minute Play Tone The SIM card requests a tone to be played via the SIM The G24 L sends information about the play tone to the terminal MTKP Tx Display Play Tone info PlayTone Request Figure 4 15 Play Tone 4 24 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 4 Using the Commands Set Up Menu The terminal requests the STK menu As a result the SIM sends the menu items to the terminal The user then selects an item from the menu Tx Display menu Menu Items SetUp Menu D AT MTKM Motorola ToolKit Menu Figure 4 16 Set Up Menu Select Item The user selects an item As a result the SIM sends a response to the terminal r Display response Response Select Item QAT4MTKM X menu item Figure 4 17 Select Item Send SMS The SIM
394. ponse Action Remarks Set AT CGQMIN lt cid gt OK The Set command lt precedence gt or specifies a profile for the lt delay gt CME ERROR lt err gt context identified by the local context identification parameter lt cid gt As this is the same parameter that is used in the CGDCONT command the CGQMIN command is effectively an extension of the CGDCONT command The QoS profile consists of a number of parameters each of which may be set to a separate value 3 234 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Read AT CGQMIN CGQMIN lt cid gt lt precedence gt The Read command lt delay gt returns the current lt reliability gt lt peak gt settings for each defined lt mean gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CGQMIN context lt cid gt lt precedence gt lt delay gt lt reliability gt peak lt mean gt OK or CME ERROR lt err gt Test AT CGQMIN CGQMIN lt PDP_type gt list of The Test command supported lt precedence gt s list of returns the parameter supported lt delay gt s list of value ranges for each supported lt reliability gt s list of lt PDP_type gt supported lt peak gt s list of supported lt mean gt s lt CR gt lt LF gt CGQMIN lt PDP_type gt list of supported lt precedence gt s list of supported lt delay gt s lis
395. product other than as a consumer Motorola disclaims all other warranties terms and conditions express or implied such as fitness for purpose and satisfactory quality In no event shall Motorola be liable for damages nor loss of data in excess of the purchase price nor for any incidental special or consequential damages arising out of the use or inability to use the Product to the full extent such may be disclaimed by law This Warranty does not affect any statutory rights that you may have if you are a consumer such as a warranty of satisfactory quality and fit for the purpose for which products of the same type are normally used under normal use and service nor any rights against the seller of the Products arising from your purchase and sales contract including without limitation loss of use loss of time loss of data inconvenience commercial loss lost profits or savings How to Get Warranty Service In most cases the authorized Motorola dealer which sold and or installed your Motorola OEM module and original accessories will honor a warranty claim and or provide warranty service Alternatively for further information on how to get warranty service please contact either the April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual xxiii Claiming Claiming customer service department of your service provider or Motorola s call Center at n2csfs01 motorola com In order to claim the warranty service you must return the OE
396. ption Size Size of the buffer 1 lt size lt 1372 The default value is 1372 Extended err 3 Operation not allowed Example AT MIPSETS 1 340 Asks the G24 L to accumulate 340 bytes on socket 1 prior to sending socket should be activated by the mipopen command MIPSETS 0 OK AT MIPSETS 1 200 Asks the G24 L to accumulate 200 bytes on socket 1 prior to sending socket should be activated by the mipopen command MIPSETS 0 OK AT MIPSETS 2 400 Asks the G24 L to accumulate 400 bytes on socket 2 prior to sending MIPSETS 0 OK AT MIPSETS April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 283 GPRS MIPSETS 1 4 1 1372 OK AT MIPSETS MIPSETS 1 100 Anformation provided only for active sockets MIPSETS 2 1372 Anformation provided only for active sockets OK MIPSEND Send Data This command causes the G24 L to store the data that the terminal provides in the accumulating buffer and then send this data using an existing protocol stack when the amount of data reaches the predefined amount see MIPSETS Set Size for Automatic Push on page 3 283 Before sending data a valid connection must be created using the MIPCALL and MIPOPEN commands Motorola recommends that the terminal sets the watermark in the accumulating buffer prior to this command using the MIPSETS command By default the watermark is set to 1372 bytes of data
397. r 0 The battery is in charging process The battery is not in charging process The following table shows the battery levels parameters as defined in CBC command Example AT MBC MBC 0 3 2 0 OK AT MBC 1 1 OK AT MBC MBC 0 3 1 1 OK MBC 0 3 1 1 MBC 0 4 1 1 MBC 0 5 1 1 AT MBC OK MBC 0 2 0 1 Table 3 83 Battery Level Parameters VCC V Battery Level 23 7 5 90 3 5 3 7 4 60 3 4 3 5 3 20 3 35 3 4 2 1096 3 3 3 35 1 5 lt 3 3 0 0 Read the current values Start charging with unsolicited report Read the current values Unsolicited reports Test Mode April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 131 Hardware Information CBAUD Baud Rate Regulation This command sets the baud rate The baud rate of the G24 L is changed set to the request value lt rate gt written in the command Specifying a value of 9 or 0 disables the function and allows operation only at rates automatically detectable by the G24 L The specified rate takes effect following the issuing of any result code s associated with the current command line The UART is configured according to the request or to the specific constant baud rate or auto baud rate after output OK response to the terminal For example AT CBAUD 8 is equivalent to AT CBAUD 57600 Using AT CBAUD with the lt rate gt value other than 9 or 0 dis
398. r current call forwarding status Test CCFC CCFC lt reason gt The Test command OK returns lt reason gt values supported by the G24 L to the terminal April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 27 Call Control The following table shows the CCFC parameters Table 3 12 CCFC Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt reason gt 0 Unconditional 1 Mobile busy 2 No reply 3 Not reachable 4 All call forwarding 5 All conditional call forwarding lt mode gt 0 Disable 1 Enable 2 Query status 3 Registration 4 Erasure lt number gt lt type gt Calling line number The number format is specified by lt type gt Type of address octet in integer format 145 Default when dialing string includes international access code character 129 Default when making a local call lt subaddr gt NULL field not used String type subaddress of format specified by lt satype gt lt satype gt Field not used Value is always 128 unknown type of sub address octet in integer format lt classx gt lt time gt lt status gt The sum of integers each representing a class of information 1 Voice 2 Data refers to all bearer services 4 Fax The default value is 7 1 30 The number of seconds to wait before calls are forwarded when no reply is enabled or queried The default v
399. r gt lt Help Info gt send invocation of the Main menu Can OK any state or submenu Set AT MTKM lt Cmd OK The Set command is issued when the user wants to select an item from the menu The following table shows the MTKM parameters Table 3 191 MTKM Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt CmdType gt 0 Session terminated 1 Item selected 2 Help information request Itemld Item identifier of the selected item 3 272 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference MTKM Motorola ToolKit Menu Response Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Response AT MTKM MTKM lt DefaultItem gt lt Alpha This result appears after Identifier menu gt the SIM has sent the lt 14 1 gt NoOfltems Proactive command lt Alpha Idx1 gt lt Help Info gt Select Item as a result of the item selection by the MTKM lt Idx2 gt lt NoOfltems gt user lt Alpha Idx2 gt lt Help Info gt The following table shows the MTKM unsolicited identification parameters Table 3 192 MTKM Unsolicited Identification Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt Alpha Alpha Identifier of the main menu Identifier menu lt Defaultltem gt Default item lt Idx gt Menu item identifier lt
400. ration that should be 0 Disable filtering accomplished Enable filtering 2 Add IP to white list 3 Remove IP from white list 4 Clear IP white list lt IP gt IP for an allowed node IP in format AAA BBB CCC DDD The range of each octant is 0 255 Value can be written in 1 2 3 digits Fixed bit A The range is 1 32 Value can be written in 1 or 2 digits lt Status gt Indicate filtering status on socket 0 Disabled 1 Enabled 2 Not applicable when socket is opened as client 3 302 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the MIPCFF filtering error codes and status Table 3 212 Filtering Error Codes and Status lt Parameter gt Description Value Error Codes Extended error codes 3 Operation not allowed 20 Memory full 22 Not found 35 Text parameter instead of numeric parameter 36 Numeric parameter out of bounds 282 Inactive socket Status gt Socket filtering status 2 Not applicable 1 Enabled 0 Disabled April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 303 NOP Compatible NOP Compatible IGNORED Compatible Only Commands The following commands return OK but do not execute any operation They are only used to provide backward compatibility Comm
401. rence A Answer Incoming Call This command answers an incoming VOICE DATA FAX call after a RING CRING indication is sent to the terminal If the incoming call is answered connected the G24 L sends a CONNECT notification to the terminal If the MT call fails the possible notifications are NO CARRIER Connection Failure ERROR General Failure Note A waiting call an incoming call while a call is in progress is announced by CCWA rather than RING A waiting call can be answered only if it is a voice call The waiting voice call should be answered using the ATA command which will put the active call on hold and will connect the waiting call making it the active call This ATA action is the same action as AT CHLD 2 Example Example Answering a voice call AT CRC 1 CRING VOICE CRING VOICE ata OK VOICE call connected G24 L is in Command mode ath NO CARRIER OK Example Answering a data call CRING REL ASYNC CRING REL ASYNC ata Connecting dots not displayed OK DATA call connected G24 L is in Online Data mode Note In aCSD call call release is not valid during the phase of call negotiation from OK until connect call CRC Cellular Result Codes and RING CRING Incoming Call Indication This command controls whether or not to present the extended format of an incoming call indication The RING CRING indication is sent from the G24 L to the terminal when the G24
402. ribed D 99 Request GPRS Service D on page 3 242 Example atd44345678 VOICE call with semicolon OK OK atd44345678 call without semicolon CONNECT Move to online Data state D gt Direct Dialing from Phone Books This command places a FAX DATA VOICE call on the current network by dialing directly from the G24 L phone book Notes e CME ERROR not found is returned when no match is found in an existing phone book FD phone book supports the wild card character Telephone numbers containing this character cannot be dialed directly from the phone book e CME ERROR Invalid index is returned when entry n is out of the requested Phonebook range When SM phonebook is searched and the given entry value is of the ME phonebook ME phonebook will be searched as well result code would be the same as if MT phonebook was searched 3 12 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows a detailed description for the D gt commands Command Detailed Description D alpha Originates a call to a phone number with the corresponding alphanumeric field alpha The Current Phone Book Set by CPBS is searched for the entry that begins with the alphanumeric pattern alpha D gt mem lt n gt D gt lt n gt Originates a call to a phone number in memory phone book mem and stored in
403. ription lt pin selection gt Selected pins for the action invoked This is a binary vector in which each bit points to pin number Vector size is 8 0 Not selected 1 Selected pin default lt data vector gt This is a binary vector in which each bit show the physical value of pin Data vector size is 8 0 Physical low signal 1 Physical high signal default The default value On Power Up as previously saved in FLEX bytes Before set command first used with lt Data vector gt and lt Mode gt 0 or after MIOC without lt Data vector gt and before MIOC command used 1 Example AT MIOC MIOC 00000000 11111111 00000000 11111111 OK Light control example Client has an electronic controlled light switch The intent is to connect this switch to the G24 L IO pin 5 for example and control the light by setting the logical values of pin 5 Example of code is as follows AT MIOD 00010000 0 Set IO pin 5 to be output OK AT MIOD Optional Read the IO pin definitions to confirm correct settings MIOD 11101111 Pins 1 4 and 6 8 are input pins Pin 5 is output OK At this point the module is configured to control the logic values of pin 5 AT MIOC 00010000 00010000 Turn on the light by setting pin 5 to high AT MIOC MIOC 00010000 OK Optional read the pins status Pin 5 is set to high AT MIOD 00010000 0 00010000 All previous defined
404. rks Set AT CREG lt n gt OK The Set command controls the or presentation of an unsolicited result 4CME ERROR lt code and the result of the Read operation Read AT CREG CREG The Read command returns the status lt n gt lt stat gt lt lac gt lt ci gt of the result code presentation and OK shows whether the network has currently indicated the registration of the G24 L Location information CME ERROR lt err gt elements lt lac gt and lt ci gt are returned only when lt n gt 2 and the G24 L is registered in the network or Test AT CREG CREG list of supported lt n gt s OK The following table shows the CREG parameters Table 3 76 CREG Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt n gt 0 Disables the network registration unsolicited result code 1 Enables the network registration unsolicited result code CREG lt stat gt 2 Enables the network registration and location information in unsolicited reports and Read command CREG lt stat gt lt lac gt lt ci gt The default is 0 lt stat gt 0 Not registered and the ME is not currently searching for a new operator to which to register 1 Registered home network Not registered but the ME is currently searching for a new operator to which to register 3 Registration denied 4 Unknown 5 Registered roaming lt lac gt Two byte location area code in hexadecimal format lt c
405. rmation from the G24 L to the SIM Profile download Send DTMF Setup idle text mode Launch browser Setup event list Menu Selection The SIM supplies a set of possible menu entries via a proactive SIM command The menu selection mechanism is used to transfer the SIM application menu item selected by the user to the SIM and then via SMS to the provider Call Control by SIM When this service is activated by the SIM all dialed digit strings supplementary service control strings and USSD strings are first passed to the SIM before the G24 L sets up the call the supplementary service operation or the USSD operation The SIM has the ability to allow disable or modify the call The STK has the ability to replace a call request a supplementary service operation or a USSD operation with another call for example a call request by the G24 L can be diverted to a different destination G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 1 Product Features TCP UDP IP Connection Overview The network capabilities are achieved by using different layers of connections Every layer of connections provides basic connections to the layer above it The higher the layer is the more capabilities it can provide Internet Site WWW Y World Wide Web A TCP UDP IP Connection nii 22 GSM Terminal Gateway AT Commands PPP Connection Signaling
406. rol Only When the G24 L is in Sleep mode the CTS line is also inactive The terminal does not send any characters to the G24 L if the CTS is inactive otherwise the character may be lost Hardware Flow Control Terminal Wakes the G24 L Using the Wakeup In Line The terminal uses the Wakeup In line pin 16 to wake up the G24 L when it wants to send data When the Wakeup In line is low the G24 L will not enter the Sleep mode If the terminal has data to send while the G24 L is sleeping it activates the line brings it to active low then waits 10 ms the time required to wake the G24 L Only then can the terminal start sending data 3 200 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Data transmit TXD Line pin 21 WAKEUP IN Line pin 16 Idle 7 Wakeup 1 Figure 3 9 Wakeup In Line Two modes exist Idle Mode The terminal has no data to send If the terminal enables sleep mode using ats24 the G24 L activates its Sleep mode module e Wakeup Mode The G24 L does not enter sleep mode and the terminal can send data Once the terminal changes the line edge to Wakeup mode it needs a 10 ms delay before sending any data to the G24 L using the RS232 protocol G24 L Wakes the Terminal The G24 L follows these steps in order to wake up the terminal The G24 L indicates to the terminal that it has data and that it must wake up The G24 L uses the
407. rr gt Read AT MGGIND MGGIND state OK or CME ERROR lt err gt Test AT MGGIND MGGIND list of supported lt state gt s OK The following table shows the MGGIND parameters Table 3 91 MGGIND Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt state gt 0 GPRS registration indicator 1 GSM registration indicator Example AT MGGIND 0 OK AT MGGIND OK MGGIND 0 AT MGGIND 1 OK AT MGGIND MGGIND 1 OK AT MGGIND MGGIND 0 1 OK 3 140 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference CFUN Shut Down Phone Functionality This command shuts down the phone functionality of smart phones and PDAs with phone capabilities in order to prevent interference from a nearby environment This enables other functionality to continue to be used in environments where phone use is either impractical or not permitted For example on airplanes the use of Transceiver modules is forbidden during the entire flight but the use of computers is allowed during much of the flight This command enables other functionality to continue while preventing use of phone functionality Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT CFUN lt fun gt OK The Set command selects the level of L lt rst gt CME ERROR lt err gt functionality lt fun gt in the smart phone or PDA incorporating the G24
408. ry the status of various ME indicators Page 3 227 Unsolicited UI Status Messages CIEV An unsolicited indication regarding various phone indications that is Page 3 229 sent to the DTE when the ind parameter of the CMER command is set to 1 GPRS GPRS Commands CGCLASS This command sets the GPRS mobile station class Page 3 231 CGDCONT This command specifies the PDP Packet Data Protocol context Page 3 232 CGQMIN This command sets the minimum acceptable quality of service Page 3 234 profile CGQREQ This command displays the requested quality of service profile Page 3 236 CGATT This command attaches the G24 L to the GPRS network Page 3 237 CGPADDR This command reads the allocated PDP addresses for the specified Page 3 238 context identifiers MGEER This command returns the PDP context activation reject cause Page 3 240 D 99 This command enables the ME to perform the actions necessary for Page 3 242 establishing communication between the terminal and the external PDN CGPRS This command indicates whether there is GPRS coverage Page 3 244 CGACT This command activates deactivates the PDP Context Page 3 237 STK Commands MTKR This command displays the profile that is downloaded from the Page 3 247 G24 L to the SIM during the SIM initialization process MTKE This command enables disables the SIM ToolKit functionalities Page 3 257 MTKP This is both a command and an unsolicited event The command Page 3 258 res
409. s Incoming call RING Call released April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 15 Call Control Call State Response Action Single Active and Waiting Call Single Active released waiting not affected MTPY Active and Waiting Call MTPY Active released waiting not affected MTPY Held amp Waiting call Single Held or MTPY Held Error 3 Single or MTPY Active and Single or Single or MTPY Active released MTPY Held Held Single or MTPY and Waiting Call Waiting call released Single or MTPY Active and Single or Single or MTPY Active released Example RING RING ath NO CARRIER OK RING ata OK ath NO CARRIER OK Incoming call Incoming call Hang up incoming call Incoming call has been terminated user determined user busy Voice call connected Hang up connected call Active call has been hung up terminated Active multi party call with 3 numbers ath NO CARRIER NO CARRIER NO CARRIER OK atd035659260 OK ath NO CARRIER OK Example Hanging up a data call atd035659260 CONNECT ath NO CARRIER OK Terminate MO voice call while placed Data call connected Online Data mode ESC Sequence is sent from the terminal to the G24 L The G24 L is in Command mode Terminate Data call 3 16 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Refe
410. s 2 7 Serial Number Paramater Test Command Syntax Request Identification 3 3 Command Mode Types 2 7 Serial Port Rate 3 133 Password Service Center Change 3 183 Address 3 78 PDP Context Service Type Define 3 232 Select 3 31 Phone Side Tone Effect 3 161 Activity Status 3 39 Sidetone 1 8 Phone Book 3 60 Signal Strength 3 117 Directory Access Commands 3 60 SIM Card April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual Index 5 Index Unblocking 3 177 Unlocking 3 177 Sleep Mode HW Signals 3 200 Set Delay 3 202 Sleep Mode AT Commands 3 200 Sleep Mode Commands 3 199 SM 3 216 SMS 1 11 4 10 Features and Benefits 1 11 Overview 1 11 Technical Description 1 12 SMS Commands 3 75 Socket Close 3 282 Open 3 277 S parameters in Command Token Types 2 6 S Registers Show Status 3 197 S Regsiter Return Last Updated 3 198 Status Commands and S Registers in Effect 3 197 Network Registration 3 119 Phone Activity 3 39 Status Messages Unsolicited 3 229 Status Report 3 288 Storage Message 3 76 Structure Response and Indications in AT Commands 2 4 Results Code in AT Commands 2 4 Structure of AT Commands 2 3 Subscriber Unit Identity 3 1 Supplementary Services Call Related 3 23 System Date and Time Access Commands 3 73 T TCP IP 1 5 3 276 Features and Benefits 1 7 Overview 1 3 1 5 Technical Description 1 8 Technical Description Audio 1 9 CSD 1 2 GPRS Class B Operation 1 1 SMS 1 12 TCP IP
411. s Cont Code Language sd Sindhi 58 Sangho sh Serbo Croatian 51 Sinhalese sk Slovak sl Slovenian sm Samoan sn Shona 50 Somali sq Albanian sr Serbian SS Siswati st Sesotho su Sundanese SV Swedish SW Swahili ta Tamil te Telugu tg Tajik th Thai ti Tigrinya tk Turkmen tl Tagalog tn Setswana to Tonga Turkish ts Tsonga tt Tatar tw Twi ug Uighur uk Ukrainian ur Urdu uz Uzbek April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 271 GPRS Table 3 190 Sample Language Codes Cont Code Language vi Vietnamese vo Volapuk wo Wolof xh Xhosa yi Yiddish yo Yoruba za Zhuang zh Chinese zu Zulu MTKM Motorola ToolKit Menu MTKM lt Idx1 gt lt NoOflItems gt lt Alpha Idx1 gt lt Help Info gt lt CR gt lt LF gt MTKM lt Idx2 gt lt NoOflItems gt Alpha Idx2 gt Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Execute AT MTKM MTKM lt Alpha Identifier This command is sent menu gt when the customer application wants to see the SIM Toolkit Main menu Note This command invokes only the main Type gt lt ItemId gt or CME ERROR lt er
412. s default 3 Forward unsolicited result codes directly to the terminal lt mt gt 0 No SMS DELIVER indications are routed to the terminal default 1 If SMS DELIVER is stored in the G24 L the memory location indication is routed to the terminal using the unsolicited result code CMTI lt mem gt lt index gt 2 SMS DELIVER is routed directly to the terminal lt bm gt Reserved for future implementation lt ds gt 0 No SMS STATUS REPORT indications are routed to the terminal default 1 SMS STATUS REPORT is routed directly to the terminal 2 If SMS STATUS REPORT is stored in the G24 L the memory location indication is routed to the terminal using the unsolicited result code CDSI lt mem gt lt index gt lt bfr gt 0 No SMS STATUS reports are buffered Example AT CNMI CNMI 0 3 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 OK AT CNMI CNMI 0 0 0 0 OK AT CNMI 3 1 OK AT CMSS 142 0544565034 CMSS 72 OK SM 15 2 OK AT CSDH 1 OK AT CMSS 142 054565034 CMSS 73 OK send to myself send to myself April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 83 SMS CMT 972544565034 04 11 04 09 48 36 08 145 4 0 0 97254120032 145 3 ABC AT CSMP 49 Set first octet to status report see status report parameters CMGW OK AT CSMP CSMP 49 167 0 0 OK AT CNMI 1 OK AT CNMI CNMI 0 0 0 1 0 OK AT CNMI 0 0 0 1 0 OK AT CMGS 052468
413. s 8 characters If this value is exceeded the command terminates in an error If PIN2 is incorrect CME ERROR incorrect password is displayed Example AT CPUC OK AT CPUC GBP 0 125 2222 OK AT CPUC CPUC GBP 0 125 OK 3 48 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Note If lt ppu gt contains dot a maximum of three digits may appear after the dot otherwise an error is generated For example if lt ppu gt 0 61 the Read command displays 0 610 ppu 1 2345 terminates in an error If lt ppu gt does not contain a dot the number is divided by 1000 For example if lt ppu gt 1 the Read command displays 0 001 Due to storage constraints the lt ppu gt value is limited to a range of 0 to 4095 Values beyond this range may result in rounding errors For example if lt ppu gt 4095 the Read command displays 4 095 However if lt ppu gt 4096 the Read command displays 4 090 the last digit is replaced by 0 If lt ppu gt 456789 the Read command displays 456 000 CR Service Reporting Control This command controls whether or not the extended format of an outgoing call is displayed or not The CR indication is sent from the G24 L to the terminal whenever a data call is initiated by the G24 L Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set CR lt mode gt OK The Set command enables disables the extended format of an outgoing data
414. s Reference OK Examples of CCWA set command network interrogation AT CCWA 1 2 Class parameter is considered as 7 CCWA 1 1 Call waiting is active for class 1 voice CCWA 2 0 Call waiting is not active for class 2 data CCWA 4 0 Call waiting is not active for class 4 fax OK AT CCWA 1 2 2 Class parameter is 2 CCWA 2 0 Call waiting is not active for class 2 data CCWA 4 0 Call waiting is not active for class 4 fax OK AT CCWA 1 1 OK Enable the call waiting feature in the network and in the G24 L Example CCWA indication atd9311234567 Originate a voice call OK OK Noice call connected conversation call waiting indication received by the G24 L CCWA 358317654321 145 1 Bob CCWA 358317654321 145 1 AT CHLD 0 Release the waiting call OK NO CARRIER AT CRC 1 RING indication is not relevant to CCWA indication OK waiting call caller restricted to its CLI presentation used AT CLIR CCWA 128 1 1 CLI is restricted but call type recognized as voice CCWA 128 1 1 CHLD Call Related Supplementary Services Command This command controls the Call Hold and Multiparty Conversation services This command manipulates voice calls only Set Command The Set command allows the control of the following call related services Call HOLD A call can be temporarily disconnected from the G24 L but the connection is retained by th
415. s Reference Manual 3 209 Modem Configuration and Profile Table 3 141 CMS Errors lt Parameter gt Description lt gt Numeric format followed by verbose format 1 Unassigned unallocated number 8 Operator determined barring 10 Call barred 21 Short message transfer rejected 27 Destination out of service 28 Unidentified subscriber 29 Facility rejected 30 Unknown subscriber 38 Network out of order 41 Temporary failure 42 Congestion 47 Resources unavailable unspecified 50 Requested facility not subscribed 69 Requested facility not implemented 81 Invalid short message transfer reference value 95 Invalid message unspecified 96 Invalid mandatory information 97 Message type non existent or not implemented 98 Message not compatible with short message protocol state 99 Information element non existent or not implemented 111 Protocol error unspecified 127 Interworking unspecified 128 Telematic interworking not supported 129 Short message Type 0 not supported 130 Cannot replace short message 143 Unspecified TP PID error 144 Data coding scheme alphabet not supported 145 Message class not supported 159 Unspecified TP DCS error 160 Command cannot be actioned 161 Command unsupported 175 Unspecified TP Command error 176 TPDU not supported 192 SC busy 193 No SC subscription 194 SC syste
416. s no effect Page 3 304 amp Q amp R This command selects the asynchronous mode and has no effect This command is supported for backward compatibility only and has no effect Page 3 33 Page 3 304 amp S This command is supported for backward compatibility only and has no effect Page 3 304 amp T amp V This command is supported for backward compatibility only and has no effect This command displays the current active configuration and stored user profiles Page 3 304 Page 3 221 amp W This command stores the user profile Page 3 222 amp Y This command displays the default user profile Page 3 224 This command displays the most recently updated value stored in the S register Page 3 198 A This command is supported for backward compatibility only and has no effect Page 3 304 B This command is supported for backward compatibility only and has no effect Page 3 304 A 2 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Appendix A Reference Tables Table A 1 AT Commands Alphabetical Cont AT Command Description Page G This command sets the use of the software control Page 3 197 J This command adjusts the terminal auto rate Page 3 197 K This command is supported for backward compatibility only and has no effect Page 3 304 N
417. s sets the G24 s current date and time settings Page 3 73 CCWA This command controls the Call Waiting supplementary service including settings and querying of the network by the G24 L Page 3 21 CDS CDSI Unsolicited Response New SMS STATUS REPORT Receipt Unsolicited Response New SMS STATUS REPORT Indication Page 3 88 Page 3 88 CEER This command returns an extended error report containing one or more lines of information text lt report gt determined by the manufacturer providing reasons for errors The errors are call clearing codes Page 3 213 CFSN This command is used to query the manufacturing serial number Page 3 5 CFUN This command shuts down the phone functionality of smart phones and PDAs with phone capabilities Page 3 141 CGACT CGATT This command activates deactivates the PDP Context This command attaches the G24 L to the GPRS network Page 3 245 Page 3 237 CGCLASS This command sets the GPRS mobile station class Page 3 231 CGDCONT This command specifies the PDP Packet Data Protocol context Page 3 232 CGMI This command requests manufacturer identification Page 3 1 CGMM This command requests the model identification Page 3 2 CGMR CGPADDR This command requests the revision identification This command reads the allocated PDP addresses for the spe
418. s the various algorithm features such as sidetone echo cancel and noise suppress Page 3 169 MAMUT MAPATH This command controls the muting unmuting of all input paths MIC HDST_MIC DIGITAL_RX This command sets requests the active input accessory and the output accessory for each feature Page 3 168 Page 3 163 A 10 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Appendix A Reference Tables Table A 1 AT Commands Alphabetical Cont AT Command Description Page MAVOL This command enables you to determine a volume setting for a particular feature in a particular accessory Page 3 166 MBC This command controls the battery charger process Page 3 130 MCSAT This command enables disables exercises SMS alert tone for an arriving SMS Page 3 111 MCSN This command sets EFmsisdn in the SIM Page 3 69 MCST MCWAKE This command displays the current state of the call processing and also enables disables the unsolicited indication of any change in the call processing state This command requests reports on the status of the GPRS GSM coverage Page 3 42 Page 3 139 MDC This command enables you to select the desired messages to be displayed upon connection of a voice call with a remote party Page 3 36 MDSI This command enables unsolicited reporting of indications of SIM deacti
419. s to Terminal on page 3 82 This unsolicited message indicates that anew SMS DELIVER message was received and is stored in location lt index gt CMTI lt mem gt lt index gt The following table shows the CMTI parameters Table 3 50 CMTI Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt mem gt Message memory space SM SIM memory storage lt index gt Location of the new message Example AT CNMI 3 1 OK AT CMGS 18 send to myself gt 079179521201009511000c917952428650290004A A0441424344 CMGS 69 OK SM 4 CMT Unsolicited Response New SMS DELIVER Receipt The CMT unsolicited response is sent to the TE upon receipt of a new SMS DELIVER SM if the CNMI parameter lt mt gt is set to 2 Refer to CNMI New Message Indications to Terminal on page 3 82 This unsolicited message displays the received SMS DELIVER message In text mode CMGF 1 CMT lt oa gt lt scts gt lt tooa gt lt fo gt lt pid gt lt dcs gt lt sca gt lt tosca gt lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt data gt about parameters in italics refer command Show Text Mode Parameters CSDH In PDU mode CMGF 0 CMT lt alpha gt lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt pdu gt G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the CMT parameters Table 3 51 CMT Parameters
420. saved with the status of STO UNSENT but status STO SENT can be applied using the lt stat gt parameter In TEXT mode the header parameters will be set according to CSMP settings mman H m aud Syntax Response Action Remarks ype Set If text mode CMGF 1 CMGW index The Set command CMGW lt da gt lt toda gt lt stat gt lt CR gt te OF writes a message xt is entered lt ctrl Z ESC gt CMS ERROR lt err gt and stores it if PDU mode CMGF 0 CMGW2 lt length gt lt stat gt lt CR gt PDU is given lt ctrl Z ESC gt The following table shows the CMGW parameters Table 3 63 CMGW Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt da gt Destination address in quoted string This field contains a single phone number lt toda gt Type of DA Value between 128 255 according to GSM 03 40 9 1 2 5 If this field is not given and first character of da is toda will be 145 otherwise 129 lt stat gt Status of new message In text mode STO UNSENT default or STO SENT In PDU mode 2 default or 3 lt length gt Size of message in PDU mode fromat in octects excluding SMSC data lt index gt 1 352 Index in storage of the stored message lt PDU gt Message header andcontents in PDU mode format See description in the tables below April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 103 SMS
421. scribed later in this document 1 10 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 1 Product Features Short Message Service SMS Overview The SMS feature provides means for SMS messages handling and the reporting of SMS reception events G24 L SMS implementation is based on the GSM 07 05 specification Features The SMS as defined within the GSM 900 1800 1900 digital mobile phone standard A single short message can be up to 160 characters of ASCII text in length 7 bit coded Message text can comprise words numbers or an alphanumeric combination Short messages can be written and displayed in various coding schemes including ASCII and UCS2 Reception of an incoming message can invoke an indication to the terminal This feature is configurable using the command AT CNMI Short messages received during data calls are not indicated Short messages can be sent and received simultaneously with GSM voice data and fax calls Cell broadcast messages can also be selected and received on the G24 L The G24 L enables registration to specific broadcast channels April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 1 11 Short Message Service SMS Technical Description The G24 L memory for incoming short messages is SIM dependent A new incoming message is saved in the first free memory location from index 1 according to the SIM card The G24 L memory can contain up to 73 outgoing and CB messages A
422. scription lt index gt Index of the message to be marked as read in the SMS memory Example AT MMGR 1 MMGR REC UNREAD 972544565034 04 11 04 09 48 36 08 message text OK AT MMAR 1 OK AT MMGR 1 MMGR REC READ 972544565034 04 11 04 09 48 36 08 message text OK CMSS Send Message From Storage This command sends a pre stored message written previously using the CMGW command The da toda parameters are optional If a DA is given the message is sent to that address April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 101 SMS Otherwise the message is sent to the DA it was stored with if any was entered If no DA is found an error occurs When the given index is an incoming message index the header settings will be as follows lt first octet gt will be SMS SUBMIT and VPF relative The TP RP and TP UDHI settings will be taken from the incoming message s first octet lt vp gt will be set to the default value 167 as defined in 03 40 lt sca gt lt tosca gt lt pid gt and lt dcs gt will be set according the incoming message parameters If lt da gt and or lt toda gt are not given by the command the lt oa gt and lt tooa gt will be set instead Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set CMSS lt index gt CMSS lt mr gt The Set command sends a message lt da gt lt toda gt or from storage to the network C
423. sent Note In some GPRS networks CGACT is not supported the ATD 99 command can be used to establish a connection Activating a context can take up to 150 seconds Deactivating a context can take up to 40 seconds When aborting a CGACT Set command the context is closed This can take up to 40 seconds STK The SIM Application Toolkit STK is a set of applications and related procedures which may be used in conjunction with SIM or Smart Cards during a GSM session The STK provides mechanisms that enable applications existing in the SIM to interact and operate with any ME such as the G24 L that support these mechanisms The following scheme shows the SIM Toolkit functionality commands and unsolicited results that are implemented All these commands are non basic commands AT MTKE Activation Customer SIM sends pro active command Application AT MTKP User response to the SIM Figure 3 13 SIM Toolkit 3 246 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference In the first step the customer application informs the G24 L module that it wants all features to be supported This operation is performed using the AT MTKE Motorola ToolKit Enable command which allows activating or deactivating the SIM Toolkit functionality e In the second step an unsolicited result MTKP Motorola ToolKit Proactive is sent by the G24 L in order to indicate the customer application command type
424. ses OK AT CCFC 2 2 0 1 4 972545658278 145 25 0 2 4 972545658278 145 25 0 4 4972545658278 145 25 OK CLIR Calling Line Identification Restriction This command instructs the G24 L to query enable or disable the presentation of the CLI calling line ID of a MO call to the called party The restriction of the CLI disable presentation is dependent both on the G24 L and on the network The network enables three possible provisions of CLIR Not provisioned CLIR Off presentation allowed e Provisioned permanently e Provisioned with Temporary mode The provision is fixed and cannot be changed by an AT command Temporary Mode Temporary mode can be in one of two states A Presentation restricted CLIR On as default Presentation allowed CLIR Off as default A subscriber to Temporary mode always has a default subscription to state A or B Temporary mode provisioning means that the terminal can request the G24 L to switch the default mode from A to B and vice versa April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 29 Call Control Note When a service is in state A and the terminal wants to enable the CLI presentation turn CLIR off for a single call it can do so using the ATD command This does not change the Temporary mode state This can also be done when the service is in state B and the terminal wants to disable the CLI presentation turn CLIR on f
425. shows the keypad GPIOs Table 3 97 Keypad GPIOs GPIO GPIO Name connector Number PIN 28 1 GPIO2 30 2 GPIO3 32 3 GPIO4 34 4 GPIOS 36 5 GPIO6 38 6 GPIO7 40 7 GPIO8 42 8 3 148 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Example MIOD 00000000 11111111 0 1 00000000 11111111 AT MIOD 00010000 0 OK AT MIOD MIOD 11101111 OK AT MIOD 00001111 0 OK AT MIOD 11110000 1 OK AT MIOD MIOD 11110000 OK Set IO pin 5 to be output Set IO pins 1 4 to be output level mode Pins 1 4 output pins 5 8 input pins MMAD Query and Monitor ADC Value This command intends to query and monitor ADC value Pins 1 4 and 6 8 are input Pin 5 is output Set IO pins 5 8 to be input level mode Default settings This command returns the current ADC values for the requested channel The values received from the first 3 converters represent the DC voltage levels of the input to pins 37 43 and 47 on the 70 pin connector The 5 converter functions as an input voltage monitor of the G24 L The returned value is a multiplication of the input level by 100 e g input level of 1 56V will return 156 This command can also calculate the average of the samples in a given duration and to forward it unsolicited according to report interval timer or solicited
426. ssociated with that command String Constants String constants consist of a sequence of characters bounded at the beginning and end by the double quote character Command Mode Types Parameter Set Command Syntax The terminal may store a value or values in a parameter by using the SET command The parameter definition indicates for each value whether the specification of that value is mandatory or optional For optional values the definition indicates the assumed default value if none is specified The assumed value may be either a previous value that is the value of an omitted sub parameter retains its previous value or a fixed value for example the value of an omitted sub parameter is assumed to be zero Generally the default value for numeric parameters is 0 and the default value for string parameters is empty string The following syntax are used for Actions that have no sub parameters lt name gt Parameters that accept a single value lt name gt lt value gt Parameters that accept more than one value lt name gt lt compound_value gt Parameter Read Command Syntax The terminal can determine the current value or values stored in a parameter by using the following syntax lt name gt Parameter Test Command Syntax The terminal can test whether a parameter is implemented in the G24 L and determine the supported values by using the following syntax lt name gt April 15 2008
427. st messages AvarageRTT Specifies average Round Trip Time RTT for this ping request This value will be reported if and only if lt ReceivedMessages gt value is greater than zero Calculation of this value comprises of accumulating all RTT values and dividing total accumulated RTT by lt ReceivedMessages gt value Only an integral part of a result will be reported and any digits of a fraction part will be truncated April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 297 GPRS Example AT MIPCALL 1 internet OK MIPCALL 10 170 4 111 Ping host www motorola com 3 times with lt TTL gt 255 All other parameters are default AT MPING 1 www motorola com 3 255 OK Echo Reply message received RTT is 522 ms MPING 88 221 5 223 0 0 522 MPINGSTAT 1 No corresponding reply within timeout MPINGSTAT 3 Flow Control OFF MPINGSTAT 4 Flow Control ON a new Echo Request message is sent immediately MPING 88 221 5 223 0 0 638 Ping request execution is completed Statistics displayed to terminal Three Echo Request messages were sent and two Echo Reply messages were received Average RTT is 580 milliseconds MPINGSTAT 0 88 221 5 223 3 2 580 Ping host www motorola com 1 time with TTL 1 and lt size gt 1372 AT MPING 1 www motorola com 1 1372 1 OK ACMP Time Exceeded message received TTL expired in transit MPING 192 168 252 65 1
428. sts all the supported stats April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 91 SMS The following table shows the CGML MMGL parameters Table 3 54 CGML MMGL Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt index gt 1 352 Index of message in storage lt stat gt oa da data lt length gt Status of message in memory PDU mode Text mode Description 0 REC UNREAD Received unread messages default 1 REC READ Received read messages 2 STO UNSENT Stored unsent messages 3 STO SENT Stored sent message 4 ALL All messages 5 HEADER ONLY Header only applies to MMGL only Original destination address Message contents in text mode In PDU mode Size of message in octets excluding SMSC data In TEXT mode Number of characters included in lt data gt lt pdu gt Message header and contents in PDU mode format See description in CMGR MMGR Read Message on page 3 94 lt toda toda gt Type of origination address destination address lt fo gt First octet of the SM mr Message reference ra Recipient Address tora Type Of Recipient Address lt scst gt Service center time stamp lt ct gt Command type lt sn gt Message serial number lt mid gt Message ID lt page gt Curren
429. switched to hold atd035659260 Calling the second member of the conference OK OK Dual call state one call on hold 2nd is active AT CHLD 3 Call link command OK Held call is linked to active call Active conference of two calls AT CLCC Verifying call state through CLCC Verifying call state is optional CLCC 1 0 0 0 1 051632601 129 CLCC 2 0 0 0 1 035659260 129 ath Hang up the conference call NO CARRIER First member dropped NO CARRIER Second member dropped OK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 4 17 Data Call Data Call Switching Modes Data Mode Command Mode atd054565190 Calling the remote modem OK aaaaaaaaaaaaa Receiving binary data from remote side G24 L is in Data mode Sending escape sequence to G24 L the remote side does not treat as escape OK G24 L is in Command mode ati3 Assuing an AT command Motorola Mobile Phone OK ato Switching back to Binary mode OK fffffff Receiving binary data from remote side fghhgatfhgfhfhghhfhfhfhgfhffhgfefhgfhgfhhh Sending escape sequence to the G24 L ath Hang up the CSD call return to Command mode OK NO CARRIER 4 18 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 4 Using the Commands GPRS When using the GPRS it is recommended to implement a keep alive mechanism The G24 L memory resources should not be used as a buffer for the user the user maintains its o
430. sy SIM wrong incorrect password SIM PIN2 required SIM PUK2 required memory full invalid index not found memory failure text string too long invalid characters in text string dial string too long invalid characters in dial string no network service network timeout network not allowed emergency calls only command aborted numeric parameter instead of text parameter text parameter instead of numeric parameter numeric parameter out of bounds text string too short network personalization PIN required network personalization PUK required network subset personalization PIN required network subnet personalization PUK required service provider personalization PIN required service provider personalization PUK required corporate personalization PIN required corporate personalization PUK required SIM service option not supported unknown Illegal MS 3 Illegal ME 6 GPRS services not allowed 7 3 208 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Table 3 140 CME Errors Cont lt Parameter gt Description lt err gt 111 PLMN not allowed 11 Continued 112 Location area not allowed 12 113 Roaming not allowed in this location area 13 132 service option not supported 32 133 requested service option not subscribed 33 134 service option temporarily o
431. t AT CSCS The number of characters comprising the lt alpha gt parameter can vary from a minimum of 0 to a maximum of 14 Example AT CNUM CNUM 0 CNUM 0 CNUM 0 CNUM 0 CNUM 0 OK Reading EF msisdn from the SIM AT MCSN 1 1 054444444 VOICE Setting record 1 in EFmsisdn the SIM Enable unsolicited indication OK AT MCSN z0 2 039999999 OFFICE Setting record 2 in EFmsisdn in the SIM OK AT MCSN 0 3 1111 PIN1 Setting record 3 in EFmsisdn in the SIM OK AT MCSN 0 4 8523 PIN2 Setting record 4 in EFmsisdn in the SIM OK AT CNUM Reading EF msisdn from the SIM CNUM VOICE 054444444 129 CNUM 039999999 129 CNUM PIN1 1111 129 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 71 Phone Books and Clock CNUM PIN2 8523 129 CNUM 0 OK AT MCSN MCSN 1 OK Restart Phone AT CPIN 1111 OK Unsolicited information of record 1 in EFmsisdn in the SIM MCSN VOICE 054444444 AT MCSN 0 Disable unsolicited indication OK Restart Phone AT CPIN 1111 OK AT MCSN 0 3 ada ERROR AT MCSN 0 3 3456346 Update the number of record 3 same alpha OK AT CNUM Reading EF msisdn from the SIM CNUM VOICE 054444444 129 CNUM 039999999 129 CNUM 3456346 129 CNUM PIN2 8523 129 CNUM
432. t Use extreme caution when handling testing and adjusting Caring for the Environment The following information is provided to enable regulatory compliance with the European Union EU Directive 2002 96 EC Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment WEEE when using Motorola equipment in EU countries Disposal of Motorola equipment in EU countries Ni Please do not dispose of Motorola equipment in landfill sites In the EU Motorola in conjunction with a recycling partner will ensure that equipment is collected and recycled according to the requirements of EU environmental law Please contact the Customer Network Resolution Center CNRC for assistance The 24 hour telephone numbers are listed at http mynetworksupport motorola com Select Customer Network Resolution Center contact information Alternatively if you do not have access to CNRC or the internet contact the Local Motorola Office Disposal of Motorola equipment in non EU countries In non EU countries dispose of Motorola Networks equipment in accordance with national and regional regulations RoHS Compliance The G24 L LC product meets the European Union directive for RoHS compliance The RoHS compliance is subject to a declaration of conformity that may be viewed upon request April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual xxi Limitation of Liability CMM Compliance The disclosure table and symbols below are provided in accordanc
433. t lt byte 2 lower nibble gt and so on Example AT MTKR MTKR 2 6 0 1 1 4300001 2300000003 OK Profile Structure The profile lists those STK facilities supported by the G24 L One bit is used to code each facility fbit 1 facility is supported e fbit 0 facility is not supported The following tables describe the contents of each bit in the profile Table 3 164 Profile Structure Byte 1 Download Bit Description bl Profile download b2 SMS PP data download b3 Cell Broadcast data download b4 Menu selection 3 248 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Table 3 164 Profile Structure Byte 1 Download Cont Bit Description b5 9EXX response code for SIM data download error b6 Timer expiration b7 USSD string data object supported in Call Control b8 Envelope Call Control always sent to the SIM during automatic redial mode Table 3 165 Profile Structure Byte 2 Other Bit Description bl Command result b2 Call Control by SIM b3 Cell identity included in Call Control by SIM b4 MO short message control by SIM b5 Handling of the alpha identifier according to reference 1 subclause 9 1 3 b6 UCS2 Entry supported b7 UCS2 Display supported b8 Dis
434. t 5 list of lt destination port gt s list of supported lt protocol gt s Example MIPOPEN 1234 All sockets closed MIPOPEN 134 Socket 2 opened The following table shows the MIPOPEN parameters Table 3 196 MIPOPEN Parameters lt Parameter gt Description Socket ID A unique number that identifies a connection provided by the terminal application 0 Invalid socket number 1 2 3 4 Valid socket number Source Port Port of source site Port range 1 65535 decimal digits Destination IP IP of the destination site in the format AAA BBB CCC DDD The range of each Address octant is 0 255 The value can be written in 1 2 or 3 digits Host name Host name of destination site The host name do not validate except the maximum length 255 characters the host name convention should meet the rules as describe in RFC 1035 section 2 3 Conventions Destination Port of destination site Port Port range 1 65535 decimal digits Protocol Type of protocol stack 0 TCP 1 UDP State State of socket or error indication 0 Inactive 1 Active Note Motorola does not recommend using port numbers below 1024 These numbers are defined to be reserved for operating systems 3 278 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Example AT MIPOPEN 1 1200 123 245 213 012 1234 0 Opening socket 1 using TCP protocol from port 1200 targeting 123 245 213 012 port
435. t L2P gt is not supported or is supported but omitted the ME uses a layer 2 protocol appropriate to the PDP type If lt cid gt is not supported or is supported but omitted the ME attempts to activate the context using one of the following Any information provided by the terminal during the PDP startup procedure For example the terminal may provide a PDP type and or PDP address to the ME A prior knowledge for example the ME may implement only one PDP type Using the Empty PDP type No PDP address or APN is sent in this case and only one PDP context subscription record is present in the HLR for this subscriber This command may be used in both normal and modem compatibility modes Command Type Syntax Response Action Set ATD GPRS SC CONNECT lt called_address gt lt L2P gt or lt cid gt ERROR 3 242 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the D 99 parameters Table 3 159 D 99 Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt GPRS_SC gt Digit string value 99 which identifies a request to use GPRS GPRS Service Code lt called_addres s gt String that identifies the called party in the address space applicable to the PDP For communications software that does not support arbitrary characters in the dial string on a numeric equivalent may be used Also the comma
436. t number is previously agreed upon 3 Sending accumulating data is done by the MIPSEND command 4 Actual send is done by the MIPPUSH command by specifying the Website IP address and Website port number 5 Server side After receiving the first packet from the client the server knows the IP address and port number of the G24 L The IP address and port number for the specific mobile G24 L should be saved in the DB Note Every MIPPUSH sets the destination IP address and destination port number for the current and future transactions These values are used for the next push if not explicitly overwritten Features and Benefits The TCP UDP IP feature provides the terminal with the following benefits e Up to four simultaneous protocol connections Ability to pass data via the protocol stack using AT commands command mode This relieves the terminal from switching the RS232 to binary mode and back to command mode Ability to use UDP and TCP simultaneously No need for protocol support from the terminal only data sending and receiving Reduced memory utilization The G24 L manages the protocol stack and therefore saves terminal memory Ability to receive the incoming TCP connections Ability to accept IP connections only if the IP belongs to a defined IP white list April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 1 7 Improved OEM Features Technical Description Figure 1 1 Syste
437. t of supported lt reliability gt s list of supported lt peak gt s list of supported lt mean gt s OK or CME ERROR lt err gt The following table shows the CGQMIN parameters Table 3 154 CGQMIN Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt cid gt A numeric parameter that specifies a particular PDP context definition The value is from 1 to 3 lt precedence gt A numeric parameter that specifies the precedence class lt delay gt A numeric parameter that specifies the delay class lt reliability gt A numeric parameter that specifies the reliability class lt peak gt A numeric parameter that specifies the peak throughput class lt mean gt A numeric parameter that specifies the mean throughput class April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 235 GPRS Example AT CGQMIN CGQMIN IP 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 9 0 18 31 OK AT CGQMIN CGQMIN 1 2 4 3 9 10 CGQMIN 2 2 4 3 9 10 CGQMIN 3 2 4 3 9 10 OK CGQREQ Quality of Service Profile Requested This command enables the terminal to specify a Quality of Service Profile that is used when the ME sends an Activate PDP Context Request message to the network Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT CGQREQ lt cid gt OK The Set command specifies a lt precedence gt or profile for the context identified L lt delay gt CME ERROR
438. t page number lt pages gt Total number of pages lt dt gt Discharge Time lt st gt Status 3 92 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Example AT CMGL CMGL REC UNREAD REC READ STO UNSENT STO SENT ALL OK AT MMGL MMGL REC UNREAD REC READ STO UNSENT STO SENT ALL HEADER ONLY OK AT CPMS SM read messages from SIM CPMS 2 20 11 61 2 20 OK AT MMGL read rec unread messages without changing message stat MMGL 1 REC UNREAD 972544565034 05 01 01 09 21 22 08 message text OK AT CMGL read rec unread messages with changing message stat CMGL 1 UNREAD 972544565034 05 01 01 09 21 22 08 message text OK AT CMGL OK the message stat was changed No rec unread messages AT CPMS ME CPMS 11 61 11 61 2 20 OK AT CMGL sto sent CMGL 142 STO SENT 054565034 message text OK AT CSDH 1 OK AT CMGL STO SENT CMGL 142 STO SENT 054565034 81 lt message length gt message text OK AT CMGS 18 send to myself gt 079179521201009511000c917952446505430004A A 0441424344 CMGS 68 OK AT CPMS sm change to SIM to read the incoming messages CPMS 2 20 11 61 2 20 OK AT MMGL MMGL 2 0 23 0791795212010095040C917952446505430004502032114340800441424344 OK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual
439. ta is cleared Whenever the G24 L drops the PPP connection with the terminal with LCP terminate the buffered data is cleared LCP termination triggers the termination of the data in the G24 L buffer Whenever the G24 L drops the PPP connection with the terminal without an LCP terminate the buffered data is cleared Dropping the DTR also clears the buffer When the network sends a deactivation message or a detached message the G24 L buffer is cleared When the G24 L transfers data in the uplink and GPRS coverage is lost the data may flow off If the mobile has lost coverage and is unable to send the packets from the terminal to the network the buffers will continue to store the packets until the buffers are full The terminal will then be flowed off and the packets will be stored until they can be sent to the GPRS network The amount of time that takes before the user is notified is specified in the T3312 timer that is located in the mobile side The default delay time of T3312 is 54 minutes as per the GSM 0408 specification After 54 minutes the G24 L deactivates the PDP session 4 20 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 4 Using the Commands Changing the Character Set Example When an SMS messages with the following text Motorola G24 L OEM Module is saved inside the G24 L at entry 128 you can read it using several character sets When the ASCII character set is used the following is rec
440. taches the CME ERROR lt err gt ME to from the GERS service Read AT CGATT CGATT lt state gt The Read command OK returns the current GPRS service state or CME ERROR lt err gt Test AT CGATT CGATT list of supported lt state gt s The Test command OK requests information on the supported GPRS or service states CME ERROR lt err gt Note This command has the characteristics of both the V 25ter action and parameter commands Therefore it has the Read form in addition to the Execution Set and Test forms The following table shows the CGATT parameters Table 3 156 CGATT Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt state gt Indicates the state of the GPRS attachment 0 Detached 1 Attached Example AT CGATT CGATT 0 1 OK AT CGATT CGATT 0 OK AT CGATT 0 OK CGPADDR Show PDP Address The execution command returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified context identifiers 3 238 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The test command returns a list of defined lt cid gt s lt cid gt lt PDP_addr gt Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set CGPADDR lt cid gt CGPADDR lt cid gt lt PDP_addr gt lt cid gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CGPADDR Test CGPADDR CGPADDR list of defined lt cid gt s
441. tandards Institute F FCC Federal Communications Commission U S FO First Octet FTA Full Type Approval G GCF GSM Certification Forum GGSN Gate GPRS Support Node GPIO General Purpose Input Output GPRS General Packet Radio Service GRLC General RS232 Logical Channel This channel can handle the 07 07 07 05 AT command set CSD FAX GPRS Voice Network AT and so on GSM Global System for Mobile Communications Acr amp Abbr 2 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Acronyms and Abbreviations Abbreviation Full Name H HCO Hearing Carry Over allows Speech Disabled callers who can hear well on the telephone to listen directly to the person they are talking with The Speech Disabled Relay user types his or her part of the conversation on a TTY A Communication Assistant CA then speaks the typed conversation word for word to the standard telephone user April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual Acr amp Abbr 3 Abbreviation Full Name Ic Integrated Circuit ID Identification IDLC Information DLC refers to all the data channels except the control channel IMEI International Mobile Equipment Identification ISR Interrupt Service Routine ITU International Telecommunication Union L LCA Low Cost Architecture M MCC MNC Mobile Country Code Mobile Network Code ME Mobile Equipment MGOM Motorola G24 L GSM OEM Modem also called Base Ban
442. tation indication is enabled by the G24 L lt n gt 1 this unsolicited indication is sent to the terminal after the RING indication CLIP lt number gt lt type gt lt subaddr gt lt satype gt lt alpha gt lt CLI validity gt April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 19 Call Control The following table shows the CLIP parameters Table 3 8 CLIP Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt n gt Enables disables the CLI presentation indication after the ring indication 0 Disable CLI presentation 1 Enable CLI presentation The default is 0 lt m gt Shows the subscriber CLIP service status in the network 0 CLIP not provisioned 1 CLIP provisioned 2 Unknown for example no network and so on lt number gt Calling line number The number format is specified by lt type gt lt type gt Type of address octet in integer format 145 Default when the dialing string includes the international access code character t 129 Default when making a local call 128 Type of number is unknown usually the output when the number itself is unknown lt subaddr gt NULL field not used String type subaddress of format specified by lt satype gt lt satype gt Field not used Value is always 128 unknown type of sub address octet in integer format lt alpha gt Name of the calling party if provided by the network or if the number is found in the G24 L phone books CLI v
443. te unmute state of all the MAMUT lt accy4 gt lt state gt Test MAMUT MAMUT lt accy gt The Test command returns the mute range lt state gt range states available and the output accessories supported The following table shows the MAMUT parameters Table 3 110 MAMUT Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt accy gt 1 7 1 Mic 2 Headset mic 4 Digital RX state 0 Unmute 1 Mute Example AT MAMUT 2 0 Accy 2 headset mic state 0 unmute OK AT MAMUT S 1 Accy 5 mic Digital RX state 1 mute OK AT MAMUT MAMUT 1 1 Accy 1 mic state 1 mute MAMUT 2 0 Accy 2 headset mic state 0 unmute MAMUT 4 1 Accy 4 Digital RX state 1 mute AT MAMUT MAMUT 1 7 0 1 OK 3 168 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference MAFEAT Features Selection This command controls the algorithm features sidetone echo cancel noise suppression and automatic gain control Upon power up the sidetone is enabled and echo canceling noise suppression and automatic gain control are disabled Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT MAFEAT lt feature gt OK The Set command enables disables lt state gt or feature combinations CME ERROR lt err gt Read AT MAFEAT MAFEAT The Read command returns the lt feature gt lt state gt
444. tem with an lt index gt to a full list the G24 L deletes the last item stores the new item in the requested entry and shifts the rest of the list down When entering a new item without an lt index gt to a full list the G24 L replaces the last entry with the new item MFS Motorola Frequency of Search This command is used to determine how long the G24 L waits before attempting to reregister after a registration attempt has failed and the G24 L is not registered The available settings are Slow Search Medium Search Fast Search or Continuous Search See Table 3 80 MFS Parameters for the minimum interval lengths for every frequency of search The interval between attempts can vary depending on the number of operators displayed in the preferred operator list This command sets or reads Frequency of Search and Search mode settings After a Set command has been executed new Frequency of Search and Search mode values are active 3 126 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference This command is a non basic command which means that the G24 L module rejects the command with an appropriate error message when the SIM is not present and or the phone is in lock state Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set MFS lt freq gt OK This command enables you to change lt mode gt or and store in Flex the new values of CME ERROR lt err gt Frequency of Searc
445. ter 3 198 A Answer Incoming Call 3 17 A Repeat Last Command 3 177 Access Control Commands 3 177 AT Check AT Communication 3 177 ATS97 Antenna Diagnostic 3 143 Audio Tone Commands 3 158 Call Control 3 9 3 11 Capability Reporting 3 8 D 99 Request GPRS Service D 3 242 D Dial 3 11 Directory Access Commands 3 60 DL Dial Last Number 3 14 E Command Echo 3 192 Error Handling Commands 3 206 GPRS Commands 3 223 H Hang up Call 3 15 Hardware Information 3 129 I Request Identification Information 3 6 IGNORED Compatible Only Commands 3 304 J Terminal Auto Rate 3 197 MIPSETS Set Size for Automatic Push 3 283 MIPXON Flow Control Xoff 3 288 MIPXON Flow Control Xon 3 289 Modem Configuration and Profile 3 190 Modem ID 3 1 Modem Register Commands 3 190 Network Commands 3 117 O Return to Online Data State 3 33 Phone and Date Books 3 60 Q Result Code Suppression 3 191 S Bit Map Registers 3 194 S Show the Status of the Commands and S Registers in Ef fect 3 197 102 Set Delay Before Sending Data to the Terminal 3 203 S24 Set Number of Seconds Delay before G24 Enters Index 2 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Index Sleep Mode 3 202 S94 Sidetone Effect 3 161 S96 Echo Canceling 3 162 Sleep Mode AT Commands 3 200 Sleep Mode Commands 3 199 Sleep Mode HW Signals 3 200 SMS Commands 3 75 Subscriber Unit Identity 3 1 Syste
446. that specifies a particular PDP context definition The value is from 1 to 3 lt precedence gt A numeric parameter that specifies the precedence class lt delay gt A numeric parameter that specifies the delay class lt reliability gt A numeric parameter that specifies the reliability class lt peak gt A numeric parameter that specifies the peak throughput class lt mean gt A numeric parameter that specifies the mean throughput class Example AT CGQREQ CGQREQ IP 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 9 0 18 31 OK AT CGQREQ CGQREQ 1 2 4 3 9 10 CGQREQ 2 2 4 3 9 10 CGQREQ 3 2 4 3 9 10 OK AT CGQREQ 1 0 0 0 0 OK AT CGQREQ CGQREQ 1 0 4 0 0 0 CGQREQ 2 2 4 3 9 10 CGQREQ 3 2 4 3 9 10 OK CGATT GPRS Attach or Detach This command attaches detaches the ME to from the GPRS service When the command has completed the ME remains in V 25ter command state If the ME is already in the requested state the command is ignored and the OK response is returned If the requested state cannot be achieved an ERROR or CME ERROR response is returned Extended error responses are enabled by the CMEE command Any active PDP contexts will be automatically deactivated when the attachment state changes to detached April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 237 GPRS Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT CGATT OK The Set command lt state gt or attaches de
447. the SIM Application Toolkit is running on the SIM card and the relevant information In the third step the customer application uses the AT MTKP command to respond to the SIM ToolKit command given by MTKP STK Mechanisms The mechanisms defined for the STK Table 3 162 are dependent upon the relevant commands and protocols found in GSM 11 11 Table 3 162 STK Mechanisms Mechanism Description Profile Download Enables the G24 L to tell the SIM what its capabilities are The G24 L is aware of the SIM s capabilities via the SIM Service Table and EFPHASE Refer to MTKR Profile Download page 3 247 Provide Local Information Defined as part of the proactive SIM service this command requests the G24 L to pass local information to the SIM for example the mobile country and network codes MCC MNC of the network on which the user is registered Send DTMF Defined as part of the proactive SIM service this command requests the G24 L to send DTMF tone s during an established call Refer to Send page 3 263 Set Up Idle Mode Text Defined as part of the proactive SIM G24 L this command supplies a text string to be used by the ME as stand by mode text Launch Browser Defined as part of the proactive SIM service this command requests a browser inside a browser enabled user terminal to interpret the content corresponding to a URL Refer to Launch Browser page 3 264 Set
448. the external wireline telephone network The main reason for this is that the GSM network has information about what the user wants to do with the data call For example the user may be contacting his or her Internet Service Provider ISP to send email or dialing the corporate Intranet to set up a virtual private network VPN connection to retrieve confidential customer information from a company database G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 1 Product Features Improved OEM Features G24 L contains the following new and improved features SIM Application Toolkit STK TCP IP support Audio digital and analog path gain and algorithm e User defined profiles For a full list of G24 L features refer to the G24 L Module Hardware Description manual SIM Application Toolkit STK Overview The SIM Toolkit STK also known as the SIM Application Toolkit or SAT is a set of applications operated by the network provider usually the module s SIM provider If the STK is supported and enabled on the mobile side specific data can be obtained via menu browsing Features and Benefits The G24 L STK enables the terminal to obtain information via menus created by the provider for example local news or weather info These menus are provider dependent Enabling the STK allows the provider to perform other actions regarding call control SMS etc Technical Description The STK supports the specific mechan
449. tion lt Average_calc _duration gt 1 255 For how long the average calculation will be active 0 Not active 255 Endless 1 254 minutes 1 Default value if average is active While not active 0 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 151 Hardware Information Table 3 98 MMAD Parameters Cont lt Parameter gt Description Range Remark lt Report_interv al gt 0 255 Time interval between two averages reports seconds 0 Default value lt Average gt Average calculation result Example AT MMAD 1 Read A2DI values with analog input of 1 75V MMAD 1 175 OK 2 1 15 Read A2D2 converted value every 15 seconds and send OK unsolicited report to the DTE 2 10 Unsolicited Report after 15 seconds MMAD 2 12 Unsolicited Report after 30 seconds 3 2 1 25 100 Read A2D3 converted value every 1 second and send OK unsolicited report if the converted value is out of boundaries MMAD 3 102 Unsolicited report of value out of boundaries Activate Average calcluation periodically every 30 sec during 5 minutes rate 5 report originated by G24 Converter num 1 report 3 rate 5 100ms low high N_samples duration 5 AT MMAD 1 3 5 16 5 30 OK MMAD 1 175 First report MMAD 1 140 Second report MMAD 1 160 Last Avr report AT MMAD 1 0 5
450. tion Page CRSM This command provides limited access to the Elementary Files on the SIM Page 3 216 CRTT This command plays one cycle of a ring tone stops the cycle in the middle and sets the ring tone to be used Page 3 173 CSCA CSCS This command handles the selection of the SCA and the TOSCA This command selects the G24 L character set Page 3 78 Page 3 4 CSDH This command shows the Text Mode parameters Page 3 81 CSMP This command sets the Text Module parameters Page 3 79 CSMS CSNS This command handles the selection of the SMS service type This command handles the selection of the bearer or teleservice to be used when a mobile terminated single numbering scheme call is established Page 3 75 Page 3 34 CSSN This command handles the enabling and disabling of supplementary service related network initiated notifications Page 3 50 CSQ This command returns the signal strength received by the G24 L Page 3 117 CSVM This command handles the selection of the number to the voice mail server Page 3 66 CTFR1 This command terminates an incoming call and diverts the caller to the number previously defined in CCFC or to a voice mail if one exists for the subscriber Page 3 37 CUSD This command allows control of Unstructured Supplementary Service Data USSD according to GS
451. tion to the short message Note Any unused bits will be set to 0 Example AT CMGF 1 OK AT CMG W 5124335432 gt This is the message body lt CTRL Z gt lt CTRL Z gt ends the prompt text mode and returns to regular AT command mode CMGW 126 OK AT CMGW gt TEST lt CTRL Z gt CMGW 195 OK AT CMGF 0 OK AT CMGW 24 gt 079179521201009511FF0B917962543940F20008001400410042004300440045 lt CTRL Z gt CMGW 128 OK AT CMGR 128 CMGR 2 24 079179521201009511FF0B917962543940F 200080014004 10042004300440045 OK AT CMGF 1 OK AT CSDH 1 OK AT CMGR 128 CMGR STO UNSENT 97264593042 145 17 0 8 0 972521100059 145 5 3 106 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference 00410042004300440045 OK AT CSMP2 25 05 03 15 21 22 23 08 0 0 OK 0544565034 A lt CTRL Z gt CMGW 129 OK AT CMGR 129 CMGR STO UNSENT 0544565034 129 25 0 0 05 03 15 21 22 23 08 972521100059 145 1 A OK AT CMGF 0 OK AT CMGR 129 CMGR 2 20 079179521201009519FF0A8150446505430000503051122232800141 AT CMGW 18 gt 0011000 917952428650290004 0441424344 SCA is not given CMGW 130 OK AT CMGR 130 CMGR 2 18 079179521201009511000C917952428650290004A A 0441424344 OK AT CMGW 19 gt 079179521201009511000 917952428650290004 40441424344 Invalid length 19 CMS ERROR invalid PDU mode
452. tional information is required Card Reader Status Event Issued by message handler of SCIM_CARD_DETECT_IND_ID message Performed by G24 no indication sent to the TE Language Selection Event TE is responsible for deciding what triggers this event MTKP command contains a data portion with language code a pair of alphanumeric characters defined in ISO 639 29 each of which is coded on one byte using the SMS default 7 bit coded alphabet as defined in TS 23 038 with bit 8 set to 0 Browser Termination Event Initiated by TE and reported via MTKP command The command contains a data portion that includes the cause of termination 0 User terminated 1 Error terminated TE is responsible for deciding what triggers this event Data Available Event Performed by G24 no indication sent to the TE Channel Status Event Performed by G24 no indication sent to the TE Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set MTKP 16 lt result OK The Set command Data or defines the event type CME ERROR err Test MTKP OK 3 266 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference The following table shows the Set Event List parameters Table 3 189 Set Event List Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt Result gt 5 User Activity event 6 Idle Screen Available event 8 L
453. tocol default Any value between 0 255 will be accepted The SC may reject messages with a TP Protocol Identifier containing a reserved value or one which is not supported lt dcs gt One octet of Data Coding Scheme indicates the data coding scheme of the DATA and may indicate a message class NOTE For DCS expanded information see DCS handling on page 3 113 default alphabet 00 00 111100 1101xxxx 8 bit data 00 01 111101xx UCS2 00 10 1110 reserved 00 11 0100 1011 The default value at power up is 0 Default alphabet Table 3 47 VP Relative Format In Integer Format lt Parameter gt Description 0 to 143 TP VP 1 x 5 minutes i e 5 minutes intervals up to 12 hours 144 to 167 12 hours TP VP 143 x 30 minutes 3 80 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Table 3 47 VP Relative Format In Integer Format Cont lt Parameter gt Description 168 to 196 TP VP 166 x 1 day 197 to 255 TP VP 192 x 1 week Example AT CSMP CSMP 17 167 0 0 default values for SMS SUBMIT OK AT CSMP 1 256 0 0 CMS ERROR numeric parameter out of bounds AT CSMP 29 04 11 04 09 48 36 08 OK AT CSMP OK AT CSDH 1 OK AT CMGF 1 OK AT CMGW 0544565034 gt ABC Z CMGW 160 OK AT CMGR 160 CMGR STO UNSENT 0544565034 81 29
454. ts Code Indications M Figure 2 1 AT Commands Protocol The AT commands interface is basically a Modem Services Upon Request Communication almost always begins from the terminal side This means that any service should be requested from the terminal Thus a request is called a command Each command must be answered by a results code from the G24 L The results code reports the command status to the terminal Some commands may include several Response requests between 0 to K to send data back to the terminal Some commands may initiate a mode in which when specified events are generated in the G24 L Indicator messages are sent asynchronously Indicators can be between 0 to L The G24 L can echo characters received from the terminal commands back to the terminal 2 2 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 2 Introduction to AT Commands AT Commands Structure Command Structure An AT command line may contain one or more commands Delimiters are used to separate the commands from each other according to the following structure Prefix Command Delimiter Command2 Delimiter CommandN Suffix Each AT command has the AT prefix string Each AT command has the suffix lt CR gt n n The delimiter is either a semicolon or none meaning space basic commands Each AT command has the following structure Token Mode Arguments
455. ts which of the or supported messages will be displayed ERROR upon connection of a voice call lt mode gt Command Parameters 0 Display OK on voice call connection 1 Display CONNECT on voice call connection Default Values Power Up As previously saved in NVM FLEX bit 0 Before Set command is first used Read MDC MDC lt mode gt The Read command should return the OK current selection of lt mode gt Test MDC MDC list of The Test command returns the possible supported lt mode gt s lt mode gt values OK 3 36 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Example AT MDC MDC 0 1 OK AT MDC 1 OK ATD lt number gt OK CONNECT AT MDC MDC 1 OK AT MDC 0 OK ATD lt number gt OK OK AT MDC MDC 0 OK CTFR1 Divert an Incoming Call When User Busy This command terminates an incoming call and diverts the caller to the number previously defined in CCFC or to a voice mail if one exists for the subscriber This is done by sending a user defined User Busy message to the network Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set CTFR1 OK and NO CARRIER The Set command will hand up or terminate the incoming call causing the network to divert the incoming call EERE CR Se to the number that was set by the CCFC command for User Busy or the voice mail if one exists for the subscriber E
456. tus of the GPRS GSM coverage There are three possibilities Do not report the status of the GPRS GSM coverage Report only when the GPRS GSM coverage goes off Report only when the GPRS GSM coverage goes on Command Type Syntax Response Action Set AT MCWAKE param OK Read AT MCWAKE MCWAKE lt param gt OK Test AT MCWAKE MCWAKE list of supported lt param gt s OK The following table shows the MCWAKE parameters Table 3 90 MCWAKE Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt param gt 0 Sends no indication The default value is 2 1 Sends an indication when GPRS GSM coverage goes off 2 Sends an indication when GPRS GSM coverage goes on Example AT MCWAKE 0 OK AT MCWAKE MCWAKE 0 OK AT MCWAKE 1 OK AT MCWAKE 2 OK AT MCWAKE MCWAKE 0 1 2 OK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 139 Hardware Information MGGIND GSM GPRS Service Indicator This command configures the service indicator line of pin 49 of the 70 pin connector to be GPRS or GSM registration indicator The IO line pin 49 function according to the current registration state in service or not of the specific service indicator configuration Note IO line pin 49 outcome depends on MCWAKE configuration Command Type Syntax Response Action Set AT MGGIND lt state gt OK or CME ERROR lt e
457. udio modes AT MADIGITAL 1 switches to digital audio mode and AT MADIGITAL 0 switches it back to analog mode Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set MADIGITAL OK The Set command sets analog or digital lt mode gt or audio modes CME ERROR lt err gt Read MADIGITAL MADIGITAL lt mode gt The Read command returns the current OK audio mode analog or digital Test MADIGITAL MADIGITAL The test command returns the available lt available audio modes gt digital audio modes OK The following table shows the MADIGITAL parameters Table 3 112 MADIGITAL Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt mode gt 0 G24 L works in analog audio mode 1 G24 L works in digital audio mode Example AT MADIGITAL MADIGITAL 0 1 OK AT MADIGITAL MADIGITAL 0 OK AT MADIGITAL 1 OK AT MADIGITAL MADIGITAL 1 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference OK AT MADIGITAL 0 OK AT MADIGITAL MADIGITAL 0 OK AT MADIGITAL 3 ERROR AT MADIGITAL MADIGITAL 0 OK CALM Alert Sound Mode This command handles the selection of the G24 L s alert sound mode The value of the command is saved after a power cycle Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set CALM lt mode gt OK The Set command sets the alert sound CME ERROR lt err gt mode Rea
458. ulations 1 3 4 16 E REFERRE ale 4 16 Call Forwarding 222222 beds ERR ee odd ale dr e E 4 16 Conference Calls ick ne ane rv pd reser eee Pedi RUE RUE glad ede 4 17 Data Call i Lu torent ee bie be e beled heer bed ook 4 18 Switching Modes Data Mode Command Mode 4 18 GPRS M HH 4 19 Establishing GPRS PDP 4 19 Activating a Saved Profile in 24 1 4 19 Two Ways to Activate PDP Context 4 19 Changing the Character Set eee ee e a prr rg 4 21 Sleep Mode cessus rud Eoque Fut RE dons d eU 4 22 SIK C pipa EE ERES 4 23 Display Text Display Idle Mode Text 4 23 Get Inkey m 4 23 Get aput senses unia ead AE E RE 4 24 Play TONG be E PES 4 24 Set Up MENU ceret pere de whee E AE RE E kaha EE RE 4 25 Select Item ebrei EE hs EREE NE e eue e sc e e REA EA 4 25 Send SMS cius V RES Se Pee Shee eae eg ea Roe FR P ERE dd 4 25 Set Up Call 1 geleneeeeeneMet
459. ull control of the audio When using these advanced commands the audio control will ignore the headset interrupt when the headset will be connected the paths will not change automatically Upon invoking any of the advanced Audio specific commands MAVOL MAPATH MAFEAT MAMUT the G24 L will enter Advanced Audio mode G24 L will remain in Advanced audio mode until power cycle While in Advanced Mode all Basic Audio AT commands CRSL CLVL CMUT S94 S96 are blocked and will return an error Figure 3 4 shows the advanced setup Z Speaker 4 41 Headset Speaker Ch The mic and speaker active are set using Headset Mic T Figure 3 4 Advanced Audio Setup G24 L supports both analog and digital audio Digital audio is supported in both basic and advanced audio setups Switching between analog and digital audio modes is done by AT MADIGITAL command April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 157 Audio The default state is analog AT MADIGITAL 1 Power Up AT MADIGITAL 0 Figure 3 5 Analog Digital Switching General Audio Commands The following audio commands can be used in both Basic and Advanced audio modes General audio commands are CRTT VTD VTS CALM MMICG MADIGITAL Basic Audio Setup Commands CRSL Call Ringer Level This command handles the selection of the incoming call ringer and alert tone SM
460. ured Supplementary Service 3 53 COLP Connected Line Identification 3 56 MTTY Motorola TTY 1 3 57 Phone Books and Clock tente e RH e SCR E Gee gee ane OR ie RR REOR 3 60 Directory Access Commands 1 0 3 60 CPBS Select Phone Book 3 60 CPBR Read Phone Book Entries 3 61 CPBF Find Phone Book Entries 3 63 CPBW Write Phone Book Entry 3 64 CSVM Set Voice Mail 3 66 MDSI Motorola Deactivate SIM Card 3 67 MCSN Motorola Change Subscriber Number 3 69 System Date and Time Access Commands 3 73 CCLK Read Set System Date and Time 3 73 ea these ne ek Meth Pede as phe OS OE ek E OE aed oka 3 75 SMS Commands eee er cete e e ebd Rome ep E RR RR eg eoi 3 75 CSMS Select Message 3 75 CPMS Preferred Message Storage
461. uses a phone book with these pre saved items AT CPBS CPBS MT Current phone book is now MT AT CPBR 1 260 This is a specific example with memory values CPBR 5 4444 129 BE CPBR 6 497235659260 145 eran CPBR 7 035659260 129 eran CPBR 8 97251632603 145 long CPBR 9 5555 129 B CPBR 77 035619942 129 atd gt long OK OK Exact match 051 632603 call dialed voice call answered atd gt 8 OK OK Speed dial from current phone book 051 632603 call dialed voice call answered atd gt era OK OK Prefix pattern matched entry for eran was selected 97235659260 call dialed atd gt er OK OK Exact match overrides prefix match 03 5619942 call connected In the next example the current phone book is changed The numbers are matched via a specific phone book specified in the command AT CPBS fd Change the current phone book to Fix dialing phone book OK atd gt MT9 OK NO CARRIER Speed dial number using 5555 call dialed number is incorrect atd gt MT OK NO CARRIER Speed dial number 5555 call dialed number is incorrect atd gt MT17 CME ERROR not found Trying to dial from a non existent entry atd gt MT1117 CME ERROR invalid index Speed dial number is out of range April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 4 15 Call Control Dialing the Last Number Example atd035658278 OK OK ath NO CARRIER OK atdl ATDL 03
462. ut of order 34 147 long context activation 151 GPRS disconnection timer is active 149 PDP authentication failure 150 invalid mobile class 148 unspecified GPRS error 256 too many active calls 257 call rejected 258 unanswered call pending 259 unknown calling error 260 no phone num recognized 261 call state not idle 262 call in progress 263 dial state error 264 unlock code required 265 network busy 266 Invalid phone number 267 Number Entry already started 268 Cancelled by user 269 Number Entry could not be started 280 Data lost 281 Invalid message body length 282 inactive socket 283 socket already open Note ERROR 280 Data lost is sent to the terminal in extreme cases when the G24 L has to transmit data to the terminal and the buffers are full Flow control Xoff status This error occurs when e An unsolicited indication such as RING CLCC and so on encounters the Xoff status When the flow control status returns to Xon Error 280 Data lost is sent to the terminal instead of the unsolicited indication Aninitiated AT command is waiting for a response and the response encounters the Xoff status When the flow control status returns to Xon the AT command is aborted if not yet aborted and Error 280 Data lost is sent to the terminal instead of OK and the missing data April 15 2008 G24 L AT Command
463. utlet The power jack and mating plug of the power cable must meet International Electrotechnical Commission IEC safety standards Note Refer to Grounding Guideline for Cellular Radio Installations Motorola part no 68P081150E62 Do not operate in an explosive atmosphere Do not operate the equipment in the presence of flammable gases or fumes Operation of any electrical equipment in such an environment constitutes a definite safety hazard Do not service or adjust alone Do not attempt internal service or adjustment unless another person capable of rendering first aid is present April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual xix General Safety Keep away from live circuits Operating personnel must not remove equipment covers Only Factory Authorized Service Personnel or other qualified maintenance personnel may remove equipment covers for internal subassembly or component replacement or any internal adjustment notreplace components with power cable connected Under certain conditions dangerous voltages may exist even with the power cable removed always disconnect power and discharge circuits before touching them Do not substitute parts or modify equipment Because of the danger of introducing additional hazards do not install substitute parts or perform any unauthorized modification of equipment Contact Motorola Warranty and Repair for service and repair to ensure that safety features are mai
464. vation and invalidation Page 3 67 MFS This command is used to determine how long the G24 L waits before attempting to re register after a registration attempt has failed and the G24 L is not registered Page 3 126 MGEER This command returns the PDP context activation reject cause Page 3 240 MGGIND This command configures the service indicator on pin 49 of the 70 pin connector to be GPRS or GSM Page 3 140 MIOC This command defines the G24 L 8 GPIO pins data value Page 3 144 MIOD This command defines the G24 L 8 GPIO pins configuration Page 3 147 April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual AT Commands Alphabetical Summary Table A 1 AT Commands Alphabetical Cont AT Command Description Page MIPCALL This command creates a wireless PPP connection with the GGSN and returns a valid dynamic IP for the G24 L Page 3 276 MIPCFF This command sets the Filtering List Page 3 301 MIPCLOSE MIPCONF This command causes the G24 L to free the socket accumulating buffer and disconnect the G24 L from a remote side Configure Internal TCP IP stack Page 3 282 Page 3 289 MIPFLUSH This command causes the G24 L to flush delete data accumulated in its accumulating buffers Page 3 286 MIPODM This command causes the G24 L to initialize a new socket in Online Data Mode a
465. ved until new CSNS set command is issued or next power cycle whichever occurs first 2 CSNS mode is saved until new CSNS set command is issued The CSNS mode will be stored in non volatile memory and will be effective after power cycle Note Any mobile terminated call lacking bearer capability information is handled according to the current CSNS setting When lt mode gt is set to data service the parameter values set with the CBST command are used Refer to CBST Select Bearer Service Type on page 3 31 If the CBST parameter is set to a value that is not applicable to single numbering calls the G24 L maps the value to the matching one according to the Mapping Table Table 3 16 The mode selected in conjunction with repeated value setting replaces mode setting in MS non volatile memory of the bearer or teleservice to be used when mobile terminated single numbering scheme call is established Selected mode is effective until new CSNS set command is issued After power cycle mode setting in MS non volatile memory returns to be effective mode selected in conjunction with repeated value or default lt mode gt If CSNS set command is issued in conjunction with repeated value 0 one shot then selected mode is effective until any call indication is received RING CRING CLCC and so on Afterwards mode stored in MS non volatile memory returns to be effective
466. vice by the user Launch browser Set up event kist April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 261 GPRS The following table shows the MTKP Set parameters Table 3 186 MTKP Set Command Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt CmdType gt 2 Response for a Get Inkey 3 Response for a Get Input Values when CmdTypez2 Get Inkey lt Result gt 0 Session ended by user 1 Response given by the user 2 Help information required by user lt Data gt Key pressed by the user Values when CmdType 3 Get Input lt Result gt 0 Session ended by user 1 Response given by the user 2 Help information required by user lt Data gt String of characters entered by the user Values when CmdType 16 Set Up Event List lt Result gt 5 User activity event 6 Idle Screen Available event 8 Language Selection event 9 Browser Termination event lt Data gt None User activity event None Idle Screen Available event 0 Browser Termination event user terminated 1 Browser Termination event error terminated 4 String coded as follows Byte s Description Length 1 Language tag 1 2 Length 02 1 3 4 Language 2 Values when CmdType 24 DTMF service lt Result gt 0 disable DTMF service 1 enable DTMF short tones 2 enable DTMF long tones Data None Note If the SIM asks for yes no answer then respond with 0
467. wn memory and flow control in its own application The G24 L has finite limited resources such as network related SIM card and phone memory In general the user should use a single resource at a time As an example when G24 L GPRS network resources are in an active session user should not manually detach from the network or place a CSD call etc Note The basic GPRS concept is be always connected and there is no charge for being connected only per real data transferred GPRS users are advised to connect the GPRS network once in the beginning of a session and remain connected rather then to toggle from online to offline and back in a high rate In specific cases when this is needed contact customer care for advice and knowledge base Establishing GPRS PDP Context When using the GPRS network for any IP data you must be attached to the GPRS network before activating PDP context Activating a Saved Profile in G24 L AT CGATT 1 By default after power up the G24 L attaches to the GPRS network if possible if the network and SIM allow AT CGATT Check your connection status AT CGDCONT 1 IP RTY 123 32 45 9 Context definition example Two Ways to Activate PDP Context Each of the two main ways in which to activate PDP context are described below Using the GPRS Wizard Application 1 Double click the button predefined as the dialer for this provider to automatically establish PDP context If the G24 L was not previously
468. ws the MGEER parameters Table 3 158 MGEER Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt n gt Indicates what format of cause needs to be printed The default value is 2 1 Returns numeric cause format 2 Returns text cause format lt cause gt The PDP context activation reject cause 0 Bad SIM user authentication failed 1 Roaming Not Allowed 2 Access Class Not Allowed 3 Network Failure 4 Insufficient Resource 5 All TID In Use 6 Link EST Failed 7 Activation Rejected By Network 8 Lower Layer Failure 9 Activation In Progress 10 Unspecified 11 Reactivation 12 Invalid QOS 13 MT AA Deactivation 14 MAX Timer Expiry 15 Missing Or Unknown APN 16 LLC Or SNDCP Failure 17 Feature Not Supported 18 CS Transaction In Progress 19 Primary NSAPI Being Deactivated 20 Primary NSAPI Inactive 21 Semantic Error In TFT Operatio 22 Syntactical Error In TFT Operation 23 Unknown PDP Context 24 Semantic Errors In Packet Filters 25 Syntactical Errors In Packet Filters 26 PDP Context Without TFT Already Activated 27 Feature Not Supported By Network 28 MT Modification In Progress 29 RAB Loss 30 Incompatible QOS Values 31 Activation Rejected Unspecified 32 Service Option Not Supported 33 Service Option Not Subscribed 34 Service Option Temporarily Out Of Order 35 Operator Determined Barring 36 QOS Not Accepted 37 NSAPI Already Used 38 Cause Protocol Error 254 Unspecified 255 Information Available April 15
469. wser Response Figure 3 15 Communication During Launch Browser Command Set Up Event List The SIM card uses this command to supply a set of events which becomes the current list of events for the G24 L to monitor replacing any existing list This command can also be used to remove the list of events The list of events provided by the SIM is erased if the G24 L is powered down or if the SIM is removed or electrically reset When one of the events in the current list occurs the G24 L uses the Event Download mechanism to transfer event details to the SIM April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 265 GPRS The following table describes the events types Table 3 188 Current Event Types Event Notes MT Call Event Performed by G24 no indication sent to the TE Call Connected Event Performed by G24 no indication sent to the TE Call Disconnected Event Performed by G24 no indication sent to the TE Location Status Event Performed by G24 no indication sent to the TE User Activity Event Initiated by TE and reported via MTKP command TE is responsible for deciding what triggers this event Only the event occurrence is monitored by G24 no additional information is required Idle Screen Available Event Initiated by TE and reported via MTKP command TE is responsible for deciding what triggers this event Only the event occurrence is monitored by G24 no addi
470. xample RING Ancoming call indication AT CTFR1 OK NO CARRIER AT CTFRI1 When an active call exists and another call is waiting OK NO CARRIER AT CTFRI1 When there is no incoming call or waiting call CME ERROR operation not allowed April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 37 Call Control MVC Motorola Vocoders Configuration This AT command is used to choose and configure the priority order of the supported voice codecs vocoders Changes take effect after restart Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set AT MVC lt n gt lt p1 gt lt The command will save new p2 gt lt p3 gt lt p4 gt lt p5 gt or vocoders configuration or restore CME ERROR lt err gt the default configuration only after module restart Read AT MVC MVC The command will read the current lt p1 gt lt p2 gt lt p3 gt lt p4 gt vocoders values lt p5 gt OK or CME ERROR lt err gt Test AT MVC MVC The command shall return the list 0 1 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 of supported 1 5 lt n gt lt p1 gt lt p2 gt lt p3 gt lt p4 gt lt p5 gt OK values The following table shows the MVC parameters Table 3 17 MVC Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt n gt 0 Restore default vocoder configuration 1 Set vocoders and their priority order lt gt lt 2 gt lt 3 gt 1 GSM full
471. y available currently available lt service gt s on the lt service gt s network CME ERROR lt err gt The following table shows the CGSMS parameters Table 3 69 CGSMS Parameters lt Parameter gt Description lt service gt Indicates the service or service preference to be used 0 GPRS 1 Circuit switched default 2 GPRS preferred use circuit switched if GPRS is not available 3 Circuit switched preferred use GPRS if circuit switched is not available Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the Set command Example AT CGSMS CGSMS 0 3 OK AT CGSMS CGSMS 1 OK April 15 2008 G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual 3 109 SMS CMGS Send SM to Network This command sends an SM from the G24 L to the network The message reference value lt mr gt is returned to the G24 L upon successful delivery of the message Note The DCD signal will be in ON state while text is entered The header parameters in TEXT mode will be set according to CSMP settings Command Type Syntax Response Action Remarks Set If text mode CMGF 1 CMGS lt mr gt The Set command CMGS lt da gt lt toda gt lt CR gt CMS ERROR lt err gt Validates the input text is entered lt ctrl Z ESC gt parameters sends the If PDU mode CMGF 0 5M to network and reports the result of CMGS lt length gt lt CR gt the operation to the PDU is e
472. yed Upon Connection of a Voice Call 3 36 MDSI Motorola Deactivate SIM Card Indication 3 67 MEFS Motorola Frequency of Search 3 126 MGEER GPRS Extended Error Report 3 240 MGGIND GSM GPRS Service Indicator 3 140 MIOC Motorola I O Configure 3 144 MIOD Motorola I O Define 3 147 MIPCALL Create a Wireless Link 3 276 MIPCFF Control Filtering Feature for incoming TCP connection 3 301 MIPCLOSE Close a Socket 3 282 MIPFLUSH Flush Data from Buffers 3 286 MIPODM Open a Socket UDP or TCP in Online Data Mode 3 279 MIPOPEN Open a Socket UDP or TCP 3 277 MIPPUSH Push Data into Protocol Stack 3 285 MIPRTCP Receive Data from TCP Protocol Stack 3 287 MIPRUDP Receive Data from UDP Protocol Stack 3 287 MIPSEND Send Data 3 284 MIPSTAT Status Report 3 288 MMAD Query and Monitor ADC Value 3 149 MMAR Motorola Mark As Read 3 101 MMGL List Messages 3 89 MMGR Read Message 3 94 MPING Start Ping Execution ICMP Protocol 3 292 MPINGSTAT Status Update for MPING Execution 3 296 MRST Perform Hard Reset 3 143 MSCTS Enable Disable CTS During Wakeup Period 3 205 MSDNS Set DNS IP Address 3 299 MTCTS CTS Line Test Command 3 135 MTTY Motorola TTY Configuration 3 57 MVC Motorola Vocoders Configuration 3 38 TPIN Query Number of Remaining SIM PIN PUK En tering Attempts 3 182 Return the Value of the Last Updated S Regis
473. yntax Response Action Remarks Execute CLAC List of available AT commands The Execute command displays a list of all the AT commands supported by the G24 L Example AT CLAC C amp C amp D AS OK Capability Reporting This set of commands enables a user to determine G24 L s protocol level It also enables other support provided by the G24 L such as information about the currently implemented protocol version used to detect older G24 Ls that may not support all commands as well as determining which optional commands are implemented in a particular G24 L software load G24 L AT Commands Reference Manual April 15 2008 Chapter 3 AT Commands Reference Call Control Managing a CSD Data Call The G24 L working modes can be divided into two modes of operation Data Mode In this mode once the G24 L has established a link with the remote modem it does not respond to any data passing through it except for the Escape Sequence search The G24 L becomes a non transparent link connecting the terminal with the remote side Command Mode In this mode the G24 L responds to the AT commands issued by the terminal This is the default working mode Note It is possible to switch between the operating modes The Terminal mode allows you to instruct the modem to dial a remote modem by issuing the Dial command followed by the phone number You can also include

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

TCG 01 User Manual  PT-051 - Olympus    取扱説明書 取扱説明書 - 東芝キヤリア株式会社  Manuel d`utilisation & Catalogue des pièces détachées pour la  PDF User Manual - Datainterfaces.com  Istruzioni per l`uso  GBC CoilBind ColourCoils  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file